linux/fs/namespace.c

6555 lines
165 KiB

mm: remove include/linux/bootmem.h Move remaining definitions and declarations from include/linux/bootmem.h into include/linux/memblock.h and remove the redundant header. The includes were replaced with the semantic patch below and then semi-automated removal of duplicated '#include <linux/memblock.h> @@ @@ - #include <linux/bootmem.h> + #include <linux/memblock.h> [sfr@canb.auug.org.au: dma-direct: fix up for the removal of linux/bootmem.h] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20181002185342.133d1680@canb.auug.org.au [sfr@canb.auug.org.au: powerpc: fix up for removal of linux/bootmem.h] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20181005161406.73ef8727@canb.auug.org.au [sfr@canb.auug.org.au: x86/kaslr, ACPI/NUMA: fix for linux/bootmem.h removal] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20181008190341.5e396491@canb.auug.org.au Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1536927045-23536-30-git-send-email-rppt@linux.vnet.ibm.com Signed-off-by: Mike Rapoport <rppt@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com> Cc: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com> Cc: Chris Zankel <chris@zankel.net> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org> Cc: Greentime Hu <green.hu@gmail.com> Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Cc: Guan Xuetao <gxt@pku.edu.cn> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: "James E.J. Bottomley" <jejb@parisc-linux.org> Cc: Jonas Bonn <jonas@southpole.se> Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Cc: Ley Foon Tan <lftan@altera.com> Cc: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com> Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com> Cc: Matt Turner <mattst88@gmail.com> Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au> Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu> Cc: Palmer Dabbelt <palmer@sifive.com> Cc: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com> Cc: Richard Kuo <rkuo@codeaurora.org> Cc: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at> Cc: Rich Felker <dalias@libc.org> Cc: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk> Cc: Serge Semin <fancer.lancer@gmail.com> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com> Cc: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com> Cc: Yoshinori Sato <ysato@users.sourceforge.jp> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2018-10-30 15:09:49 -07:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: support mapped mounts of mapped filesystems In previous patches we added new and modified existing helpers to handle idmapped mounts of filesystems mounted with an idmapping. In this final patch we convert all relevant places in the vfs to actually pass the filesystem's idmapping into these helpers. With this the vfs is in shape to handle idmapped mounts of filesystems mounted with an idmapping. Note that this is just the generic infrastructure. Actually adding support for idmapped mounts to a filesystem mountable with an idmapping is follow-up work. In this patch we extend the definition of an idmapped mount from a mount that that has the initial idmapping attached to it to a mount that has an idmapping attached to it which is not the same as the idmapping the filesystem was mounted with. As before we do not allow the initial idmapping to be attached to a mount. In addition this patch prevents that the idmapping the filesystem was mounted with can be attached to a mount created based on this filesystem. This has multiple reasons and advantages. First, attaching the initial idmapping or the filesystem's idmapping doesn't make much sense as in both cases the values of the i_{g,u}id and other places where k{g,u}ids are used do not change. Second, a user that really wants to do this for whatever reason can just create a separate dedicated identical idmapping to attach to the mount. Third, we can continue to use the initial idmapping as an indicator that a mount is not idmapped allowing us to continue to keep passing the initial idmapping into the mapping helpers to tell them that something isn't an idmapped mount even if the filesystem is mounted with an idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211123114227.3124056-11-brauner@kernel.org (v1) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211130121032.3753852-11-brauner@kernel.org (v2) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211203111707.3901969-11-brauner@kernel.org Cc: Seth Forshee <sforshee@digitalocean.com> Cc: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> CC: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee <sforshee@digitalocean.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-12-03 12:17:07 +01:00
mnt: Add a per mount namespace limit on the number of mounts CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> pointed out that the semantics of shared subtrees make it possible to create an exponentially increasing number of mounts in a mount namespace. mkdir /tmp/1 /tmp/2 mount --make-rshared / for i in $(seq 1 20) ; do mount --bind /tmp/1 /tmp/2 ; done Will create create 2^20 or 1048576 mounts, which is a practical problem as some people have managed to hit this by accident. As such CVE-2016-6213 was assigned. Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> described the situation for autofs users as follows: > The number of mounts for direct mount maps is usually not very large because of > the way they are implemented, large direct mount maps can have performance > problems. There can be anywhere from a few (likely case a few hundred) to less > than 10000, plus mounts that have been triggered and not yet expired. > > Indirect mounts have one autofs mount at the root plus the number of mounts that > have been triggered and not yet expired. > > The number of autofs indirect map entries can range from a few to the common > case of several thousand and in rare cases up to between 30000 and 50000. I've > not heard of people with maps larger than 50000 entries. > > The larger the number of map entries the greater the possibility for a large > number of active mounts so it's not hard to expect cases of a 1000 or somewhat > more active mounts. So I am setting the default number of mounts allowed per mount namespace at 100,000. This is more than enough for any use case I know of, but small enough to quickly stop an exponential increase in mounts. Which should be perfect to catch misconfigurations and malfunctioning programs. For anyone who needs a higher limit this can be changed by writing to the new /proc/sys/fs/mount-max sysctl. Tested-by: CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-09-28 00:27:17 -05:00
fs: move namespace sysctls and declare fs base directory This moves the namespace sysctls to its own file as part of the kernel/sysctl.c spring cleaning Since we have now removed all sysctls for "fs", we now have to declare it on the filesystem code, we do that using the new helper, which reduces boiler plate code. We rename init_fs_shared_sysctls() to init_fs_sysctls() to reflect that now fs/sysctls.c is taking on the burden of being the first to register the base directory as well. Lastly, since init code will load in the order in which we link it we have to move the sysctl code to be linked in early, so that its early init routine runs prior to other fs code. This way, other filesystem code can register their own sysctls using the helpers after this: * register_sysctl_init() * register_sysctl() Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20211129211943.640266-3-mcgrof@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Luis Chamberlain <mcgrof@kernel.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Anil S Keshavamurthy <anil.s.keshavamurthy@intel.com> Cc: Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi> Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com> Cc: Iurii Zaikin <yzaikin@google.com> Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Lukas Middendorf <kernel@tuxforce.de> Cc: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@kernel.org> Cc: "Naveen N. Rao" <naveen.n.rao@linux.ibm.com> Cc: Stephen Kitt <steve@sk2.org> Cc: Xiaoming Ni <nixiaoming@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2022-01-21 22:13:27 -08:00
mnt: Add a per mount namespace limit on the number of mounts CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> pointed out that the semantics of shared subtrees make it possible to create an exponentially increasing number of mounts in a mount namespace. mkdir /tmp/1 /tmp/2 mount --make-rshared / for i in $(seq 1 20) ; do mount --bind /tmp/1 /tmp/2 ; done Will create create 2^20 or 1048576 mounts, which is a practical problem as some people have managed to hit this by accident. As such CVE-2016-6213 was assigned. Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> described the situation for autofs users as follows: > The number of mounts for direct mount maps is usually not very large because of > the way they are implemented, large direct mount maps can have performance > problems. There can be anywhere from a few (likely case a few hundred) to less > than 10000, plus mounts that have been triggered and not yet expired. > > Indirect mounts have one autofs mount at the root plus the number of mounts that > have been triggered and not yet expired. > > The number of autofs indirect map entries can range from a few to the common > case of several thousand and in rare cases up to between 30000 and 50000. I've > not heard of people with maps larger than 50000 entries. > > The larger the number of map entries the greater the possibility for a large > number of active mounts so it's not hard to expect cases of a 1000 or somewhat > more active mounts. So I am setting the default number of mounts allowed per mount namespace at 100,000. This is more than enough for any use case I know of, but small enough to quickly stop an exponential increase in mounts. Which should be perfect to catch misconfigurations and malfunctioning programs. For anyone who needs a higher limit this can be changed by writing to the new /proc/sys/fs/mount-max sysctl. Tested-by: CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-09-28 00:27:17 -05:00
fs: Add 'initramfs_options' to set initramfs mount options When CONFIG_TMPFS is enabled, the initial root filesystem is a tmpfs. By default, a tmpfs mount is limited to using 50% of the available RAM for its content. This can be problematic in memory-constrained environments, particularly during a kdump capture. In a kdump scenario, the capture kernel boots with a limited amount of memory specified by the 'crashkernel' parameter. If the initramfs is large, it may fail to unpack into the tmpfs rootfs due to insufficient space. This is because to get X MB of usable space in tmpfs, 2*X MB of memory must be available for the mount. This leads to an OOM failure during the early boot process, preventing a successful crash dump. This patch introduces a new kernel command-line parameter, initramfs_options, which allows passing specific mount options directly to the rootfs when it is first mounted. This gives users control over the rootfs behavior. For example, a user can now specify initramfs_options=size=75% to allow the tmpfs to use up to 75% of the available memory. This can significantly reduce the memory pressure for kdump. Consider a practical example: To unpack a 48MB initramfs, the tmpfs needs 48MB of usable space. With the default 50% limit, this requires a memory pool of 96MB to be available for the tmpfs mount. The total memory requirement is therefore approximately: 16MB (vmlinuz) + 48MB (loaded initramfs) + 48MB (unpacked kernel) + 96MB (for tmpfs) + 12MB (runtime overhead) ≈ 220MB. By using initramfs_options=size=75%, the memory pool required for the 48MB tmpfs is reduced to 48MB / 0.75 = 64MB. This reduces the total memory requirement by 32MB (96MB - 64MB), allowing the kdump to succeed with a smaller crashkernel size, such as 192MB. An alternative approach of reusing the existing rootflags parameter was considered. However, a new, dedicated initramfs_options parameter was chosen to avoid altering the current behavior of rootflags (which applies to the final root filesystem) and to prevent any potential regressions. Also add documentation for the new kernel parameter "initramfs_options" This approach is inspired by prior discussions and patches on the topic. Ref: https://www.lightofdawn.org/blog/?viewDetailed=00128 Ref: https://landley.net/notes-2015.html#01-01-2015 Ref: https://lkml.org/lkml/2021/6/29/783 Ref: https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.html#what-is-rootfs Signed-off-by: Lichen Liu <lichliu@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/20250815121459.3391223-1-lichliu@redhat.com Tested-by: Rob Landley <rob@landley.net> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-08-15 20:14:59 +08:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: introduce dedicated idmap type for mounts Last cycle we've already made the interaction with idmapped mounts more robust and type safe by introducing the vfs{g,u}id_t type. This cycle we concluded the conversion and removed the legacy helpers. Currently we still pass around the plain namespace that was attached to a mount. This is in general pretty convenient but it makes it easy to conflate filesystem and mount namespaces and what different roles they have to play. Especially for filesystem developers without much experience in this area this is an easy source for bugs. Instead of passing the plain namespace we introduce a dedicated type struct mnt_idmap and replace the pointer with a pointer to a struct mnt_idmap. There are no semantic or size changes for the mount struct caused by this. We then start converting all places aware of idmapped mounts to rely on struct mnt_idmap. Once the conversion is done all helpers down to the really low-level make_vfs{g,u}id() and from_vfs{g,u}id() will take a struct mnt_idmap argument instead of two namespace arguments. This way it becomes impossible to conflate the two, removing and thus eliminating the possibility of any bugs. Fwiw, I fixed some issues in that area a while ago in ntfs3 and ksmbd in the past. Afterwards, only low-level code can ultimately use the associated namespace for any permission checks. Even most of the vfs can be ultimately completely oblivious about this and filesystems will never interact with it directly in any form in the future. A struct mnt_idmap currently encompasses a simple refcount and a pointer to the relevant namespace the mount is idmapped to. If a mount isn't idmapped then it will point to a static nop_mnt_idmap. If it is an idmapped mount it will point to a new struct mnt_idmap. As usual there are no allocations or anything happening for non-idmapped mounts. Everthing is carefully written to be a nop for non-idmapped mounts as has always been the case. If an idmapped mount or mount tree is created a new struct mnt_idmap is allocated and a reference taken on the relevant namespace. For each mount in a mount tree that gets idmapped or a mount that inherits the idmap when it is cloned the reference count on the associated struct mnt_idmap is bumped. Just a reminder that we only allow a mount to change it's idmapping a single time and only if it hasn't already been attached to the filesystems and has no active writers. The actual changes are fairly straightforward. This will have huge benefits for maintenance and security in the long run even if it causes some churn. I'm aware that there's some cost for all of you. And I'll commit to doing this work and make this as painless as I can. Note that this also makes it possible to extend struct mount_idmap in the future. For example, it would be possible to place the namespace pointer in an anonymous union together with an idmapping struct. This would allow us to expose an api to userspace that would let it specify idmappings directly instead of having to go through the detour of setting up namespaces at all. This just adds the infrastructure and doesn't do any conversions. Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-10-26 12:51:27 +02:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
memcg: enable accounting for mnt_cache entries Patch series "memcg accounting from OpenVZ", v7. OpenVZ uses memory accounting 20+ years since v2.2.x linux kernels. Initially we used our own accounting subsystem, then partially committed it to upstream, and a few years ago switched to cgroups v1. Now we're rebasing again, revising our old patches and trying to push them upstream. We try to protect the host system from any misuse of kernel memory allocation triggered by untrusted users inside the containers. Patch-set is addressed mostly to cgroups maintainers and cgroups@ mailing list, though I would be very grateful for any comments from maintainersi of affected subsystems or other people added in cc: Compared to the upstream, we additionally account the following kernel objects: - network devices and its Tx/Rx queues - ipv4/v6 addresses and routing-related objects - inet_bind_bucket cache objects - VLAN group arrays - ipv6/sit: ip_tunnel_prl - scm_fp_list objects used by SCM_RIGHTS messages of Unix sockets - nsproxy and namespace objects itself - IPC objects: semaphores, message queues and share memory segments - mounts - pollfd and select bits arrays - signals and posix timers - file lock - fasync_struct used by the file lease code and driver's fasync queues - tty objects - per-mm LDT We have an incorrect/incomplete/obsoleted accounting for few other kernel objects: sk_filter, af_packets, netlink and xt_counters for iptables. They require rework and probably will be dropped at all. Also we're going to add an accounting for nft, however it is not ready yet. We have not tested performance on upstream, however, our performance team compares our current RHEL7-based production kernel and reports that they are at least not worse as the according original RHEL7 kernel. This patch (of 10): The kernel allocates ~400 bytes of 'struct mount' for any new mount. Creating a new mount namespace clones most of the parent mounts, and this can be repeated many times. Additionally, each mount allocates up to PATH_MAX=4096 bytes for mnt->mnt_devname. It makes sense to account for these allocations to restrict the host's memory consumption from inside the memcg-limited container. Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/045db11f-4a45-7c9b-2664-5b32c2b44943@virtuozzo.com Signed-off-by: Vasily Averin <vvs@virtuozzo.com> Reviewed-by: Shakeel Butt <shakeelb@google.com> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@kernel.org> Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org> Cc: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com> Cc: Roman Gushchin <guro@fb.com> Cc: Yutian Yang <nglaive@gmail.com> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@alien8.de> Cc: Dmitry Safonov <0x7f454c46@gmail.com> Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: "J. Bruce Fields" <bfields@fieldses.org> Cc: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@kernel.org> Cc: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com> Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com> Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: Zefan Li <lizefan.x@bytedance.com> Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2021-09-02 14:55:10 -07:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
fs: kill MNT_ONRB Move mnt->mnt_node into the union with mnt->mnt_rcu and mnt->mnt_llist instead of keeping it with mnt->mnt_list. This allows us to use RB_CLEAR_NODE(&mnt->mnt_node) in umount_tree() as well as list_empty(&mnt->mnt_node). That in turn allows us to remove MNT_ONRB. This also fixes the bug reported in [1] where seemingly MNT_ONRB wasn't set in @mnt->mnt_flags even though the mount was present in the mount rbtree of the mount namespace. The root cause is the following race. When a btrfs subvolume is mounted a temporary mount is created: btrfs_get_tree_subvol() { mnt = fc_mount() // Register the newly allocated mount with sb->mounts: lock_mount_hash(); list_add_tail(&mnt->mnt_instance, &mnt->mnt.mnt_sb->s_mounts); unlock_mount_hash(); } and registered on sb->s_mounts. Later it is added to an anonymous mount namespace via mount_subvol(): -> mount_subvol() -> mount_subtree() -> alloc_mnt_ns() mnt_add_to_ns() vfs_path_lookup() put_mnt_ns() The mnt_add_to_ns() call raises MNT_ONRB in @mnt->mnt_flags. If someone concurrently does a ro remount: reconfigure_super() -> sb_prepare_remount_readonly() { list_for_each_entry(mnt, &sb->s_mounts, mnt_instance) { } all mounts registered in sb->s_mounts are visited and first MNT_WRITE_HOLD is raised, then MNT_READONLY is raised, and finally MNT_WRITE_HOLD is removed again. The flag modification for MNT_WRITE_HOLD/MNT_READONLY and MNT_ONRB race so MNT_ONRB might be lost. Fixes: 2eea9ce4310d ("mounts: keep list of mounts in an rbtree") Cc: <stable@kernel.org> # v6.8+ Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241215-vfs-6-14-mount-work-v1-1-fd55922c4af8@kernel.org Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/ec6784ed-8722-4695-980a-4400d4e7bd1a@gmx.com [1] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2024-12-15 21:17:05 +01:00
fs: introduce dedicated idmap type for mounts Last cycle we've already made the interaction with idmapped mounts more robust and type safe by introducing the vfs{g,u}id_t type. This cycle we concluded the conversion and removed the legacy helpers. Currently we still pass around the plain namespace that was attached to a mount. This is in general pretty convenient but it makes it easy to conflate filesystem and mount namespaces and what different roles they have to play. Especially for filesystem developers without much experience in this area this is an easy source for bugs. Instead of passing the plain namespace we introduce a dedicated type struct mnt_idmap and replace the pointer with a pointer to a struct mnt_idmap. There are no semantic or size changes for the mount struct caused by this. We then start converting all places aware of idmapped mounts to rely on struct mnt_idmap. Once the conversion is done all helpers down to the really low-level make_vfs{g,u}id() and from_vfs{g,u}id() will take a struct mnt_idmap argument instead of two namespace arguments. This way it becomes impossible to conflate the two, removing and thus eliminating the possibility of any bugs. Fwiw, I fixed some issues in that area a while ago in ntfs3 and ksmbd in the past. Afterwards, only low-level code can ultimately use the associated namespace for any permission checks. Even most of the vfs can be ultimately completely oblivious about this and filesystems will never interact with it directly in any form in the future. A struct mnt_idmap currently encompasses a simple refcount and a pointer to the relevant namespace the mount is idmapped to. If a mount isn't idmapped then it will point to a static nop_mnt_idmap. If it is an idmapped mount it will point to a new struct mnt_idmap. As usual there are no allocations or anything happening for non-idmapped mounts. Everthing is carefully written to be a nop for non-idmapped mounts as has always been the case. If an idmapped mount or mount tree is created a new struct mnt_idmap is allocated and a reference taken on the relevant namespace. For each mount in a mount tree that gets idmapped or a mount that inherits the idmap when it is cloned the reference count on the associated struct mnt_idmap is bumped. Just a reminder that we only allow a mount to change it's idmapping a single time and only if it hasn't already been attached to the filesystems and has no active writers. The actual changes are fairly straightforward. This will have huge benefits for maintenance and security in the long run even if it causes some churn. I'm aware that there's some cost for all of you. And I'll commit to doing this work and make this as painless as I can. Note that this also makes it possible to extend struct mount_idmap in the future. For example, it would be possible to place the namespace pointer in an anonymous union together with an idmapping struct. This would allow us to expose an api to userspace that would let it specify idmappings directly instead of having to go through the detour of setting up namespaces at all. This just adds the infrastructure and doesn't do any conversions. Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-10-26 12:51:27 +02:00
[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: track numbers of writers to mounts This is the real meat of the entire series. It actually implements the tracking of the number of writers to a mount. However, it causes scalability problems because there can be hundreds of cpus doing open()/close() on files on the same mnt at the same time. Even an atomic_t in the mnt has massive scalaing problems because the cacheline gets so terribly contended. This uses a statically-allocated percpu variable. All want/drop operations are local to a cpu as long that cpu operates on the same mount, and there are no writer count imbalances. Writer count imbalances happen when a write is taken on one cpu, and released on another, like when an open/close pair is performed on two Upon a remount,ro request, all of the data from the percpu variables is collected (expensive, but very rare) and we determine if there are any outstanding writers to the mount. I've written a little benchmark to sit in a loop for a couple of seconds in several cpus in parallel doing open/write/close loops. http://sr71.net/~dave/linux/openbench.c The code in here is a a worst-possible case for this patch. It does opens on a _pair_ of files in two different mounts in parallel. This should cause my code to lose its "operate on the same mount" optimization completely. This worst-case scenario causes a 3% degredation in the benchmark. I could probably get rid of even this 3%, but it would be more complex than what I have here, and I think this is getting into acceptable territory. In practice, I expect writing more than 3 bytes to a file, as well as disk I/O to mask any effects that this has. (To get rid of that 3%, we could have an #defined number of mounts in the percpu variable. So, instead of a CPU getting operate only on percpu data when it accesses only one mount, it could stay on percpu data when it only accesses N or fewer mounts.) [AV] merged fix for __clear_mnt_mount() stepping on freed vfsmount Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2008-02-15 14:37:59 -08:00
[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: track numbers of writers to mounts This is the real meat of the entire series. It actually implements the tracking of the number of writers to a mount. However, it causes scalability problems because there can be hundreds of cpus doing open()/close() on files on the same mnt at the same time. Even an atomic_t in the mnt has massive scalaing problems because the cacheline gets so terribly contended. This uses a statically-allocated percpu variable. All want/drop operations are local to a cpu as long that cpu operates on the same mount, and there are no writer count imbalances. Writer count imbalances happen when a write is taken on one cpu, and released on another, like when an open/close pair is performed on two Upon a remount,ro request, all of the data from the percpu variables is collected (expensive, but very rare) and we determine if there are any outstanding writers to the mount. I've written a little benchmark to sit in a loop for a couple of seconds in several cpus in parallel doing open/write/close loops. http://sr71.net/~dave/linux/openbench.c The code in here is a a worst-possible case for this patch. It does opens on a _pair_ of files in two different mounts in parallel. This should cause my code to lose its "operate on the same mount" optimization completely. This worst-case scenario causes a 3% degredation in the benchmark. I could probably get rid of even this 3%, but it would be more complex than what I have here, and I think this is getting into acceptable territory. In practice, I expect writing more than 3 bytes to a file, as well as disk I/O to mask any effects that this has. (To get rid of that 3%, we could have an #defined number of mounts in the percpu variable. So, instead of a CPU getting operate only on percpu data when it accesses only one mount, it could stay on percpu data when it only accesses N or fewer mounts.) [AV] merged fix for __clear_mnt_mount() stepping on freed vfsmount Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2008-02-15 14:37:59 -08:00
[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: track numbers of writers to mounts This is the real meat of the entire series. It actually implements the tracking of the number of writers to a mount. However, it causes scalability problems because there can be hundreds of cpus doing open()/close() on files on the same mnt at the same time. Even an atomic_t in the mnt has massive scalaing problems because the cacheline gets so terribly contended. This uses a statically-allocated percpu variable. All want/drop operations are local to a cpu as long that cpu operates on the same mount, and there are no writer count imbalances. Writer count imbalances happen when a write is taken on one cpu, and released on another, like when an open/close pair is performed on two Upon a remount,ro request, all of the data from the percpu variables is collected (expensive, but very rare) and we determine if there are any outstanding writers to the mount. I've written a little benchmark to sit in a loop for a couple of seconds in several cpus in parallel doing open/write/close loops. http://sr71.net/~dave/linux/openbench.c The code in here is a a worst-possible case for this patch. It does opens on a _pair_ of files in two different mounts in parallel. This should cause my code to lose its "operate on the same mount" optimization completely. This worst-case scenario causes a 3% degredation in the benchmark. I could probably get rid of even this 3%, but it would be more complex than what I have here, and I think this is getting into acceptable territory. In practice, I expect writing more than 3 bytes to a file, as well as disk I/O to mask any effects that this has. (To get rid of that 3%, we could have an #defined number of mounts in the percpu variable. So, instead of a CPU getting operate only on percpu data when it accesses only one mount, it could stay on percpu data when it only accesses N or fewer mounts.) [AV] merged fix for __clear_mnt_mount() stepping on freed vfsmount Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2008-02-15 14:37:59 -08:00
[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: track numbers of writers to mounts This is the real meat of the entire series. It actually implements the tracking of the number of writers to a mount. However, it causes scalability problems because there can be hundreds of cpus doing open()/close() on files on the same mnt at the same time. Even an atomic_t in the mnt has massive scalaing problems because the cacheline gets so terribly contended. This uses a statically-allocated percpu variable. All want/drop operations are local to a cpu as long that cpu operates on the same mount, and there are no writer count imbalances. Writer count imbalances happen when a write is taken on one cpu, and released on another, like when an open/close pair is performed on two Upon a remount,ro request, all of the data from the percpu variables is collected (expensive, but very rare) and we determine if there are any outstanding writers to the mount. I've written a little benchmark to sit in a loop for a couple of seconds in several cpus in parallel doing open/write/close loops. http://sr71.net/~dave/linux/openbench.c The code in here is a a worst-possible case for this patch. It does opens on a _pair_ of files in two different mounts in parallel. This should cause my code to lose its "operate on the same mount" optimization completely. This worst-case scenario causes a 3% degredation in the benchmark. I could probably get rid of even this 3%, but it would be more complex than what I have here, and I think this is getting into acceptable territory. In practice, I expect writing more than 3 bytes to a file, as well as disk I/O to mask any effects that this has. (To get rid of that 3%, we could have an #defined number of mounts in the percpu variable. So, instead of a CPU getting operate only on percpu data when it accesses only one mount, it could stay on percpu data when it only accesses N or fewer mounts.) [AV] merged fix for __clear_mnt_mount() stepping on freed vfsmount Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2008-02-15 14:37:59 -08:00
[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: track numbers of writers to mounts This is the real meat of the entire series. It actually implements the tracking of the number of writers to a mount. However, it causes scalability problems because there can be hundreds of cpus doing open()/close() on files on the same mnt at the same time. Even an atomic_t in the mnt has massive scalaing problems because the cacheline gets so terribly contended. This uses a statically-allocated percpu variable. All want/drop operations are local to a cpu as long that cpu operates on the same mount, and there are no writer count imbalances. Writer count imbalances happen when a write is taken on one cpu, and released on another, like when an open/close pair is performed on two Upon a remount,ro request, all of the data from the percpu variables is collected (expensive, but very rare) and we determine if there are any outstanding writers to the mount. I've written a little benchmark to sit in a loop for a couple of seconds in several cpus in parallel doing open/write/close loops. http://sr71.net/~dave/linux/openbench.c The code in here is a a worst-possible case for this patch. It does opens on a _pair_ of files in two different mounts in parallel. This should cause my code to lose its "operate on the same mount" optimization completely. This worst-case scenario causes a 3% degredation in the benchmark. I could probably get rid of even this 3%, but it would be more complex than what I have here, and I think this is getting into acceptable territory. In practice, I expect writing more than 3 bytes to a file, as well as disk I/O to mask any effects that this has. (To get rid of that 3%, we could have an #defined number of mounts in the percpu variable. So, instead of a CPU getting operate only on percpu data when it accesses only one mount, it could stay on percpu data when it only accesses N or fewer mounts.) [AV] merged fix for __clear_mnt_mount() stepping on freed vfsmount Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2008-02-15 14:37:59 -08:00
[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: track numbers of writers to mounts This is the real meat of the entire series. It actually implements the tracking of the number of writers to a mount. However, it causes scalability problems because there can be hundreds of cpus doing open()/close() on files on the same mnt at the same time. Even an atomic_t in the mnt has massive scalaing problems because the cacheline gets so terribly contended. This uses a statically-allocated percpu variable. All want/drop operations are local to a cpu as long that cpu operates on the same mount, and there are no writer count imbalances. Writer count imbalances happen when a write is taken on one cpu, and released on another, like when an open/close pair is performed on two Upon a remount,ro request, all of the data from the percpu variables is collected (expensive, but very rare) and we determine if there are any outstanding writers to the mount. I've written a little benchmark to sit in a loop for a couple of seconds in several cpus in parallel doing open/write/close loops. http://sr71.net/~dave/linux/openbench.c The code in here is a a worst-possible case for this patch. It does opens on a _pair_ of files in two different mounts in parallel. This should cause my code to lose its "operate on the same mount" optimization completely. This worst-case scenario causes a 3% degredation in the benchmark. I could probably get rid of even this 3%, but it would be more complex than what I have here, and I think this is getting into acceptable territory. In practice, I expect writing more than 3 bytes to a file, as well as disk I/O to mask any effects that this has. (To get rid of that 3%, we could have an #defined number of mounts in the percpu variable. So, instead of a CPU getting operate only on percpu data when it accesses only one mount, it could stay on percpu data when it only accesses N or fewer mounts.) [AV] merged fix for __clear_mnt_mount() stepping on freed vfsmount Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2008-02-15 14:37:59 -08:00
[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: track numbers of writers to mounts This is the real meat of the entire series. It actually implements the tracking of the number of writers to a mount. However, it causes scalability problems because there can be hundreds of cpus doing open()/close() on files on the same mnt at the same time. Even an atomic_t in the mnt has massive scalaing problems because the cacheline gets so terribly contended. This uses a statically-allocated percpu variable. All want/drop operations are local to a cpu as long that cpu operates on the same mount, and there are no writer count imbalances. Writer count imbalances happen when a write is taken on one cpu, and released on another, like when an open/close pair is performed on two Upon a remount,ro request, all of the data from the percpu variables is collected (expensive, but very rare) and we determine if there are any outstanding writers to the mount. I've written a little benchmark to sit in a loop for a couple of seconds in several cpus in parallel doing open/write/close loops. http://sr71.net/~dave/linux/openbench.c The code in here is a a worst-possible case for this patch. It does opens on a _pair_ of files in two different mounts in parallel. This should cause my code to lose its "operate on the same mount" optimization completely. This worst-case scenario causes a 3% degredation in the benchmark. I could probably get rid of even this 3%, but it would be more complex than what I have here, and I think this is getting into acceptable territory. In practice, I expect writing more than 3 bytes to a file, as well as disk I/O to mask any effects that this has. (To get rid of that 3%, we could have an #defined number of mounts in the percpu variable. So, instead of a CPU getting operate only on percpu data when it accesses only one mount, it could stay on percpu data when it only accesses N or fewer mounts.) [AV] merged fix for __clear_mnt_mount() stepping on freed vfsmount Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2008-02-15 14:37:59 -08:00
[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: track numbers of writers to mounts This is the real meat of the entire series. It actually implements the tracking of the number of writers to a mount. However, it causes scalability problems because there can be hundreds of cpus doing open()/close() on files on the same mnt at the same time. Even an atomic_t in the mnt has massive scalaing problems because the cacheline gets so terribly contended. This uses a statically-allocated percpu variable. All want/drop operations are local to a cpu as long that cpu operates on the same mount, and there are no writer count imbalances. Writer count imbalances happen when a write is taken on one cpu, and released on another, like when an open/close pair is performed on two Upon a remount,ro request, all of the data from the percpu variables is collected (expensive, but very rare) and we determine if there are any outstanding writers to the mount. I've written a little benchmark to sit in a loop for a couple of seconds in several cpus in parallel doing open/write/close loops. http://sr71.net/~dave/linux/openbench.c The code in here is a a worst-possible case for this patch. It does opens on a _pair_ of files in two different mounts in parallel. This should cause my code to lose its "operate on the same mount" optimization completely. This worst-case scenario causes a 3% degredation in the benchmark. I could probably get rid of even this 3%, but it would be more complex than what I have here, and I think this is getting into acceptable territory. In practice, I expect writing more than 3 bytes to a file, as well as disk I/O to mask any effects that this has. (To get rid of that 3%, we could have an #defined number of mounts in the percpu variable. So, instead of a CPU getting operate only on percpu data when it accesses only one mount, it could stay on percpu data when it only accesses N or fewer mounts.) [AV] merged fix for __clear_mnt_mount() stepping on freed vfsmount Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2008-02-15 14:37:59 -08:00
[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: track numbers of writers to mounts This is the real meat of the entire series. It actually implements the tracking of the number of writers to a mount. However, it causes scalability problems because there can be hundreds of cpus doing open()/close() on files on the same mnt at the same time. Even an atomic_t in the mnt has massive scalaing problems because the cacheline gets so terribly contended. This uses a statically-allocated percpu variable. All want/drop operations are local to a cpu as long that cpu operates on the same mount, and there are no writer count imbalances. Writer count imbalances happen when a write is taken on one cpu, and released on another, like when an open/close pair is performed on two Upon a remount,ro request, all of the data from the percpu variables is collected (expensive, but very rare) and we determine if there are any outstanding writers to the mount. I've written a little benchmark to sit in a loop for a couple of seconds in several cpus in parallel doing open/write/close loops. http://sr71.net/~dave/linux/openbench.c The code in here is a a worst-possible case for this patch. It does opens on a _pair_ of files in two different mounts in parallel. This should cause my code to lose its "operate on the same mount" optimization completely. This worst-case scenario causes a 3% degredation in the benchmark. I could probably get rid of even this 3%, but it would be more complex than what I have here, and I think this is getting into acceptable territory. In practice, I expect writing more than 3 bytes to a file, as well as disk I/O to mask any effects that this has. (To get rid of that 3%, we could have an #defined number of mounts in the percpu variable. So, instead of a CPU getting operate only on percpu data when it accesses only one mount, it could stay on percpu data when it only accesses N or fewer mounts.) [AV] merged fix for __clear_mnt_mount() stepping on freed vfsmount Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2008-02-15 14:37:59 -08:00
[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: track numbers of writers to mounts This is the real meat of the entire series. It actually implements the tracking of the number of writers to a mount. However, it causes scalability problems because there can be hundreds of cpus doing open()/close() on files on the same mnt at the same time. Even an atomic_t in the mnt has massive scalaing problems because the cacheline gets so terribly contended. This uses a statically-allocated percpu variable. All want/drop operations are local to a cpu as long that cpu operates on the same mount, and there are no writer count imbalances. Writer count imbalances happen when a write is taken on one cpu, and released on another, like when an open/close pair is performed on two Upon a remount,ro request, all of the data from the percpu variables is collected (expensive, but very rare) and we determine if there are any outstanding writers to the mount. I've written a little benchmark to sit in a loop for a couple of seconds in several cpus in parallel doing open/write/close loops. http://sr71.net/~dave/linux/openbench.c The code in here is a a worst-possible case for this patch. It does opens on a _pair_ of files in two different mounts in parallel. This should cause my code to lose its "operate on the same mount" optimization completely. This worst-case scenario causes a 3% degredation in the benchmark. I could probably get rid of even this 3%, but it would be more complex than what I have here, and I think this is getting into acceptable territory. In practice, I expect writing more than 3 bytes to a file, as well as disk I/O to mask any effects that this has. (To get rid of that 3%, we could have an #defined number of mounts in the percpu variable. So, instead of a CPU getting operate only on percpu data when it accesses only one mount, it could stay on percpu data when it only accesses N or fewer mounts.) [AV] merged fix for __clear_mnt_mount() stepping on freed vfsmount Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2008-02-15 14:37:59 -08:00
[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: track numbers of writers to mounts This is the real meat of the entire series. It actually implements the tracking of the number of writers to a mount. However, it causes scalability problems because there can be hundreds of cpus doing open()/close() on files on the same mnt at the same time. Even an atomic_t in the mnt has massive scalaing problems because the cacheline gets so terribly contended. This uses a statically-allocated percpu variable. All want/drop operations are local to a cpu as long that cpu operates on the same mount, and there are no writer count imbalances. Writer count imbalances happen when a write is taken on one cpu, and released on another, like when an open/close pair is performed on two Upon a remount,ro request, all of the data from the percpu variables is collected (expensive, but very rare) and we determine if there are any outstanding writers to the mount. I've written a little benchmark to sit in a loop for a couple of seconds in several cpus in parallel doing open/write/close loops. http://sr71.net/~dave/linux/openbench.c The code in here is a a worst-possible case for this patch. It does opens on a _pair_ of files in two different mounts in parallel. This should cause my code to lose its "operate on the same mount" optimization completely. This worst-case scenario causes a 3% degredation in the benchmark. I could probably get rid of even this 3%, but it would be more complex than what I have here, and I think this is getting into acceptable territory. In practice, I expect writing more than 3 bytes to a file, as well as disk I/O to mask any effects that this has. (To get rid of that 3%, we could have an #defined number of mounts in the percpu variable. So, instead of a CPU getting operate only on percpu data when it accesses only one mount, it could stay on percpu data when it only accesses N or fewer mounts.) [AV] merged fix for __clear_mnt_mount() stepping on freed vfsmount Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2008-02-15 14:37:59 -08:00
[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: track numbers of writers to mounts This is the real meat of the entire series. It actually implements the tracking of the number of writers to a mount. However, it causes scalability problems because there can be hundreds of cpus doing open()/close() on files on the same mnt at the same time. Even an atomic_t in the mnt has massive scalaing problems because the cacheline gets so terribly contended. This uses a statically-allocated percpu variable. All want/drop operations are local to a cpu as long that cpu operates on the same mount, and there are no writer count imbalances. Writer count imbalances happen when a write is taken on one cpu, and released on another, like when an open/close pair is performed on two Upon a remount,ro request, all of the data from the percpu variables is collected (expensive, but very rare) and we determine if there are any outstanding writers to the mount. I've written a little benchmark to sit in a loop for a couple of seconds in several cpus in parallel doing open/write/close loops. http://sr71.net/~dave/linux/openbench.c The code in here is a a worst-possible case for this patch. It does opens on a _pair_ of files in two different mounts in parallel. This should cause my code to lose its "operate on the same mount" optimization completely. This worst-case scenario causes a 3% degredation in the benchmark. I could probably get rid of even this 3%, but it would be more complex than what I have here, and I think this is getting into acceptable territory. In practice, I expect writing more than 3 bytes to a file, as well as disk I/O to mask any effects that this has. (To get rid of that 3%, we could have an #defined number of mounts in the percpu variable. So, instead of a CPU getting operate only on percpu data when it accesses only one mount, it could stay on percpu data when it only accesses N or fewer mounts.) [AV] merged fix for __clear_mnt_mount() stepping on freed vfsmount Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2008-02-15 14:37:59 -08:00
preparations to taking MNT_WRITE_HOLD out of ->mnt_flags We have an unpleasant wart in accessibility rules for struct mount. There are per-superblock lists of mounts, used by sb_prepare_remount_readonly() to check if any of those is currently claimed for write access and to block further attempts to get write access on those until we are done. As soon as it is attached to a filesystem, mount becomes reachable via that list. Only sb_prepare_remount_readonly() traverses it and it only accesses a few members of struct mount. Unfortunately, ->mnt_flags is one of those and it is modified - MNT_WRITE_HOLD set and then cleared. It is done under mount_lock, so from the locking rules POV everything's fine. However, it has easily overlooked implications - once mount has been attached to a filesystem, it has to be treated as globally visible. In particular, initializing ->mnt_flags *must* be done either prior to that point or under mount_lock. All other members are still private at that point. Life gets simpler if we move that bit (and that's *all* that can get touched by access via this list) out of ->mnt_flags. It's not even hard to do - currently the list is implemented as list_head one, anchored in super_block->s_mounts and linked via mount->mnt_instance. As the first step, switch it to hlist-like open-coded structure - address of the first mount in the set is stored in ->s_mounts and ->mnt_instance replaced with ->mnt_next_for_sb and ->mnt_pprev_for_sb - the former either NULL or pointing to the next mount in set, the latter - address of either ->s_mounts or ->mnt_next_for_sb in the previous element of the set. In the next commit we'll steal the LSB of ->mnt_pprev_for_sb as replacement for MNT_WRITE_HOLD. Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-08-27 12:33:11 -04:00
[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: track numbers of writers to mounts This is the real meat of the entire series. It actually implements the tracking of the number of writers to a mount. However, it causes scalability problems because there can be hundreds of cpus doing open()/close() on files on the same mnt at the same time. Even an atomic_t in the mnt has massive scalaing problems because the cacheline gets so terribly contended. This uses a statically-allocated percpu variable. All want/drop operations are local to a cpu as long that cpu operates on the same mount, and there are no writer count imbalances. Writer count imbalances happen when a write is taken on one cpu, and released on another, like when an open/close pair is performed on two Upon a remount,ro request, all of the data from the percpu variables is collected (expensive, but very rare) and we determine if there are any outstanding writers to the mount. I've written a little benchmark to sit in a loop for a couple of seconds in several cpus in parallel doing open/write/close loops. http://sr71.net/~dave/linux/openbench.c The code in here is a a worst-possible case for this patch. It does opens on a _pair_ of files in two different mounts in parallel. This should cause my code to lose its "operate on the same mount" optimization completely. This worst-case scenario causes a 3% degredation in the benchmark. I could probably get rid of even this 3%, but it would be more complex than what I have here, and I think this is getting into acceptable territory. In practice, I expect writing more than 3 bytes to a file, as well as disk I/O to mask any effects that this has. (To get rid of that 3%, we could have an #defined number of mounts in the percpu variable. So, instead of a CPU getting operate only on percpu data when it accesses only one mount, it could stay on percpu data when it only accesses N or fewer mounts.) [AV] merged fix for __clear_mnt_mount() stepping on freed vfsmount Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2008-02-15 14:37:59 -08:00
preparations to taking MNT_WRITE_HOLD out of ->mnt_flags We have an unpleasant wart in accessibility rules for struct mount. There are per-superblock lists of mounts, used by sb_prepare_remount_readonly() to check if any of those is currently claimed for write access and to block further attempts to get write access on those until we are done. As soon as it is attached to a filesystem, mount becomes reachable via that list. Only sb_prepare_remount_readonly() traverses it and it only accesses a few members of struct mount. Unfortunately, ->mnt_flags is one of those and it is modified - MNT_WRITE_HOLD set and then cleared. It is done under mount_lock, so from the locking rules POV everything's fine. However, it has easily overlooked implications - once mount has been attached to a filesystem, it has to be treated as globally visible. In particular, initializing ->mnt_flags *must* be done either prior to that point or under mount_lock. All other members are still private at that point. Life gets simpler if we move that bit (and that's *all* that can get touched by access via this list) out of ->mnt_flags. It's not even hard to do - currently the list is implemented as list_head one, anchored in super_block->s_mounts and linked via mount->mnt_instance. As the first step, switch it to hlist-like open-coded structure - address of the first mount in the set is stored in ->s_mounts and ->mnt_instance replaced with ->mnt_next_for_sb and ->mnt_pprev_for_sb - the former either NULL or pointing to the next mount in set, the latter - address of either ->s_mounts or ->mnt_next_for_sb in the previous element of the set. In the next commit we'll steal the LSB of ->mnt_pprev_for_sb as replacement for MNT_WRITE_HOLD. Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-08-27 12:33:11 -04:00
preparations to taking MNT_WRITE_HOLD out of ->mnt_flags We have an unpleasant wart in accessibility rules for struct mount. There are per-superblock lists of mounts, used by sb_prepare_remount_readonly() to check if any of those is currently claimed for write access and to block further attempts to get write access on those until we are done. As soon as it is attached to a filesystem, mount becomes reachable via that list. Only sb_prepare_remount_readonly() traverses it and it only accesses a few members of struct mount. Unfortunately, ->mnt_flags is one of those and it is modified - MNT_WRITE_HOLD set and then cleared. It is done under mount_lock, so from the locking rules POV everything's fine. However, it has easily overlooked implications - once mount has been attached to a filesystem, it has to be treated as globally visible. In particular, initializing ->mnt_flags *must* be done either prior to that point or under mount_lock. All other members are still private at that point. Life gets simpler if we move that bit (and that's *all* that can get touched by access via this list) out of ->mnt_flags. It's not even hard to do - currently the list is implemented as list_head one, anchored in super_block->s_mounts and linked via mount->mnt_instance. As the first step, switch it to hlist-like open-coded structure - address of the first mount in the set is stored in ->s_mounts and ->mnt_instance replaced with ->mnt_next_for_sb and ->mnt_pprev_for_sb - the former either NULL or pointing to the next mount in set, the latter - address of either ->s_mounts or ->mnt_next_for_sb in the previous element of the set. In the next commit we'll steal the LSB of ->mnt_pprev_for_sb as replacement for MNT_WRITE_HOLD. Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-08-27 12:33:11 -04:00
fs: introduce dedicated idmap type for mounts Last cycle we've already made the interaction with idmapped mounts more robust and type safe by introducing the vfs{g,u}id_t type. This cycle we concluded the conversion and removed the legacy helpers. Currently we still pass around the plain namespace that was attached to a mount. This is in general pretty convenient but it makes it easy to conflate filesystem and mount namespaces and what different roles they have to play. Especially for filesystem developers without much experience in this area this is an easy source for bugs. Instead of passing the plain namespace we introduce a dedicated type struct mnt_idmap and replace the pointer with a pointer to a struct mnt_idmap. There are no semantic or size changes for the mount struct caused by this. We then start converting all places aware of idmapped mounts to rely on struct mnt_idmap. Once the conversion is done all helpers down to the really low-level make_vfs{g,u}id() and from_vfs{g,u}id() will take a struct mnt_idmap argument instead of two namespace arguments. This way it becomes impossible to conflate the two, removing and thus eliminating the possibility of any bugs. Fwiw, I fixed some issues in that area a while ago in ntfs3 and ksmbd in the past. Afterwards, only low-level code can ultimately use the associated namespace for any permission checks. Even most of the vfs can be ultimately completely oblivious about this and filesystems will never interact with it directly in any form in the future. A struct mnt_idmap currently encompasses a simple refcount and a pointer to the relevant namespace the mount is idmapped to. If a mount isn't idmapped then it will point to a static nop_mnt_idmap. If it is an idmapped mount it will point to a new struct mnt_idmap. As usual there are no allocations or anything happening for non-idmapped mounts. Everthing is carefully written to be a nop for non-idmapped mounts as has always been the case. If an idmapped mount or mount tree is created a new struct mnt_idmap is allocated and a reference taken on the relevant namespace. For each mount in a mount tree that gets idmapped or a mount that inherits the idmap when it is cloned the reference count on the associated struct mnt_idmap is bumped. Just a reminder that we only allow a mount to change it's idmapping a single time and only if it hasn't already been attached to the filesystems and has no active writers. The actual changes are fairly straightforward. This will have huge benefits for maintenance and security in the long run even if it causes some churn. I'm aware that there's some cost for all of you. And I'll commit to doing this work and make this as painless as I can. Note that this also makes it possible to extend struct mount_idmap in the future. For example, it would be possible to place the namespace pointer in an anonymous union together with an idmapping struct. This would allow us to expose an api to userspace that would let it specify idmappings directly instead of having to go through the detour of setting up namespaces at all. This just adds the infrastructure and doesn't do any conversions. Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-10-26 12:51:27 +02:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
fix __legitimize_mnt()/mntput() race __legitimize_mnt() has two problems - one is that in case of success the check of mount_lock is not ordered wrt preceding increment of refcount, making it possible to have successful __legitimize_mnt() on one CPU just before the otherwise final mntpu() on another, with __legitimize_mnt() not seeing mntput() taking the lock and mntput() not seeing the increment done by __legitimize_mnt(). Solved by a pair of barriers. Another is that failure of __legitimize_mnt() on the second read_seqretry() leaves us with reference that'll need to be dropped by caller; however, if that races with final mntput() we can end up with caller dropping rcu_read_lock() and doing mntput() to release that reference - with the first mntput() having freed the damn thing just as rcu_read_lock() had been dropped. Solution: in "do mntput() yourself" failure case grab mount_lock, check if MNT_DOOMED has been set by racing final mntput() that has missed our increment and if it has - undo the increment and treat that as "failure, caller doesn't need to drop anything" case. It's not easy to hit - the final mntput() has to come right after the first read_seqretry() in __legitimize_mnt() *and* manage to miss the increment done by __legitimize_mnt() before the second read_seqretry() in there. The things that are almost impossible to hit on bare hardware are not impossible on SMP KVM, though... Reported-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com> Fixes: 48a066e72d97 ("RCU'd vsfmounts") Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2018-08-09 17:51:32 -04:00
fix __legitimize_mnt()/mntput() race __legitimize_mnt() has two problems - one is that in case of success the check of mount_lock is not ordered wrt preceding increment of refcount, making it possible to have successful __legitimize_mnt() on one CPU just before the otherwise final mntpu() on another, with __legitimize_mnt() not seeing mntput() taking the lock and mntput() not seeing the increment done by __legitimize_mnt(). Solved by a pair of barriers. Another is that failure of __legitimize_mnt() on the second read_seqretry() leaves us with reference that'll need to be dropped by caller; however, if that races with final mntput() we can end up with caller dropping rcu_read_lock() and doing mntput() to release that reference - with the first mntput() having freed the damn thing just as rcu_read_lock() had been dropped. Solution: in "do mntput() yourself" failure case grab mount_lock, check if MNT_DOOMED has been set by racing final mntput() that has missed our increment and if it has - undo the increment and treat that as "failure, caller doesn't need to drop anything" case. It's not easy to hit - the final mntput() has to come right after the first read_seqretry() in __legitimize_mnt() *and* manage to miss the increment done by __legitimize_mnt() before the second read_seqretry() in there. The things that are almost impossible to hit on bare hardware are not impossible on SMP KVM, though... Reported-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com> Fixes: 48a066e72d97 ("RCU'd vsfmounts") Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2018-08-09 17:51:32 -04:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
fs: properly document __lookup_mnt() The comment on top of __lookup_mnt() states that it finds the first mount implying that there could be multiple mounts mounted at the same dentry with the same parent. On older kernels "shadow mounts" could be created during mount propagation. So if a mount @m in the destination propagation tree already had a child mount @p mounted at @mp then any mount @n we propagated to @m at the same @mp would be appended after the preexisting mount @p in @mount_hashtable. This was a completely direct way of creating shadow mounts. That direct way is gone but there are still subtle ways to create shadow mounts. For example, when attaching a source mnt @mnt to a shared mount. The root of the source mnt @mnt might be overmounted by a mount @o after we finished path lookup but before we acquired the namespace semaphore to copy the source mount tree @mnt. After we acquired the namespace lock @mnt is copied including @o covering it. After we attach @mnt to a shared mount @dest_mnt we end up propagation it to all it's peer and slaves @d. If @d already has a mount @n mounted on top of it we tuck @mnt beneath @n. This means, we mount @mnt at @d and mount @n on @mnt. Now we have both @o and @n mounted on the same mountpoint at @mnt. Explain this in the documentation as this is pretty subtle. Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-2-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:40 +02:00
fs: properly document __lookup_mnt() The comment on top of __lookup_mnt() states that it finds the first mount implying that there could be multiple mounts mounted at the same dentry with the same parent. On older kernels "shadow mounts" could be created during mount propagation. So if a mount @m in the destination propagation tree already had a child mount @p mounted at @mp then any mount @n we propagated to @m at the same @mp would be appended after the preexisting mount @p in @mount_hashtable. This was a completely direct way of creating shadow mounts. That direct way is gone but there are still subtle ways to create shadow mounts. For example, when attaching a source mnt @mnt to a shared mount. The root of the source mnt @mnt might be overmounted by a mount @o after we finished path lookup but before we acquired the namespace semaphore to copy the source mount tree @mnt. After we acquired the namespace lock @mnt is copied including @o covering it. After we attach @mnt to a shared mount @dest_mnt we end up propagation it to all it's peer and slaves @d. If @d already has a mount @n mounted on top of it we tuck @mnt beneath @n. This means, we mount @mnt at @d and mount @n on @mnt. Now we have both @o and @n mounted on the same mountpoint at @mnt. Explain this in the documentation as this is pretty subtle. Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-2-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:40 +02:00
fs: properly document __lookup_mnt() The comment on top of __lookup_mnt() states that it finds the first mount implying that there could be multiple mounts mounted at the same dentry with the same parent. On older kernels "shadow mounts" could be created during mount propagation. So if a mount @m in the destination propagation tree already had a child mount @p mounted at @mp then any mount @n we propagated to @m at the same @mp would be appended after the preexisting mount @p in @mount_hashtable. This was a completely direct way of creating shadow mounts. That direct way is gone but there are still subtle ways to create shadow mounts. For example, when attaching a source mnt @mnt to a shared mount. The root of the source mnt @mnt might be overmounted by a mount @o after we finished path lookup but before we acquired the namespace semaphore to copy the source mount tree @mnt. After we acquired the namespace lock @mnt is copied including @o covering it. After we attach @mnt to a shared mount @dest_mnt we end up propagation it to all it's peer and slaves @d. If @d already has a mount @n mounted on top of it we tuck @mnt beneath @n. This means, we mount @mnt at @d and mount @n on @mnt. Now we have both @o and @n mounted on the same mountpoint at @mnt. Explain this in the documentation as this is pretty subtle. Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-2-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:40 +02:00
fs: properly document __lookup_mnt() The comment on top of __lookup_mnt() states that it finds the first mount implying that there could be multiple mounts mounted at the same dentry with the same parent. On older kernels "shadow mounts" could be created during mount propagation. So if a mount @m in the destination propagation tree already had a child mount @p mounted at @mp then any mount @n we propagated to @m at the same @mp would be appended after the preexisting mount @p in @mount_hashtable. This was a completely direct way of creating shadow mounts. That direct way is gone but there are still subtle ways to create shadow mounts. For example, when attaching a source mnt @mnt to a shared mount. The root of the source mnt @mnt might be overmounted by a mount @o after we finished path lookup but before we acquired the namespace semaphore to copy the source mount tree @mnt. After we acquired the namespace lock @mnt is copied including @o covering it. After we attach @mnt to a shared mount @dest_mnt we end up propagation it to all it's peer and slaves @d. If @d already has a mount @n mounted on top of it we tuck @mnt beneath @n. This means, we mount @mnt at @d and mount @n on @mnt. Now we have both @o and @n mounted on the same mountpoint at @mnt. Explain this in the documentation as this is pretty subtle. Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-2-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:40 +02:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
2013-10-04 19:15:13 -07:00
2013-10-04 19:15:13 -07:00
2013-10-04 19:15:13 -07:00
2013-10-04 19:15:13 -07:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
mnt: Protect the mountpoint hashtable with mount_lock Protecting the mountpoint hashtable with namespace_sem was sufficient until a call to umount_mnt was added to mntput_no_expire. At which point it became possible for multiple calls of put_mountpoint on the same hash chain to happen on the same time. Kristen Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com> reported: > This can cause a panic when simultaneous callers of put_mountpoint > attempt to free the same mountpoint. This occurs because some callers > hold the mount_hash_lock, while others hold the namespace lock. Some > even hold both. > > In this submitter's case, the panic manifested itself as a GP fault in > put_mountpoint() when it called hlist_del() and attempted to dereference > a m_hash.pprev that had been poisioned by another thread. Al Viro observed that the simple fix is to switch from using the namespace_sem to the mount_lock to protect the mountpoint hash table. I have taken Al's suggested patch moved put_mountpoint in pivot_root (instead of taking mount_lock an additional time), and have replaced new_mountpoint with get_mountpoint a function that does the hash table lookup and addition under the mount_lock. The introduction of get_mounptoint ensures that only the mount_lock is needed to manipulate the mountpoint hashtable. d_set_mounted is modified to only set DCACHE_MOUNTED if it is not already set. This allows get_mountpoint to use the setting of DCACHE_MOUNTED to ensure adding a struct mountpoint for a dentry happens exactly once. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: ce07d891a089 ("mnt: Honor MNT_LOCKED when detaching mounts") Reported-by: Krister Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2017-01-03 14:18:43 +13:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
mnt: Protect the mountpoint hashtable with mount_lock Protecting the mountpoint hashtable with namespace_sem was sufficient until a call to umount_mnt was added to mntput_no_expire. At which point it became possible for multiple calls of put_mountpoint on the same hash chain to happen on the same time. Kristen Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com> reported: > This can cause a panic when simultaneous callers of put_mountpoint > attempt to free the same mountpoint. This occurs because some callers > hold the mount_hash_lock, while others hold the namespace lock. Some > even hold both. > > In this submitter's case, the panic manifested itself as a GP fault in > put_mountpoint() when it called hlist_del() and attempted to dereference > a m_hash.pprev that had been poisioned by another thread. Al Viro observed that the simple fix is to switch from using the namespace_sem to the mount_lock to protect the mountpoint hash table. I have taken Al's suggested patch moved put_mountpoint in pivot_root (instead of taking mount_lock an additional time), and have replaced new_mountpoint with get_mountpoint a function that does the hash table lookup and addition under the mount_lock. The introduction of get_mounptoint ensures that only the mount_lock is needed to manipulate the mountpoint hashtable. d_set_mounted is modified to only set DCACHE_MOUNTED if it is not already set. This allows get_mountpoint to use the setting of DCACHE_MOUNTED to ensure adding a struct mountpoint for a dentry happens exactly once. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: ce07d891a089 ("mnt: Honor MNT_LOCKED when detaching mounts") Reported-by: Krister Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2017-01-03 14:18:43 +13:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
mnt: Protect the mountpoint hashtable with mount_lock Protecting the mountpoint hashtable with namespace_sem was sufficient until a call to umount_mnt was added to mntput_no_expire. At which point it became possible for multiple calls of put_mountpoint on the same hash chain to happen on the same time. Kristen Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com> reported: > This can cause a panic when simultaneous callers of put_mountpoint > attempt to free the same mountpoint. This occurs because some callers > hold the mount_hash_lock, while others hold the namespace lock. Some > even hold both. > > In this submitter's case, the panic manifested itself as a GP fault in > put_mountpoint() when it called hlist_del() and attempted to dereference > a m_hash.pprev that had been poisioned by another thread. Al Viro observed that the simple fix is to switch from using the namespace_sem to the mount_lock to protect the mountpoint hash table. I have taken Al's suggested patch moved put_mountpoint in pivot_root (instead of taking mount_lock an additional time), and have replaced new_mountpoint with get_mountpoint a function that does the hash table lookup and addition under the mount_lock. The introduction of get_mounptoint ensures that only the mount_lock is needed to manipulate the mountpoint hashtable. d_set_mounted is modified to only set DCACHE_MOUNTED if it is not already set. This allows get_mountpoint to use the setting of DCACHE_MOUNTED to ensure adding a struct mountpoint for a dentry happens exactly once. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: ce07d891a089 ("mnt: Honor MNT_LOCKED when detaching mounts") Reported-by: Krister Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2017-01-03 14:18:43 +13:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
mnt: Protect the mountpoint hashtable with mount_lock Protecting the mountpoint hashtable with namespace_sem was sufficient until a call to umount_mnt was added to mntput_no_expire. At which point it became possible for multiple calls of put_mountpoint on the same hash chain to happen on the same time. Kristen Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com> reported: > This can cause a panic when simultaneous callers of put_mountpoint > attempt to free the same mountpoint. This occurs because some callers > hold the mount_hash_lock, while others hold the namespace lock. Some > even hold both. > > In this submitter's case, the panic manifested itself as a GP fault in > put_mountpoint() when it called hlist_del() and attempted to dereference > a m_hash.pprev that had been poisioned by another thread. Al Viro observed that the simple fix is to switch from using the namespace_sem to the mount_lock to protect the mountpoint hash table. I have taken Al's suggested patch moved put_mountpoint in pivot_root (instead of taking mount_lock an additional time), and have replaced new_mountpoint with get_mountpoint a function that does the hash table lookup and addition under the mount_lock. The introduction of get_mounptoint ensures that only the mount_lock is needed to manipulate the mountpoint hashtable. d_set_mounted is modified to only set DCACHE_MOUNTED if it is not already set. This allows get_mountpoint to use the setting of DCACHE_MOUNTED to ensure adding a struct mountpoint for a dentry happens exactly once. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: ce07d891a089 ("mnt: Honor MNT_LOCKED when detaching mounts") Reported-by: Krister Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2017-01-03 14:18:43 +13:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
mnt: Protect the mountpoint hashtable with mount_lock Protecting the mountpoint hashtable with namespace_sem was sufficient until a call to umount_mnt was added to mntput_no_expire. At which point it became possible for multiple calls of put_mountpoint on the same hash chain to happen on the same time. Kristen Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com> reported: > This can cause a panic when simultaneous callers of put_mountpoint > attempt to free the same mountpoint. This occurs because some callers > hold the mount_hash_lock, while others hold the namespace lock. Some > even hold both. > > In this submitter's case, the panic manifested itself as a GP fault in > put_mountpoint() when it called hlist_del() and attempted to dereference > a m_hash.pprev that had been poisioned by another thread. Al Viro observed that the simple fix is to switch from using the namespace_sem to the mount_lock to protect the mountpoint hash table. I have taken Al's suggested patch moved put_mountpoint in pivot_root (instead of taking mount_lock an additional time), and have replaced new_mountpoint with get_mountpoint a function that does the hash table lookup and addition under the mount_lock. The introduction of get_mounptoint ensures that only the mount_lock is needed to manipulate the mountpoint hashtable. d_set_mounted is modified to only set DCACHE_MOUNTED if it is not already set. This allows get_mountpoint to use the setting of DCACHE_MOUNTED to ensure adding a struct mountpoint for a dentry happens exactly once. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: ce07d891a089 ("mnt: Honor MNT_LOCKED when detaching mounts") Reported-by: Krister Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2017-01-03 14:18:43 +13:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
mnt: Protect the mountpoint hashtable with mount_lock Protecting the mountpoint hashtable with namespace_sem was sufficient until a call to umount_mnt was added to mntput_no_expire. At which point it became possible for multiple calls of put_mountpoint on the same hash chain to happen on the same time. Kristen Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com> reported: > This can cause a panic when simultaneous callers of put_mountpoint > attempt to free the same mountpoint. This occurs because some callers > hold the mount_hash_lock, while others hold the namespace lock. Some > even hold both. > > In this submitter's case, the panic manifested itself as a GP fault in > put_mountpoint() when it called hlist_del() and attempted to dereference > a m_hash.pprev that had been poisioned by another thread. Al Viro observed that the simple fix is to switch from using the namespace_sem to the mount_lock to protect the mountpoint hash table. I have taken Al's suggested patch moved put_mountpoint in pivot_root (instead of taking mount_lock an additional time), and have replaced new_mountpoint with get_mountpoint a function that does the hash table lookup and addition under the mount_lock. The introduction of get_mounptoint ensures that only the mount_lock is needed to manipulate the mountpoint hashtable. d_set_mounted is modified to only set DCACHE_MOUNTED if it is not already set. This allows get_mountpoint to use the setting of DCACHE_MOUNTED to ensure adding a struct mountpoint for a dentry happens exactly once. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: ce07d891a089 ("mnt: Honor MNT_LOCKED when detaching mounts") Reported-by: Krister Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2017-01-03 14:18:43 +13:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
fs: create detached mounts from detached mounts Add the ability to create detached mounts from detached mounts. Currently, detached mounts can only be created from attached mounts. This limitaton prevents various use-cases. For example, the ability to mount a subdirectory without ever having to make the whole filesystem visible first. The current permission model for the OPEN_TREE_CLONE flag of the open_tree() system call is: (1) Check that the caller is privileged over the owning user namespace of it's current mount namespace. (2) Check that the caller is located in the mount namespace of the mount it wants to create a detached copy of. While it is not strictly necessary to do it this way it is consistently applied in the new mount api. This model will also be used when allowing the creation of detached mount from another detached mount. The (1) requirement can simply be met by performing the same check as for the non-detached case, i.e., verify that the caller is privileged over its current mount namespace. To meet the (2) requirement it must be possible to infer the origin mount namespace that the anonymous mount namespace of the detached mount was created from. The origin mount namespace of an anonymous mount is the mount namespace that the mounts that were copied into the anonymous mount namespace originate from. The origin mount namespace of the anonymous mount namespace must be the same as the caller's mount namespace. To establish this the sequence number of the caller's mount namespace and the origin sequence number of the anonymous mount namespace are compared. The caller is always located in a non-anonymous mount namespace since anonymous mount namespaces cannot be setns()ed into. The caller's mount namespace will thus always have a valid sequence number. The owning namespace of any mount namespace, anonymous or non-anonymous, can never change. A mount attached to a non-anonymous mount namespace can never change mount namespace. If the sequence number of the non-anonymous mount namespace and the origin sequence number of the anonymous mount namespace match, the owning namespaces must match as well. Hence, the capability check on the owning namespace of the caller's mount namespace ensures that the caller has the ability to copy the mount tree. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250221-brauner-open_tree-v1-6-dbcfcb98c676@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-21 14:13:05 +01:00
fs: create detached mounts from detached mounts Add the ability to create detached mounts from detached mounts. Currently, detached mounts can only be created from attached mounts. This limitaton prevents various use-cases. For example, the ability to mount a subdirectory without ever having to make the whole filesystem visible first. The current permission model for the OPEN_TREE_CLONE flag of the open_tree() system call is: (1) Check that the caller is privileged over the owning user namespace of it's current mount namespace. (2) Check that the caller is located in the mount namespace of the mount it wants to create a detached copy of. While it is not strictly necessary to do it this way it is consistently applied in the new mount api. This model will also be used when allowing the creation of detached mount from another detached mount. The (1) requirement can simply be met by performing the same check as for the non-detached case, i.e., verify that the caller is privileged over its current mount namespace. To meet the (2) requirement it must be possible to infer the origin mount namespace that the anonymous mount namespace of the detached mount was created from. The origin mount namespace of an anonymous mount is the mount namespace that the mounts that were copied into the anonymous mount namespace originate from. The origin mount namespace of the anonymous mount namespace must be the same as the caller's mount namespace. To establish this the sequence number of the caller's mount namespace and the origin sequence number of the anonymous mount namespace are compared. The caller is always located in a non-anonymous mount namespace since anonymous mount namespaces cannot be setns()ed into. The caller's mount namespace will thus always have a valid sequence number. The owning namespace of any mount namespace, anonymous or non-anonymous, can never change. A mount attached to a non-anonymous mount namespace can never change mount namespace. If the sequence number of the non-anonymous mount namespace and the origin sequence number of the anonymous mount namespace match, the owning namespaces must match as well. Hence, the capability check on the owning namespace of the caller's mount namespace ensures that the caller has the ability to copy the mount tree. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250221-brauner-open_tree-v1-6-dbcfcb98c676@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-21 14:13:05 +01:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
mnt: Tuck mounts under others instead of creating shadow/side mounts. Ever since mount propagation was introduced in cases where a mount in propagated to parent mount mountpoint pair that is already in use the code has placed the new mount behind the old mount in the mount hash table. This implementation detail is problematic as it allows creating arbitrary length mount hash chains. Furthermore it invalidates the constraint maintained elsewhere in the mount code that a parent mount and a mountpoint pair will have exactly one mount upon them. Making it hard to deal with and to talk about this special case in the mount code. Modify mount propagation to notice when there is already a mount at the parent mount and mountpoint where a new mount is propagating to and place that preexisting mount on top of the new mount. Modify unmount propagation to notice when a mount that is being unmounted has another mount on top of it (and no other children), and to replace the unmounted mount with the mount on top of it. Move the MNT_UMUONT test from __lookup_mnt_last into __propagate_umount as that is the only call of __lookup_mnt_last where MNT_UMOUNT may be set on any mount visible in the mount hash table. These modifications allow: - __lookup_mnt_last to be removed. - attach_shadows to be renamed __attach_mnt and its shadow handling to be removed. - commit_tree to be simplified - copy_tree to be simplified The result is an easier to understand tree of mounts that does not allow creation of arbitrary length hash chains in the mount hash table. The result is also a very slight userspace visible difference in semantics. The following two cases now behave identically, where before order mattered: case 1: (explicit user action) B is a slave of A mount something on A/a , it will propagate to B/a and than mount something on B/a case 2: (tucked mount) B is a slave of A mount something on B/a and than mount something on A/a Histroically umount A/a would fail in case 1 and succeed in case 2. Now umount A/a succeeds in both configurations. This very small change in semantics appears if anything to be a bug fix to me and my survey of userspace leads me to believe that no programs will notice or care of this subtle semantic change. v2: Updated to mnt_change_mountpoint to not call dput or mntput and instead to decrement the counts directly. It is guaranteed that there will be other references when mnt_change_mountpoint is called so this is safe. v3: Moved put_mountpoint under mount_lock in attach_recursive_mnt As the locking in fs/namespace.c changed between v2 and v3. v4: Reworked the logic in propagate_mount_busy and __propagate_umount that detects when a mount completely covers another mount. v5: Removed unnecessary tests whose result is alwasy true in find_topper and attach_recursive_mnt. v6: Document the user space visible semantic difference. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: b90fa9ae8f51 ("[PATCH] shared mount handling: bind and rbind") Tested-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2017-01-20 18:28:35 +13:00
mnt: Tuck mounts under others instead of creating shadow/side mounts. Ever since mount propagation was introduced in cases where a mount in propagated to parent mount mountpoint pair that is already in use the code has placed the new mount behind the old mount in the mount hash table. This implementation detail is problematic as it allows creating arbitrary length mount hash chains. Furthermore it invalidates the constraint maintained elsewhere in the mount code that a parent mount and a mountpoint pair will have exactly one mount upon them. Making it hard to deal with and to talk about this special case in the mount code. Modify mount propagation to notice when there is already a mount at the parent mount and mountpoint where a new mount is propagating to and place that preexisting mount on top of the new mount. Modify unmount propagation to notice when a mount that is being unmounted has another mount on top of it (and no other children), and to replace the unmounted mount with the mount on top of it. Move the MNT_UMUONT test from __lookup_mnt_last into __propagate_umount as that is the only call of __lookup_mnt_last where MNT_UMOUNT may be set on any mount visible in the mount hash table. These modifications allow: - __lookup_mnt_last to be removed. - attach_shadows to be renamed __attach_mnt and its shadow handling to be removed. - commit_tree to be simplified - copy_tree to be simplified The result is an easier to understand tree of mounts that does not allow creation of arbitrary length hash chains in the mount hash table. The result is also a very slight userspace visible difference in semantics. The following two cases now behave identically, where before order mattered: case 1: (explicit user action) B is a slave of A mount something on A/a , it will propagate to B/a and than mount something on B/a case 2: (tucked mount) B is a slave of A mount something on B/a and than mount something on A/a Histroically umount A/a would fail in case 1 and succeed in case 2. Now umount A/a succeeds in both configurations. This very small change in semantics appears if anything to be a bug fix to me and my survey of userspace leads me to believe that no programs will notice or care of this subtle semantic change. v2: Updated to mnt_change_mountpoint to not call dput or mntput and instead to decrement the counts directly. It is guaranteed that there will be other references when mnt_change_mountpoint is called so this is safe. v3: Moved put_mountpoint under mount_lock in attach_recursive_mnt As the locking in fs/namespace.c changed between v2 and v3. v4: Reworked the logic in propagate_mount_busy and __propagate_umount that detects when a mount completely covers another mount. v5: Removed unnecessary tests whose result is alwasy true in find_topper and attach_recursive_mnt. v6: Document the user space visible semantic difference. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: b90fa9ae8f51 ("[PATCH] shared mount handling: bind and rbind") Tested-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2017-01-20 18:28:35 +13:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
mnt: Tuck mounts under others instead of creating shadow/side mounts. Ever since mount propagation was introduced in cases where a mount in propagated to parent mount mountpoint pair that is already in use the code has placed the new mount behind the old mount in the mount hash table. This implementation detail is problematic as it allows creating arbitrary length mount hash chains. Furthermore it invalidates the constraint maintained elsewhere in the mount code that a parent mount and a mountpoint pair will have exactly one mount upon them. Making it hard to deal with and to talk about this special case in the mount code. Modify mount propagation to notice when there is already a mount at the parent mount and mountpoint where a new mount is propagating to and place that preexisting mount on top of the new mount. Modify unmount propagation to notice when a mount that is being unmounted has another mount on top of it (and no other children), and to replace the unmounted mount with the mount on top of it. Move the MNT_UMUONT test from __lookup_mnt_last into __propagate_umount as that is the only call of __lookup_mnt_last where MNT_UMOUNT may be set on any mount visible in the mount hash table. These modifications allow: - __lookup_mnt_last to be removed. - attach_shadows to be renamed __attach_mnt and its shadow handling to be removed. - commit_tree to be simplified - copy_tree to be simplified The result is an easier to understand tree of mounts that does not allow creation of arbitrary length hash chains in the mount hash table. The result is also a very slight userspace visible difference in semantics. The following two cases now behave identically, where before order mattered: case 1: (explicit user action) B is a slave of A mount something on A/a , it will propagate to B/a and than mount something on B/a case 2: (tucked mount) B is a slave of A mount something on B/a and than mount something on A/a Histroically umount A/a would fail in case 1 and succeed in case 2. Now umount A/a succeeds in both configurations. This very small change in semantics appears if anything to be a bug fix to me and my survey of userspace leads me to believe that no programs will notice or care of this subtle semantic change. v2: Updated to mnt_change_mountpoint to not call dput or mntput and instead to decrement the counts directly. It is guaranteed that there will be other references when mnt_change_mountpoint is called so this is safe. v3: Moved put_mountpoint under mount_lock in attach_recursive_mnt As the locking in fs/namespace.c changed between v2 and v3. v4: Reworked the logic in propagate_mount_busy and __propagate_umount that detects when a mount completely covers another mount. v5: Removed unnecessary tests whose result is alwasy true in find_topper and attach_recursive_mnt. v6: Document the user space visible semantic difference. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: b90fa9ae8f51 ("[PATCH] shared mount handling: bind and rbind") Tested-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2017-01-20 18:28:35 +13:00
mnt: Tuck mounts under others instead of creating shadow/side mounts. Ever since mount propagation was introduced in cases where a mount in propagated to parent mount mountpoint pair that is already in use the code has placed the new mount behind the old mount in the mount hash table. This implementation detail is problematic as it allows creating arbitrary length mount hash chains. Furthermore it invalidates the constraint maintained elsewhere in the mount code that a parent mount and a mountpoint pair will have exactly one mount upon them. Making it hard to deal with and to talk about this special case in the mount code. Modify mount propagation to notice when there is already a mount at the parent mount and mountpoint where a new mount is propagating to and place that preexisting mount on top of the new mount. Modify unmount propagation to notice when a mount that is being unmounted has another mount on top of it (and no other children), and to replace the unmounted mount with the mount on top of it. Move the MNT_UMUONT test from __lookup_mnt_last into __propagate_umount as that is the only call of __lookup_mnt_last where MNT_UMOUNT may be set on any mount visible in the mount hash table. These modifications allow: - __lookup_mnt_last to be removed. - attach_shadows to be renamed __attach_mnt and its shadow handling to be removed. - commit_tree to be simplified - copy_tree to be simplified The result is an easier to understand tree of mounts that does not allow creation of arbitrary length hash chains in the mount hash table. The result is also a very slight userspace visible difference in semantics. The following two cases now behave identically, where before order mattered: case 1: (explicit user action) B is a slave of A mount something on A/a , it will propagate to B/a and than mount something on B/a case 2: (tucked mount) B is a slave of A mount something on B/a and than mount something on A/a Histroically umount A/a would fail in case 1 and succeed in case 2. Now umount A/a succeeds in both configurations. This very small change in semantics appears if anything to be a bug fix to me and my survey of userspace leads me to believe that no programs will notice or care of this subtle semantic change. v2: Updated to mnt_change_mountpoint to not call dput or mntput and instead to decrement the counts directly. It is guaranteed that there will be other references when mnt_change_mountpoint is called so this is safe. v3: Moved put_mountpoint under mount_lock in attach_recursive_mnt As the locking in fs/namespace.c changed between v2 and v3. v4: Reworked the logic in propagate_mount_busy and __propagate_umount that detects when a mount completely covers another mount. v5: Removed unnecessary tests whose result is alwasy true in find_topper and attach_recursive_mnt. v6: Document the user space visible semantic difference. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: b90fa9ae8f51 ("[PATCH] shared mount handling: bind and rbind") Tested-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2017-01-20 18:28:35 +13:00
mnt: Tuck mounts under others instead of creating shadow/side mounts. Ever since mount propagation was introduced in cases where a mount in propagated to parent mount mountpoint pair that is already in use the code has placed the new mount behind the old mount in the mount hash table. This implementation detail is problematic as it allows creating arbitrary length mount hash chains. Furthermore it invalidates the constraint maintained elsewhere in the mount code that a parent mount and a mountpoint pair will have exactly one mount upon them. Making it hard to deal with and to talk about this special case in the mount code. Modify mount propagation to notice when there is already a mount at the parent mount and mountpoint where a new mount is propagating to and place that preexisting mount on top of the new mount. Modify unmount propagation to notice when a mount that is being unmounted has another mount on top of it (and no other children), and to replace the unmounted mount with the mount on top of it. Move the MNT_UMUONT test from __lookup_mnt_last into __propagate_umount as that is the only call of __lookup_mnt_last where MNT_UMOUNT may be set on any mount visible in the mount hash table. These modifications allow: - __lookup_mnt_last to be removed. - attach_shadows to be renamed __attach_mnt and its shadow handling to be removed. - commit_tree to be simplified - copy_tree to be simplified The result is an easier to understand tree of mounts that does not allow creation of arbitrary length hash chains in the mount hash table. The result is also a very slight userspace visible difference in semantics. The following two cases now behave identically, where before order mattered: case 1: (explicit user action) B is a slave of A mount something on A/a , it will propagate to B/a and than mount something on B/a case 2: (tucked mount) B is a slave of A mount something on B/a and than mount something on A/a Histroically umount A/a would fail in case 1 and succeed in case 2. Now umount A/a succeeds in both configurations. This very small change in semantics appears if anything to be a bug fix to me and my survey of userspace leads me to believe that no programs will notice or care of this subtle semantic change. v2: Updated to mnt_change_mountpoint to not call dput or mntput and instead to decrement the counts directly. It is guaranteed that there will be other references when mnt_change_mountpoint is called so this is safe. v3: Moved put_mountpoint under mount_lock in attach_recursive_mnt As the locking in fs/namespace.c changed between v2 and v3. v4: Reworked the logic in propagate_mount_busy and __propagate_umount that detects when a mount completely covers another mount. v5: Removed unnecessary tests whose result is alwasy true in find_topper and attach_recursive_mnt. v6: Document the user space visible semantic difference. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: b90fa9ae8f51 ("[PATCH] shared mount handling: bind and rbind") Tested-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2017-01-20 18:28:35 +13:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
add listmount(2) syscall Add way to query the children of a particular mount. This is a more flexible way to iterate the mount tree than having to parse /proc/self/mountinfo. Lookup the mount by the new 64bit mount ID. If a mount needs to be queried based on path, then statx(2) can be used to first query the mount ID belonging to the path. Return an array of new (64bit) mount ID's. Without privileges only mounts are listed which are reachable from the task's root. Folded into this patch are several later improvements. Keeping them separate would make the history pointlessly confusing: * Recursive listing of mounts is the default now (cf. [1]). * Remove explicit LISTMOUNT_UNREACHABLE flag (cf. [1]) and fail if mount is unreachable from current root. This also makes permission checking consistent with statmount() (cf. [3]). * Start listing mounts in unique mount ID order (cf. [2]) to allow continuing listmount() from a midpoint. * Allow to continue listmount(). The @request_mask parameter is renamed and to @param to be usable by both statmount() and listmount(). If @param is set to a mount id then listmount() will continue listing mounts from that id on. This allows listing mounts in multiple listmount invocations without having to resize the buffer. If @param is zero then the listing starts from the beginning (cf. [4]). * Don't return EOVERFLOW, instead return the buffer size which allows to detect a full buffer as well (cf. [4]). Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025140205.3586473-6-mszeredi@redhat.com Reviewed-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-2-mszeredi@redhat.com [1] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-3-mszeredi@redhat.com [2] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-4-mszeredi@redhat.com [3] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-5-mszeredi@redhat.com [4] (folded) [Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>: various smaller fixes] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-10-25 16:02:03 +02:00
fs: kill MNT_ONRB Move mnt->mnt_node into the union with mnt->mnt_rcu and mnt->mnt_llist instead of keeping it with mnt->mnt_list. This allows us to use RB_CLEAR_NODE(&mnt->mnt_node) in umount_tree() as well as list_empty(&mnt->mnt_node). That in turn allows us to remove MNT_ONRB. This also fixes the bug reported in [1] where seemingly MNT_ONRB wasn't set in @mnt->mnt_flags even though the mount was present in the mount rbtree of the mount namespace. The root cause is the following race. When a btrfs subvolume is mounted a temporary mount is created: btrfs_get_tree_subvol() { mnt = fc_mount() // Register the newly allocated mount with sb->mounts: lock_mount_hash(); list_add_tail(&mnt->mnt_instance, &mnt->mnt.mnt_sb->s_mounts); unlock_mount_hash(); } and registered on sb->s_mounts. Later it is added to an anonymous mount namespace via mount_subvol(): -> mount_subvol() -> mount_subtree() -> alloc_mnt_ns() mnt_add_to_ns() vfs_path_lookup() put_mnt_ns() The mnt_add_to_ns() call raises MNT_ONRB in @mnt->mnt_flags. If someone concurrently does a ro remount: reconfigure_super() -> sb_prepare_remount_readonly() { list_for_each_entry(mnt, &sb->s_mounts, mnt_instance) { } all mounts registered in sb->s_mounts are visited and first MNT_WRITE_HOLD is raised, then MNT_READONLY is raised, and finally MNT_WRITE_HOLD is removed again. The flag modification for MNT_WRITE_HOLD/MNT_READONLY and MNT_ONRB race so MNT_ONRB might be lost. Fixes: 2eea9ce4310d ("mounts: keep list of mounts in an rbtree") Cc: <stable@kernel.org> # v6.8+ Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241215-vfs-6-14-mount-work-v1-1-fd55922c4af8@kernel.org Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/ec6784ed-8722-4695-980a-4400d4e7bd1a@gmx.com [1] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2024-12-15 21:17:05 +01:00
fhandle: fix UAF due to unlocked ->mnt_ns read in may_decode_fh() may_decode_fh() accesses mount::mnt_ns without holding any locks; that means the mount can concurrently be unmounted, and the mnt_namespace can concurrently be freed after an RCU grace period. This race can happens as follows, assuming that the mount point was created by open_tree(..., OPEN_TREE_CLONE): thread 1 thread 2 RCU __do_sys_open_by_handle_at do_handle_open handle_to_path may_decode_fh is_mounted [mount::mnt_ns access] [mount::mnt_ns access] __do_sys_close fput_close_sync __fput dissolve_on_fput umount_tree class_namespace_excl_destructor namespace_unlock free_mnt_ns mnt_ns_tree_remove call_rcu(mnt_ns_release_rcu) mnt_ns_release_rcu mnt_ns_release kfree [mnt_namespace::user_ns access] **UAF** Fix it by taking rcu_read_lock() around the mount::mnt_ns access, like in __prepend_path(). Additionally, document the semantics of mount::mnt_ns, and use WRITE_ONCE() for writers that can race with lockless readers. This bug is unreachable unless one of the following is set: - CONFIG_PREEMPTION - CONFIG_RCU_STRICT_GRACE_PERIOD because it requires an RCU grace period to happen during a syscall without an explicit preemption. This doesn't seem to have interesting security impact; worst-case, it could leak the result of an integer comparison to userspace (from the level check in cap_capable()), cause an endless loop, or crash the kernel by dereferencing an invalid address. Fixes: 620c266f3949 ("fhandle: relax open_by_handle_at() permission checks") Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260603-vfs-fhandle-uaf-fix-v2-1-d05db76a5084@google.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Amutable) <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-06-03 21:31:57 +02:00
preparations to taking MNT_WRITE_HOLD out of ->mnt_flags We have an unpleasant wart in accessibility rules for struct mount. There are per-superblock lists of mounts, used by sb_prepare_remount_readonly() to check if any of those is currently claimed for write access and to block further attempts to get write access on those until we are done. As soon as it is attached to a filesystem, mount becomes reachable via that list. Only sb_prepare_remount_readonly() traverses it and it only accesses a few members of struct mount. Unfortunately, ->mnt_flags is one of those and it is modified - MNT_WRITE_HOLD set and then cleared. It is done under mount_lock, so from the locking rules POV everything's fine. However, it has easily overlooked implications - once mount has been attached to a filesystem, it has to be treated as globally visible. In particular, initializing ->mnt_flags *must* be done either prior to that point or under mount_lock. All other members are still private at that point. Life gets simpler if we move that bit (and that's *all* that can get touched by access via this list) out of ->mnt_flags. It's not even hard to do - currently the list is implemented as list_head one, anchored in super_block->s_mounts and linked via mount->mnt_instance. As the first step, switch it to hlist-like open-coded structure - address of the first mount in the set is stored in ->s_mounts and ->mnt_instance replaced with ->mnt_next_for_sb and ->mnt_pprev_for_sb - the former either NULL or pointing to the next mount in set, the latter - address of either ->s_mounts or ->mnt_next_for_sb in the previous element of the set. In the next commit we'll steal the LSB of ->mnt_pprev_for_sb as replacement for MNT_WRITE_HOLD. Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-08-27 12:33:11 -04:00
sanitize handling of long-term internal mounts Original rationale for those had been the reduced cost of mntput() for the stuff that is mounted somewhere. Mount refcount increments and decrements are frequent; what's worse, they tend to concentrate on the same instances and cacheline pingpong is quite noticable. As the result, mount refcounts are per-cpu; that allows a very cheap increment. Plain decrement would be just as easy, but decrement-and-test is anything but (we need to add the components up, with exclusion against possible increment-from-zero, etc.). Fortunately, there is a very common case where we can tell that decrement won't be the final one - if the thing we are dropping is currently mounted somewhere. We have an RCU delay between the removal from mount tree and dropping the reference that used to pin it there, so we can just take rcu_read_lock() and check if the victim is mounted somewhere. If it is, we can go ahead and decrement without and further checks - the reference we are dropping is not the last one. If it isn't, we get all the fun with locking, carefully adding up components, etc., but the majority of refcount decrements end up taking the fast path. There is a major exception, though - pipes and sockets. Those live on the internal filesystems that are not going to be mounted anywhere. They are not going to be _un_mounted, of course, so having to take the slow path every time a pipe or socket gets closed is really obnoxious. Solution had been to mark them as long-lived ones - essentially faking "they are mounted somewhere" indicator. With minor modification that works even for ones that do eventually get dropped - all it takes is making sure we have an RCU delay between clearing the "mounted somewhere" indicator and dropping the reference. There are some additional twists (if you want to drop a dozen of such internal mounts, you'd be better off with clearing the indicator on all of them, doing an RCU delay once, then dropping the references), but in the basic form it had been * use kern_mount() if you want your internal mount to be a long-term one. * use kern_unmount() to undo that. Unfortunately, the things did rot a bit during the mount API reshuffling. In several cases we have lost the "fake the indicator" part; kern_unmount() on the unmount side remained (it doesn't warn if you use it on a mount without the indicator), but all benefits regaring mntput() cost had been lost. To get rid of that bitrot, let's add a new helper that would work with fs_context-based API: fc_mount_longterm(). It's a counterpart of fc_mount() that does, on success, mark its result as long-term. It must be paired with kern_unmount() or equivalents. Converted: 1) mqueue (it used to use kern_mount_data() and the umount side is still as it used to be) 2) hugetlbfs (used to use kern_mount_data(), internal mount is never unmounted in this one) 3) i915 gemfs (used to be kern_mount() + manual remount to set options, still uses kern_unmount() on umount side) 4) v3d gemfs (copied from i915) Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-05-02 21:32:01 -04:00
vfs: Implement a filesystem superblock creation/configuration context [AV - unfuck kern_mount_data(); we want non-NULL ->mnt_ns on long-living mounts] [AV - reordering fs/namespace.c is badly overdue, but let's keep it separate from that series] [AV - drop simple_pin_fs() change] [AV - clean vfs_kern_mount() failure exits up] Implement a filesystem context concept to be used during superblock creation for mount and superblock reconfiguration for remount. The mounting procedure then becomes: (1) Allocate new fs_context context. (2) Configure the context. (3) Create superblock. (4) Query the superblock. (5) Create a mount for the superblock. (6) Destroy the context. Rather than calling fs_type->mount(), an fs_context struct is created and fs_type->init_fs_context() is called to set it up. Pointers exist for the filesystem and LSM to hang their private data off. A set of operations has to be set by ->init_fs_context() to provide freeing, duplication, option parsing, binary data parsing, validation, mounting and superblock filling. Legacy filesystems are supported by the provision of a set of legacy fs_context operations that build up a list of mount options and then invoke fs_type->mount() from within the fs_context ->get_tree() operation. This allows all filesystems to be accessed using fs_context. It should be noted that, whilst this patch adds a lot of lines of code, there is quite a bit of duplication with existing code that can be eliminated should all filesystems be converted over. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2018-11-01 23:07:25 +00:00
vfs: Implement a filesystem superblock creation/configuration context [AV - unfuck kern_mount_data(); we want non-NULL ->mnt_ns on long-living mounts] [AV - reordering fs/namespace.c is badly overdue, but let's keep it separate from that series] [AV - drop simple_pin_fs() change] [AV - clean vfs_kern_mount() failure exits up] Implement a filesystem context concept to be used during superblock creation for mount and superblock reconfiguration for remount. The mounting procedure then becomes: (1) Allocate new fs_context context. (2) Configure the context. (3) Create superblock. (4) Query the superblock. (5) Create a mount for the superblock. (6) Destroy the context. Rather than calling fs_type->mount(), an fs_context struct is created and fs_type->init_fs_context() is called to set it up. Pointers exist for the filesystem and LSM to hang their private data off. A set of operations has to be set by ->init_fs_context() to provide freeing, duplication, option parsing, binary data parsing, validation, mounting and superblock filling. Legacy filesystems are supported by the provision of a set of legacy fs_context operations that build up a list of mount options and then invoke fs_type->mount() from within the fs_context ->get_tree() operation. This allows all filesystems to be accessed using fs_context. It should be noted that, whilst this patch adds a lot of lines of code, there is quite a bit of duplication with existing code that can be eliminated should all filesystems be converted over. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2018-11-01 23:07:25 +00:00
fs: introduce dedicated idmap type for mounts Last cycle we've already made the interaction with idmapped mounts more robust and type safe by introducing the vfs{g,u}id_t type. This cycle we concluded the conversion and removed the legacy helpers. Currently we still pass around the plain namespace that was attached to a mount. This is in general pretty convenient but it makes it easy to conflate filesystem and mount namespaces and what different roles they have to play. Especially for filesystem developers without much experience in this area this is an easy source for bugs. Instead of passing the plain namespace we introduce a dedicated type struct mnt_idmap and replace the pointer with a pointer to a struct mnt_idmap. There are no semantic or size changes for the mount struct caused by this. We then start converting all places aware of idmapped mounts to rely on struct mnt_idmap. Once the conversion is done all helpers down to the really low-level make_vfs{g,u}id() and from_vfs{g,u}id() will take a struct mnt_idmap argument instead of two namespace arguments. This way it becomes impossible to conflate the two, removing and thus eliminating the possibility of any bugs. Fwiw, I fixed some issues in that area a while ago in ntfs3 and ksmbd in the past. Afterwards, only low-level code can ultimately use the associated namespace for any permission checks. Even most of the vfs can be ultimately completely oblivious about this and filesystems will never interact with it directly in any form in the future. A struct mnt_idmap currently encompasses a simple refcount and a pointer to the relevant namespace the mount is idmapped to. If a mount isn't idmapped then it will point to a static nop_mnt_idmap. If it is an idmapped mount it will point to a new struct mnt_idmap. As usual there are no allocations or anything happening for non-idmapped mounts. Everthing is carefully written to be a nop for non-idmapped mounts as has always been the case. If an idmapped mount or mount tree is created a new struct mnt_idmap is allocated and a reference taken on the relevant namespace. For each mount in a mount tree that gets idmapped or a mount that inherits the idmap when it is cloned the reference count on the associated struct mnt_idmap is bumped. Just a reminder that we only allow a mount to change it's idmapping a single time and only if it hasn't already been attached to the filesystems and has no active writers. The actual changes are fairly straightforward. This will have huge benefits for maintenance and security in the long run even if it causes some churn. I'm aware that there's some cost for all of you. And I'll commit to doing this work and make this as painless as I can. Note that this also makes it possible to extend struct mount_idmap in the future. For example, it would be possible to place the namespace pointer in an anonymous union together with an idmapping struct. This would allow us to expose an api to userspace that would let it specify idmappings directly instead of having to go through the detour of setting up namespaces at all. This just adds the infrastructure and doesn't do any conversions. Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-10-26 12:51:27 +02:00
[PATCH] saner handling of auto_acct_off() and DQUOT_OFF() in umount The way we currently deal with quota and process accounting that might keep vfsmount busy at umount time is inherently broken; we try to turn them off just in case (not quite correctly, at that) and a) pray umount doesn't fail (otherwise they'll stay turned off) b) pray nobody doesn anything funny just as we turn quota off Moreover, LSM provides hooks for doing the same sort of broken logics. The proper way to deal with that is to introduce the second kind of reference to vfsmount. Semantics: - when the last normal reference is dropped, all special ones are converted to normal ones and if there had been any, cleanup is done. - normal reference can be cloned into a special one - special reference can be converted to normal one; that's a no-op if we'd already passed the point of no return (i.e. mntput() had converted special references to normal and started cleanup). The way it works: e.g. starting process accounting converts the vfsmount reference pinned by the opened file into special one and turns it back to normal when it gets shut down; acct_auto_close() is done when no normal references are left. That way it does *not* obstruct umount(2) and it silently gets turned off when the last normal reference to vfsmount is gone. Which is exactly what we want... The same should be done by LSM module that holds some internal references to vfsmount and wants to shut them down on umount - it should make them special and security_sb_umount_close() will be called exactly when the last normal reference to vfsmount is gone. quota handling is even simpler - we don't use normal file IO anymore, so there's no need to hold vfsmounts at all. DQUOT_OFF() is done from deactivate_super(), where it really belongs. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2005-11-07 17:13:39 -05:00
fix __legitimize_mnt()/mntput() race __legitimize_mnt() has two problems - one is that in case of success the check of mount_lock is not ordered wrt preceding increment of refcount, making it possible to have successful __legitimize_mnt() on one CPU just before the otherwise final mntpu() on another, with __legitimize_mnt() not seeing mntput() taking the lock and mntput() not seeing the increment done by __legitimize_mnt(). Solved by a pair of barriers. Another is that failure of __legitimize_mnt() on the second read_seqretry() leaves us with reference that'll need to be dropped by caller; however, if that races with final mntput() we can end up with caller dropping rcu_read_lock() and doing mntput() to release that reference - with the first mntput() having freed the damn thing just as rcu_read_lock() had been dropped. Solution: in "do mntput() yourself" failure case grab mount_lock, check if MNT_DOOMED has been set by racing final mntput() that has missed our increment and if it has - undo the increment and treat that as "failure, caller doesn't need to drop anything" case. It's not easy to hit - the final mntput() has to come right after the first read_seqretry() in __legitimize_mnt() *and* manage to miss the increment done by __legitimize_mnt() before the second read_seqretry() in there. The things that are almost impossible to hit on bare hardware are not impossible on SMP KVM, though... Reported-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com> Fixes: 48a066e72d97 ("RCU'd vsfmounts") Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2018-08-09 17:51:32 -04:00
fix mntput/mntput race mntput_no_expire() does the calculation of total refcount under mount_lock; unfortunately, the decrement (as well as all increments) are done outside of it, leading to false positives in the "are we dropping the last reference" test. Consider the following situation: * mnt is a lazy-umounted mount, kept alive by two opened files. One of those files gets closed. Total refcount of mnt is 2. On CPU 42 mntput(mnt) (called from __fput()) drops one reference, decrementing component * After it has looked at component #0, the process on CPU 0 does mntget(), incrementing component #0, gets preempted and gets to run again - on CPU 69. There it does mntput(), which drops the reference (component #69) and proceeds to spin on mount_lock. * On CPU 42 our first mntput() finishes counting. It observes the decrement of component #69, but not the increment of component #0. As the result, the total it gets is not 1 as it should've been - it's 0. At which point we decide that vfsmount needs to be killed and proceed to free it and shut the filesystem down. However, there's still another opened file on that filesystem, with reference to (now freed) vfsmount, etc. and we are screwed. It's not a wide race, but it can be reproduced with artificial slowdown of the mnt_get_count() loop, and it should be easier to hit on SMP KVM setups. Fix consists of moving the refcount decrement under mount_lock; the tricky part is that we want (and can) keep the fast case (i.e. mount that still has non-NULL ->mnt_ns) entirely out of mount_lock. All places that zero mnt->mnt_ns are dropping some reference to mnt and they call synchronize_rcu() before that mntput(). IOW, if mntput() observes (under rcu_read_lock()) a non-NULL ->mnt_ns, it is guaranteed that there is another reference yet to be dropped. Reported-by: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com> Tested-by: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com> Fixes: 48a066e72d97 ("RCU'd vsfmounts") Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2018-08-09 17:21:17 -04:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
preparations to taking MNT_WRITE_HOLD out of ->mnt_flags We have an unpleasant wart in accessibility rules for struct mount. There are per-superblock lists of mounts, used by sb_prepare_remount_readonly() to check if any of those is currently claimed for write access and to block further attempts to get write access on those until we are done. As soon as it is attached to a filesystem, mount becomes reachable via that list. Only sb_prepare_remount_readonly() traverses it and it only accesses a few members of struct mount. Unfortunately, ->mnt_flags is one of those and it is modified - MNT_WRITE_HOLD set and then cleared. It is done under mount_lock, so from the locking rules POV everything's fine. However, it has easily overlooked implications - once mount has been attached to a filesystem, it has to be treated as globally visible. In particular, initializing ->mnt_flags *must* be done either prior to that point or under mount_lock. All other members are still private at that point. Life gets simpler if we move that bit (and that's *all* that can get touched by access via this list) out of ->mnt_flags. It's not even hard to do - currently the list is implemented as list_head one, anchored in super_block->s_mounts and linked via mount->mnt_instance. As the first step, switch it to hlist-like open-coded structure - address of the first mount in the set is stored in ->s_mounts and ->mnt_instance replaced with ->mnt_next_for_sb and ->mnt_pprev_for_sb - the former either NULL or pointing to the next mount in set, the latter - address of either ->s_mounts or ->mnt_next_for_sb in the previous element of the set. In the next commit we'll steal the LSB of ->mnt_pprev_for_sb as replacement for MNT_WRITE_HOLD. Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-08-27 12:33:11 -04:00
[PATCH] saner handling of auto_acct_off() and DQUOT_OFF() in umount The way we currently deal with quota and process accounting that might keep vfsmount busy at umount time is inherently broken; we try to turn them off just in case (not quite correctly, at that) and a) pray umount doesn't fail (otherwise they'll stay turned off) b) pray nobody doesn anything funny just as we turn quota off Moreover, LSM provides hooks for doing the same sort of broken logics. The proper way to deal with that is to introduce the second kind of reference to vfsmount. Semantics: - when the last normal reference is dropped, all special ones are converted to normal ones and if there had been any, cleanup is done. - normal reference can be cloned into a special one - special reference can be converted to normal one; that's a no-op if we'd already passed the point of no return (i.e. mntput() had converted special references to normal and started cleanup). The way it works: e.g. starting process accounting converts the vfsmount reference pinned by the opened file into special one and turns it back to normal when it gets shut down; acct_auto_close() is done when no normal references are left. That way it does *not* obstruct umount(2) and it silently gets turned off when the last normal reference to vfsmount is gone. Which is exactly what we want... The same should be done by LSM module that holds some internal references to vfsmount and wants to shut them down on umount - it should make them special and security_sb_umount_close() will be called exactly when the last normal reference to vfsmount is gone. quota handling is even simpler - we don't use normal file IO anymore, so there's no need to hold vfsmounts at all. DQUOT_OFF() is done from deactivate_super(), where it really belongs. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2005-11-07 17:13:39 -05:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
fhandle: fix UAF due to unlocked ->mnt_ns read in may_decode_fh() may_decode_fh() accesses mount::mnt_ns without holding any locks; that means the mount can concurrently be unmounted, and the mnt_namespace can concurrently be freed after an RCU grace period. This race can happens as follows, assuming that the mount point was created by open_tree(..., OPEN_TREE_CLONE): thread 1 thread 2 RCU __do_sys_open_by_handle_at do_handle_open handle_to_path may_decode_fh is_mounted [mount::mnt_ns access] [mount::mnt_ns access] __do_sys_close fput_close_sync __fput dissolve_on_fput umount_tree class_namespace_excl_destructor namespace_unlock free_mnt_ns mnt_ns_tree_remove call_rcu(mnt_ns_release_rcu) mnt_ns_release_rcu mnt_ns_release kfree [mnt_namespace::user_ns access] **UAF** Fix it by taking rcu_read_lock() around the mount::mnt_ns access, like in __prepend_path(). Additionally, document the semantics of mount::mnt_ns, and use WRITE_ONCE() for writers that can race with lockless readers. This bug is unreachable unless one of the following is set: - CONFIG_PREEMPTION - CONFIG_RCU_STRICT_GRACE_PERIOD because it requires an RCU grace period to happen during a syscall without an explicit preemption. This doesn't seem to have interesting security impact; worst-case, it could leak the result of an integer comparison to userspace (from the level check in cap_capable()), cause an endless loop, or crash the kernel by dereferencing an invalid address. Fixes: 620c266f3949 ("fhandle: relax open_by_handle_at() permission checks") Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260603-vfs-fhandle-uaf-fix-v2-1-d05db76a5084@google.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Amutable) <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-06-03 21:31:57 +02:00
[PATCH] saner handling of auto_acct_off() and DQUOT_OFF() in umount The way we currently deal with quota and process accounting that might keep vfsmount busy at umount time is inherently broken; we try to turn them off just in case (not quite correctly, at that) and a) pray umount doesn't fail (otherwise they'll stay turned off) b) pray nobody doesn anything funny just as we turn quota off Moreover, LSM provides hooks for doing the same sort of broken logics. The proper way to deal with that is to introduce the second kind of reference to vfsmount. Semantics: - when the last normal reference is dropped, all special ones are converted to normal ones and if there had been any, cleanup is done. - normal reference can be cloned into a special one - special reference can be converted to normal one; that's a no-op if we'd already passed the point of no return (i.e. mntput() had converted special references to normal and started cleanup). The way it works: e.g. starting process accounting converts the vfsmount reference pinned by the opened file into special one and turns it back to normal when it gets shut down; acct_auto_close() is done when no normal references are left. That way it does *not* obstruct umount(2) and it silently gets turned off when the last normal reference to vfsmount is gone. Which is exactly what we want... The same should be done by LSM module that holds some internal references to vfsmount and wants to shut them down on umount - it should make them special and security_sb_umount_close() will be called exactly when the last normal reference to vfsmount is gone. quota handling is even simpler - we don't use normal file IO anymore, so there's no need to hold vfsmounts at all. DQUOT_OFF() is done from deactivate_super(), where it really belongs. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2005-11-07 17:13:39 -05:00
[PATCH] saner handling of auto_acct_off() and DQUOT_OFF() in umount The way we currently deal with quota and process accounting that might keep vfsmount busy at umount time is inherently broken; we try to turn them off just in case (not quite correctly, at that) and a) pray umount doesn't fail (otherwise they'll stay turned off) b) pray nobody doesn anything funny just as we turn quota off Moreover, LSM provides hooks for doing the same sort of broken logics. The proper way to deal with that is to introduce the second kind of reference to vfsmount. Semantics: - when the last normal reference is dropped, all special ones are converted to normal ones and if there had been any, cleanup is done. - normal reference can be cloned into a special one - special reference can be converted to normal one; that's a no-op if we'd already passed the point of no return (i.e. mntput() had converted special references to normal and started cleanup). The way it works: e.g. starting process accounting converts the vfsmount reference pinned by the opened file into special one and turns it back to normal when it gets shut down; acct_auto_close() is done when no normal references are left. That way it does *not* obstruct umount(2) and it silently gets turned off when the last normal reference to vfsmount is gone. Which is exactly what we want... The same should be done by LSM module that holds some internal references to vfsmount and wants to shut them down on umount - it should make them special and security_sb_umount_close() will be called exactly when the last normal reference to vfsmount is gone. quota handling is even simpler - we don't use normal file IO anymore, so there's no need to hold vfsmounts at all. DQUOT_OFF() is done from deactivate_super(), where it really belongs. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2005-11-07 17:13:39 -05:00
fs: use seq_open_private() for proc_mounts A patchset to remove support for passing pre-allocated struct seq_file to seq_open(). Such feature is undocumented and prone to error. In particular, if seq_release() is used in release handler, it will kfree() a pointer which was not allocated by seq_open(). So this patchset drops support for pre-allocated struct seq_file: it's only of use in proc_namespace.c and can be easily replaced by using seq_open_private()/seq_release_private(). Additionally, it documents the use of file->private_data to hold pointer to struct seq_file by seq_open(). This patch (of 3): Since patch described below, from v2.6.15-rc1, seq_open() could use a struct seq_file already allocated by the caller if the pointer to the structure is stored in file->private_data before calling the function. Commit 1abe77b0fc4b485927f1f798ae81a752677e1d05 Author: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Date: Mon Nov 7 17:15:34 2005 -0500 [PATCH] allow callers of seq_open do allocation themselves Allow caller of seq_open() to kmalloc() seq_file + whatever else they want and set ->private_data to it. seq_open() will then abstain from doing allocation itself. Such behavior is only used by mounts_open_common(). In order to drop support for such uncommon feature, proc_mounts is converted to use seq_open_private(), which take care of allocating the proc_mounts structure, making it available through ->private in struct seq_file. Conversely, proc_mounts is converted to use seq_release_private(), in order to release the private structure allocated by seq_open_private(). Then, ->private is used directly instead of proc_mounts() macro to access to the proc_mounts structure. Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/cover.1433193673.git.ydroneaud@opteya.com Signed-off-by: Yann Droneaud <ydroneaud@opteya.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2015-06-30 14:57:30 -07:00
fs: use seq_open_private() for proc_mounts A patchset to remove support for passing pre-allocated struct seq_file to seq_open(). Such feature is undocumented and prone to error. In particular, if seq_release() is used in release handler, it will kfree() a pointer which was not allocated by seq_open(). So this patchset drops support for pre-allocated struct seq_file: it's only of use in proc_namespace.c and can be easily replaced by using seq_open_private()/seq_release_private(). Additionally, it documents the use of file->private_data to hold pointer to struct seq_file by seq_open(). This patch (of 3): Since patch described below, from v2.6.15-rc1, seq_open() could use a struct seq_file already allocated by the caller if the pointer to the structure is stored in file->private_data before calling the function. Commit 1abe77b0fc4b485927f1f798ae81a752677e1d05 Author: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Date: Mon Nov 7 17:15:34 2005 -0500 [PATCH] allow callers of seq_open do allocation themselves Allow caller of seq_open() to kmalloc() seq_file + whatever else they want and set ->private_data to it. seq_open() will then abstain from doing allocation itself. Such behavior is only used by mounts_open_common(). In order to drop support for such uncommon feature, proc_mounts is converted to use seq_open_private(), which take care of allocating the proc_mounts structure, making it available through ->private in struct seq_file. Conversely, proc_mounts is converted to use seq_release_private(), in order to release the private structure allocated by seq_open_private(). Then, ->private is used directly instead of proc_mounts() macro to access to the proc_mounts structure. Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/cover.1433193673.git.ydroneaud@opteya.com Signed-off-by: Yann Droneaud <ydroneaud@opteya.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2015-06-30 14:57:30 -07:00
don't have mounts pin their parents Simplify the rules for mount refcounts. Current rules include: * being a namespace root => +1 * being someone's child => +1 * being someone's child => +1 to parent's refcount, unless you've already been through umount_tree(). The last part is not needed at all. It makes for more places where need to decrement refcounts and it creates an asymmetry between the situations for something that has never been a part of a namespace and something that left one, both for no good reason. If mount's refcount has additions from its children, we know that * it's either someone's child itself (and will remain so until umount_tree(), at which point contributions from children will disappear), or * or is the root of namespace (and will remain such until it either becomes someone's child in another namespace or goes through umount_tree()), or * it is the root of some tree copy, and is currently pinned by the caller of copy_tree() (and remains such until it either gets into namespace, or goes to umount_tree()). In all cases we already have contribution(s) to refcount that will last as long as the contribution from children remains. In other words, the lifetime is not affected by refcount contributions from children. It might be useful for "is it busy" checks, but those are actually no harder to express without it. NB: propagate_mnt_busy() part is an equivalent transformation, ugly as it is; the current logics is actually wrong and may give false negatives, but fixing that is for a separate patch (probably earlier in the queue). Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-27 22:53:13 -04:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
don't have mounts pin their parents Simplify the rules for mount refcounts. Current rules include: * being a namespace root => +1 * being someone's child => +1 * being someone's child => +1 to parent's refcount, unless you've already been through umount_tree(). The last part is not needed at all. It makes for more places where need to decrement refcounts and it creates an asymmetry between the situations for something that has never been a part of a namespace and something that left one, both for no good reason. If mount's refcount has additions from its children, we know that * it's either someone's child itself (and will remain so until umount_tree(), at which point contributions from children will disappear), or * or is the root of namespace (and will remain such until it either becomes someone's child in another namespace or goes through umount_tree()), or * it is the root of some tree copy, and is currently pinned by the caller of copy_tree() (and remains such until it either gets into namespace, or goes to umount_tree()). In all cases we already have contribution(s) to refcount that will last as long as the contribution from children remains. In other words, the lifetime is not affected by refcount contributions from children. It might be useful for "is it busy" checks, but those are actually no harder to express without it. NB: propagate_mnt_busy() part is an equivalent transformation, ugly as it is; the current logics is actually wrong and may give false negatives, but fixing that is for a separate patch (probably earlier in the queue). Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-27 22:53:13 -04:00
don't have mounts pin their parents Simplify the rules for mount refcounts. Current rules include: * being a namespace root => +1 * being someone's child => +1 * being someone's child => +1 to parent's refcount, unless you've already been through umount_tree(). The last part is not needed at all. It makes for more places where need to decrement refcounts and it creates an asymmetry between the situations for something that has never been a part of a namespace and something that left one, both for no good reason. If mount's refcount has additions from its children, we know that * it's either someone's child itself (and will remain so until umount_tree(), at which point contributions from children will disappear), or * or is the root of namespace (and will remain such until it either becomes someone's child in another namespace or goes through umount_tree()), or * it is the root of some tree copy, and is currently pinned by the caller of copy_tree() (and remains such until it either gets into namespace, or goes to umount_tree()). In all cases we already have contribution(s) to refcount that will last as long as the contribution from children remains. In other words, the lifetime is not affected by refcount contributions from children. It might be useful for "is it busy" checks, but those are actually no harder to express without it. NB: propagate_mnt_busy() part is an equivalent transformation, ugly as it is; the current logics is actually wrong and may give false negatives, but fixing that is for a separate patch (probably earlier in the queue). Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-27 22:53:13 -04:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
fs: kill MNT_ONRB Move mnt->mnt_node into the union with mnt->mnt_rcu and mnt->mnt_llist instead of keeping it with mnt->mnt_list. This allows us to use RB_CLEAR_NODE(&mnt->mnt_node) in umount_tree() as well as list_empty(&mnt->mnt_node). That in turn allows us to remove MNT_ONRB. This also fixes the bug reported in [1] where seemingly MNT_ONRB wasn't set in @mnt->mnt_flags even though the mount was present in the mount rbtree of the mount namespace. The root cause is the following race. When a btrfs subvolume is mounted a temporary mount is created: btrfs_get_tree_subvol() { mnt = fc_mount() // Register the newly allocated mount with sb->mounts: lock_mount_hash(); list_add_tail(&mnt->mnt_instance, &mnt->mnt.mnt_sb->s_mounts); unlock_mount_hash(); } and registered on sb->s_mounts. Later it is added to an anonymous mount namespace via mount_subvol(): -> mount_subvol() -> mount_subtree() -> alloc_mnt_ns() mnt_add_to_ns() vfs_path_lookup() put_mnt_ns() The mnt_add_to_ns() call raises MNT_ONRB in @mnt->mnt_flags. If someone concurrently does a ro remount: reconfigure_super() -> sb_prepare_remount_readonly() { list_for_each_entry(mnt, &sb->s_mounts, mnt_instance) { } all mounts registered in sb->s_mounts are visited and first MNT_WRITE_HOLD is raised, then MNT_READONLY is raised, and finally MNT_WRITE_HOLD is removed again. The flag modification for MNT_WRITE_HOLD/MNT_READONLY and MNT_ONRB race so MNT_ONRB might be lost. Fixes: 2eea9ce4310d ("mounts: keep list of mounts in an rbtree") Cc: <stable@kernel.org> # v6.8+ Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241215-vfs-6-14-mount-work-v1-1-fd55922c4af8@kernel.org Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/ec6784ed-8722-4695-980a-4400d4e7bd1a@gmx.com [1] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2024-12-15 21:17:05 +01:00
mnt: Add a per mount namespace limit on the number of mounts CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> pointed out that the semantics of shared subtrees make it possible to create an exponentially increasing number of mounts in a mount namespace. mkdir /tmp/1 /tmp/2 mount --make-rshared / for i in $(seq 1 20) ; do mount --bind /tmp/1 /tmp/2 ; done Will create create 2^20 or 1048576 mounts, which is a practical problem as some people have managed to hit this by accident. As such CVE-2016-6213 was assigned. Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> described the situation for autofs users as follows: > The number of mounts for direct mount maps is usually not very large because of > the way they are implemented, large direct mount maps can have performance > problems. There can be anywhere from a few (likely case a few hundred) to less > than 10000, plus mounts that have been triggered and not yet expired. > > Indirect mounts have one autofs mount at the root plus the number of mounts that > have been triggered and not yet expired. > > The number of autofs indirect map entries can range from a few to the common > case of several thousand and in rare cases up to between 30000 and 50000. I've > not heard of people with maps larger than 50000 entries. > > The larger the number of map entries the greater the possibility for a large > number of active mounts so it's not hard to expect cases of a 1000 or somewhat > more active mounts. So I am setting the default number of mounts allowed per mount namespace at 100,000. This is more than enough for any use case I know of, but small enough to quickly stop an exponential increase in mounts. Which should be perfect to catch misconfigurations and malfunctioning programs. For anyone who needs a higher limit this can be changed by writing to the new /proc/sys/fs/mount-max sysctl. Tested-by: CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-09-28 00:27:17 -05:00
mnt: Add a per mount namespace limit on the number of mounts CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> pointed out that the semantics of shared subtrees make it possible to create an exponentially increasing number of mounts in a mount namespace. mkdir /tmp/1 /tmp/2 mount --make-rshared / for i in $(seq 1 20) ; do mount --bind /tmp/1 /tmp/2 ; done Will create create 2^20 or 1048576 mounts, which is a practical problem as some people have managed to hit this by accident. As such CVE-2016-6213 was assigned. Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> described the situation for autofs users as follows: > The number of mounts for direct mount maps is usually not very large because of > the way they are implemented, large direct mount maps can have performance > problems. There can be anywhere from a few (likely case a few hundred) to less > than 10000, plus mounts that have been triggered and not yet expired. > > Indirect mounts have one autofs mount at the root plus the number of mounts that > have been triggered and not yet expired. > > The number of autofs indirect map entries can range from a few to the common > case of several thousand and in rare cases up to between 30000 and 50000. I've > not heard of people with maps larger than 50000 entries. > > The larger the number of map entries the greater the possibility for a large > number of active mounts so it's not hard to expect cases of a 1000 or somewhat > more active mounts. So I am setting the default number of mounts allowed per mount namespace at 100,000. This is more than enough for any use case I know of, but small enough to quickly stop an exponential increase in mounts. Which should be perfect to catch misconfigurations and malfunctioning programs. For anyone who needs a higher limit this can be changed by writing to the new /proc/sys/fs/mount-max sysctl. Tested-by: CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-09-28 00:27:17 -05:00
mnt: Add a per mount namespace limit on the number of mounts CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> pointed out that the semantics of shared subtrees make it possible to create an exponentially increasing number of mounts in a mount namespace. mkdir /tmp/1 /tmp/2 mount --make-rshared / for i in $(seq 1 20) ; do mount --bind /tmp/1 /tmp/2 ; done Will create create 2^20 or 1048576 mounts, which is a practical problem as some people have managed to hit this by accident. As such CVE-2016-6213 was assigned. Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> described the situation for autofs users as follows: > The number of mounts for direct mount maps is usually not very large because of > the way they are implemented, large direct mount maps can have performance > problems. There can be anywhere from a few (likely case a few hundred) to less > than 10000, plus mounts that have been triggered and not yet expired. > > Indirect mounts have one autofs mount at the root plus the number of mounts that > have been triggered and not yet expired. > > The number of autofs indirect map entries can range from a few to the common > case of several thousand and in rare cases up to between 30000 and 50000. I've > not heard of people with maps larger than 50000 entries. > > The larger the number of map entries the greater the possibility for a large > number of active mounts so it's not hard to expect cases of a 1000 or somewhat > more active mounts. So I am setting the default number of mounts allowed per mount namespace at 100,000. This is more than enough for any use case I know of, but small enough to quickly stop an exponential increase in mounts. Which should be perfect to catch misconfigurations and malfunctioning programs. For anyone who needs a higher limit this can be changed by writing to the new /proc/sys/fs/mount-max sysctl. Tested-by: CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-09-28 00:27:17 -05:00
fhandle: fix UAF due to unlocked ->mnt_ns read in may_decode_fh() may_decode_fh() accesses mount::mnt_ns without holding any locks; that means the mount can concurrently be unmounted, and the mnt_namespace can concurrently be freed after an RCU grace period. This race can happens as follows, assuming that the mount point was created by open_tree(..., OPEN_TREE_CLONE): thread 1 thread 2 RCU __do_sys_open_by_handle_at do_handle_open handle_to_path may_decode_fh is_mounted [mount::mnt_ns access] [mount::mnt_ns access] __do_sys_close fput_close_sync __fput dissolve_on_fput umount_tree class_namespace_excl_destructor namespace_unlock free_mnt_ns mnt_ns_tree_remove call_rcu(mnt_ns_release_rcu) mnt_ns_release_rcu mnt_ns_release kfree [mnt_namespace::user_ns access] **UAF** Fix it by taking rcu_read_lock() around the mount::mnt_ns access, like in __prepend_path(). Additionally, document the semantics of mount::mnt_ns, and use WRITE_ONCE() for writers that can race with lockless readers. This bug is unreachable unless one of the following is set: - CONFIG_PREEMPTION - CONFIG_RCU_STRICT_GRACE_PERIOD because it requires an RCU grace period to happen during a syscall without an explicit preemption. This doesn't seem to have interesting security impact; worst-case, it could leak the result of an integer comparison to userspace (from the level check in cap_capable()), cause an endless loop, or crash the kernel by dereferencing an invalid address. Fixes: 620c266f3949 ("fhandle: relax open_by_handle_at() permission checks") Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260603-vfs-fhandle-uaf-fix-v2-1-d05db76a5084@google.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Amutable) <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-06-03 21:31:57 +02:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
don't have mounts pin their parents Simplify the rules for mount refcounts. Current rules include: * being a namespace root => +1 * being someone's child => +1 * being someone's child => +1 to parent's refcount, unless you've already been through umount_tree(). The last part is not needed at all. It makes for more places where need to decrement refcounts and it creates an asymmetry between the situations for something that has never been a part of a namespace and something that left one, both for no good reason. If mount's refcount has additions from its children, we know that * it's either someone's child itself (and will remain so until umount_tree(), at which point contributions from children will disappear), or * or is the root of namespace (and will remain such until it either becomes someone's child in another namespace or goes through umount_tree()), or * it is the root of some tree copy, and is currently pinned by the caller of copy_tree() (and remains such until it either gets into namespace, or goes to umount_tree()). In all cases we already have contribution(s) to refcount that will last as long as the contribution from children remains. In other words, the lifetime is not affected by refcount contributions from children. It might be useful for "is it busy" checks, but those are actually no harder to express without it. NB: propagate_mnt_busy() part is an equivalent transformation, ugly as it is; the current logics is actually wrong and may give false negatives, but fixing that is for a separate patch (probably earlier in the queue). Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-27 22:53:13 -04:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
2025-04-26 19:17:28 -04:00
2025-04-26 19:17:28 -04:00
don't set MNT_LOCKED on parentless mounts Originally MNT_LOCKED meant only one thing - "don't let this mount to be peeled off its parent, we don't want to have its mountpoint exposed". Accordingly, it had only been set on mounts that *do* have a parent. Later it got overloaded with another use - setting it on the absolute root had given free protection against umount(2) of absolute root (was possible to trigger, oopsed). Not a bad trick, but it ended up costing more than it bought us. Unfortunately, the cost included both hard-to-reason-about logics and a subtle race between mount -o remount,ro and mount --[r]bind - lockless &= ~MNT_LOCKED in the end of __do_loopback() could race with sb_prepare_remount_readonly() setting and clearing MNT_HOLD_WRITE (under mount_lock, as it should be). The race wouldn't be much of a problem (there are other ways to deal with it), but the subtlety is. Turns out that nobody except umount(2) had ever made use of having MNT_LOCKED set on absolute root. So let's give up on that trick, clever as it had been, add an explicit check in do_umount() and return to using MNT_LOCKED only for mounts that have a parent. It means that * clone_mnt() no longer copies MNT_LOCKED * copy_tree() sets it on submounts if their counterparts had been marked such, and does that right next to attach_mnt() in there, in the same mount_lock scope. * __do_loopback() no longer needs to strip MNT_LOCKED off the root of subtree it's about to return; no store, no race. * init_mount_tree() doesn't bother setting MNT_LOCKED on absolute root. * lock_mnt_tree() does not set MNT_LOCKED on the subtree's root; accordingly, its caller (loop in attach_recursive_mnt()) does not need to bother stripping that MNT_LOCKED on root. Note that lock_mnt_tree() setting MNT_LOCKED on submounts happens in the same mount_lock scope as __attach_mnt() (from commit_tree()) that makes them reachable. Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-05-06 18:48:05 -04:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
2025-04-26 19:17:28 -04:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
2025-04-26 19:17:28 -04:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
nsproxy: attach to namespaces via pidfds For quite a while we have been thinking about using pidfds to attach to namespaces. This patchset has existed for about a year already but we've wanted to wait to see how the general api would be received and adopted. Now that more and more programs in userspace have started using pidfds for process management it's time to send this one out. This patch makes it possible to use pidfds to attach to the namespaces of another process, i.e. they can be passed as the first argument to the setns() syscall. When only a single namespace type is specified the semantics are equivalent to passing an nsfd. That means setns(nsfd, CLONE_NEWNET) equals setns(pidfd, CLONE_NEWNET). However, when a pidfd is passed, multiple namespace flags can be specified in the second setns() argument and setns() will attach the caller to all the specified namespaces all at once or to none of them. Specifying 0 is not valid together with a pidfd. Here are just two obvious examples: setns(pidfd, CLONE_NEWPID | CLONE_NEWNS | CLONE_NEWNET); setns(pidfd, CLONE_NEWUSER); Allowing to also attach subsets of namespaces supports various use-cases where callers setns to a subset of namespaces to retain privilege, perform an action and then re-attach another subset of namespaces. If the need arises, as Eric suggested, we can extend this patchset to assume even more context than just attaching all namespaces. His suggestion specifically was about assuming the process' root directory when setns(pidfd, 0) or setns(pidfd, SETNS_PIDFD) is specified. For now, just keep it flexible in terms of supporting subsets of namespaces but let's wait until we have users asking for even more context to be assumed. At that point we can add an extension. The obvious example where this is useful is a standard container manager interacting with a running container: pushing and pulling files or directories, injecting mounts, attaching/execing any kind of process, managing network devices all these operations require attaching to all or at least multiple namespaces at the same time. Given that nowadays most containers are spawned with all namespaces enabled we're currently looking at at least 14 syscalls, 7 to open the /proc/<pid>/ns/<ns> nsfds, another 7 to actually perform the namespace switch. With time namespaces we're looking at about 16 syscalls. (We could amortize the first 7 or 8 syscalls for opening the nsfds by stashing them in each container's monitor process but that would mean we need to send around those file descriptors through unix sockets everytime we want to interact with the container or keep on-disk state. Even in scenarios where a caller wants to join a particular namespace in a particular order callers still profit from batching other namespaces. That mostly applies to the user namespace but all container runtimes I found join the user namespace first no matter if it privileges or deprivileges the container similar to how unshare behaves.) With pidfds this becomes a single syscall no matter how many namespaces are supposed to be attached to. A decently designed, large-scale container manager usually isn't the parent of any of the containers it spawns so the containers don't die when it crashes or needs to update or reinitialize. This means that for the manager to interact with containers through pids is inherently racy especially on systems where the maximum pid number is not significicantly bumped. This is even more problematic since we often spawn and manage thousands or ten-thousands of containers. Interacting with a container through a pid thus can become risky quite quickly. Especially since we allow for an administrator to enable advanced features such as syscall interception where we're performing syscalls in lieu of the container. In all of those cases we use pidfds if they are available and we pass them around as stable references. Using them to setns() to the target process' namespaces is as reliable as using nsfds. Either the target process is already dead and we get ESRCH or we manage to attach to its namespaces but we can't accidently attach to another process' namespaces. So pidfds lend themselves to be used with this api. The other main advantage is that with this change the pidfd becomes the only relevant token for most container interactions and it's the only token we need to create and send around. Apart from significiantly reducing the number of syscalls from double digit to single digit which is a decent reason post-spectre/meltdown this also allows to switch to a set of namespaces atomically, i.e. either attaching to all the specified namespaces succeeds or we fail. If we fail we haven't changed a single namespace. There are currently three namespaces that can fail (other than for ENOMEM which really is not very interesting since we then have other problems anyway) for non-trivial reasons, user, mount, and pid namespaces. We can fail to attach to a pid namespace if it is not our current active pid namespace or a descendant of it. We can fail to attach to a user namespace because we are multi-threaded or because our current mount namespace shares filesystem state with other tasks, or because we're trying to setns() to the same user namespace, i.e. the target task has the same user namespace as we do. We can fail to attach to a mount namespace because it shares filesystem state with other tasks or because we fail to lookup the new root for the new mount namespace. In most non-pathological scenarios these issues can be somewhat mitigated. But there are cases where we're half-attached to some namespace and failing to attach to another one. I've talked about some of these problem during the hallway track (something only the pre-COVID-19 generation will remember) of Plumbers in Los Angeles in 2018(?). Even if all these issues could be avoided with super careful userspace coding it would be nicer to have this done in-kernel. Pidfds seem to lend themselves nicely for this. The other neat thing about this is that setns() becomes an actual counterpart to the namespace bits of unshare(). Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Reviewed-by: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Cc: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200505140432.181565-3-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com
2020-05-05 16:04:31 +02:00
nsfs: iterate through mount namespaces It is already possible to list mounts in other mount namespaces and to retrieve namespace file descriptors without having to go through procfs by deriving them from pidfds. Augment these abilities by adding the ability to retrieve information about a mount namespace via NS_MNT_GET_INFO. This will return the mount namespace id and the number of mounts currently in the mount namespace. The number of mounts can be used to size the buffer that needs to be used for listmount() and is in general useful without having to actually iterate through all the mounts. The structure is extensible. And add the ability to iterate through all mount namespaces over which the caller holds privilege returning the file descriptor for the next or previous mount namespace. To retrieve a mount namespace the caller must be privileged wrt to it's owning user namespace. This means that PID 1 on the host can list all mounts in all mount namespaces or that a container can list all mounts of its nested containers. Optionally pass a structure for NS_MNT_GET_INFO with NS_MNT_GET_{PREV,NEXT} to retrieve information about the mount namespace in one go. Both ioctls can be implemented for other namespace types easily. Together with recent api additions this means one can iterate through all mounts in all mount namespaces without ever touching procfs. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240719-work-mount-namespace-v1-5-834113cab0d2@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2024-07-19 13:41:52 +02:00
nsfs: iterate through mount namespaces It is already possible to list mounts in other mount namespaces and to retrieve namespace file descriptors without having to go through procfs by deriving them from pidfds. Augment these abilities by adding the ability to retrieve information about a mount namespace via NS_MNT_GET_INFO. This will return the mount namespace id and the number of mounts currently in the mount namespace. The number of mounts can be used to size the buffer that needs to be used for listmount() and is in general useful without having to actually iterate through all the mounts. The structure is extensible. And add the ability to iterate through all mount namespaces over which the caller holds privilege returning the file descriptor for the next or previous mount namespace. To retrieve a mount namespace the caller must be privileged wrt to it's owning user namespace. This means that PID 1 on the host can list all mounts in all mount namespaces or that a container can list all mounts of its nested containers. Optionally pass a structure for NS_MNT_GET_INFO with NS_MNT_GET_{PREV,NEXT} to retrieve information about the mount namespace in one go. Both ioctls can be implemented for other namespace types easily. Together with recent api additions this means one can iterate through all mounts in all mount namespaces without ever touching procfs. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240719-work-mount-namespace-v1-5-834113cab0d2@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2024-07-19 13:41:52 +02:00
nsfs: iterate through mount namespaces It is already possible to list mounts in other mount namespaces and to retrieve namespace file descriptors without having to go through procfs by deriving them from pidfds. Augment these abilities by adding the ability to retrieve information about a mount namespace via NS_MNT_GET_INFO. This will return the mount namespace id and the number of mounts currently in the mount namespace. The number of mounts can be used to size the buffer that needs to be used for listmount() and is in general useful without having to actually iterate through all the mounts. The structure is extensible. And add the ability to iterate through all mount namespaces over which the caller holds privilege returning the file descriptor for the next or previous mount namespace. To retrieve a mount namespace the caller must be privileged wrt to it's owning user namespace. This means that PID 1 on the host can list all mounts in all mount namespaces or that a container can list all mounts of its nested containers. Optionally pass a structure for NS_MNT_GET_INFO with NS_MNT_GET_{PREV,NEXT} to retrieve information about the mount namespace in one go. Both ioctls can be implemented for other namespace types easily. Together with recent api additions this means one can iterate through all mounts in all mount namespaces without ever touching procfs. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240719-work-mount-namespace-v1-5-834113cab0d2@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2024-07-19 13:41:52 +02:00
nsfs: iterate through mount namespaces It is already possible to list mounts in other mount namespaces and to retrieve namespace file descriptors without having to go through procfs by deriving them from pidfds. Augment these abilities by adding the ability to retrieve information about a mount namespace via NS_MNT_GET_INFO. This will return the mount namespace id and the number of mounts currently in the mount namespace. The number of mounts can be used to size the buffer that needs to be used for listmount() and is in general useful without having to actually iterate through all the mounts. The structure is extensible. And add the ability to iterate through all mount namespaces over which the caller holds privilege returning the file descriptor for the next or previous mount namespace. To retrieve a mount namespace the caller must be privileged wrt to it's owning user namespace. This means that PID 1 on the host can list all mounts in all mount namespaces or that a container can list all mounts of its nested containers. Optionally pass a structure for NS_MNT_GET_INFO with NS_MNT_GET_{PREV,NEXT} to retrieve information about the mount namespace in one go. Both ioctls can be implemented for other namespace types easily. Together with recent api additions this means one can iterate through all mounts in all mount namespaces without ever touching procfs. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240719-work-mount-namespace-v1-5-834113cab0d2@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2024-07-19 13:41:52 +02:00
nsfs: iterate through mount namespaces It is already possible to list mounts in other mount namespaces and to retrieve namespace file descriptors without having to go through procfs by deriving them from pidfds. Augment these abilities by adding the ability to retrieve information about a mount namespace via NS_MNT_GET_INFO. This will return the mount namespace id and the number of mounts currently in the mount namespace. The number of mounts can be used to size the buffer that needs to be used for listmount() and is in general useful without having to actually iterate through all the mounts. The structure is extensible. And add the ability to iterate through all mount namespaces over which the caller holds privilege returning the file descriptor for the next or previous mount namespace. To retrieve a mount namespace the caller must be privileged wrt to it's owning user namespace. This means that PID 1 on the host can list all mounts in all mount namespaces or that a container can list all mounts of its nested containers. Optionally pass a structure for NS_MNT_GET_INFO with NS_MNT_GET_{PREV,NEXT} to retrieve information about the mount namespace in one go. Both ioctls can be implemented for other namespace types easily. Together with recent api additions this means one can iterate through all mounts in all mount namespaces without ever touching procfs. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240719-work-mount-namespace-v1-5-834113cab0d2@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2024-07-19 13:41:52 +02:00
nsfs: iterate through mount namespaces It is already possible to list mounts in other mount namespaces and to retrieve namespace file descriptors without having to go through procfs by deriving them from pidfds. Augment these abilities by adding the ability to retrieve information about a mount namespace via NS_MNT_GET_INFO. This will return the mount namespace id and the number of mounts currently in the mount namespace. The number of mounts can be used to size the buffer that needs to be used for listmount() and is in general useful without having to actually iterate through all the mounts. The structure is extensible. And add the ability to iterate through all mount namespaces over which the caller holds privilege returning the file descriptor for the next or previous mount namespace. To retrieve a mount namespace the caller must be privileged wrt to it's owning user namespace. This means that PID 1 on the host can list all mounts in all mount namespaces or that a container can list all mounts of its nested containers. Optionally pass a structure for NS_MNT_GET_INFO with NS_MNT_GET_{PREV,NEXT} to retrieve information about the mount namespace in one go. Both ioctls can be implemented for other namespace types easily. Together with recent api additions this means one can iterate through all mounts in all mount namespaces without ever touching procfs. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240719-work-mount-namespace-v1-5-834113cab0d2@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2024-07-19 13:41:52 +02:00
nsfs: iterate through mount namespaces It is already possible to list mounts in other mount namespaces and to retrieve namespace file descriptors without having to go through procfs by deriving them from pidfds. Augment these abilities by adding the ability to retrieve information about a mount namespace via NS_MNT_GET_INFO. This will return the mount namespace id and the number of mounts currently in the mount namespace. The number of mounts can be used to size the buffer that needs to be used for listmount() and is in general useful without having to actually iterate through all the mounts. The structure is extensible. And add the ability to iterate through all mount namespaces over which the caller holds privilege returning the file descriptor for the next or previous mount namespace. To retrieve a mount namespace the caller must be privileged wrt to it's owning user namespace. This means that PID 1 on the host can list all mounts in all mount namespaces or that a container can list all mounts of its nested containers. Optionally pass a structure for NS_MNT_GET_INFO with NS_MNT_GET_{PREV,NEXT} to retrieve information about the mount namespace in one go. Both ioctls can be implemented for other namespace types easily. Together with recent api additions this means one can iterate through all mounts in all mount namespaces without ever touching procfs. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240719-work-mount-namespace-v1-5-834113cab0d2@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2024-07-19 13:41:52 +02:00
mount: Don't allow copying MNT_UNBINDABLE|MNT_LOCKED mounts Jonathan Calmels from NVIDIA reported that he's able to bypass the mount visibility security check in place in the Linux kernel by using a combination of the unbindable property along with the private mount propagation option to allow a unprivileged user to see a path which was purposefully hidden by the root user. Reproducer: # Hide a path to all users using a tmpfs root@castiana:~# mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /sys/devices/ root@castiana:~# # As an unprivileged user, unshare user namespace and mount namespace stgraber@castiana:~$ unshare -U -m -r # Confirm the path is still not accessible root@castiana:~# ls /sys/devices/ # Make /sys recursively unbindable and private root@castiana:~# mount --make-runbindable /sys root@castiana:~# mount --make-private /sys # Recursively bind-mount the rest of /sys over to /mnnt root@castiana:~# mount --rbind /sys/ /mnt # Access our hidden /sys/device as an unprivileged user root@castiana:~# ls /mnt/devices/ breakpoint cpu cstate_core cstate_pkg i915 intel_pt isa kprobe LNXSYSTM:00 msr pci0000:00 platform pnp0 power software system tracepoint uncore_arb uncore_cbox_0 uncore_cbox_1 uprobe virtual Solve this by teaching copy_tree to fail if a mount turns out to be both unbindable and locked. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 5ff9d8a65ce8 ("vfs: Lock in place mounts from more privileged users") Reported-by: Jonathan Calmels <jcalmels@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2018-10-25 09:04:18 -05:00
mount: Don't allow copying MNT_UNBINDABLE|MNT_LOCKED mounts Jonathan Calmels from NVIDIA reported that he's able to bypass the mount visibility security check in place in the Linux kernel by using a combination of the unbindable property along with the private mount propagation option to allow a unprivileged user to see a path which was purposefully hidden by the root user. Reproducer: # Hide a path to all users using a tmpfs root@castiana:~# mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /sys/devices/ root@castiana:~# # As an unprivileged user, unshare user namespace and mount namespace stgraber@castiana:~$ unshare -U -m -r # Confirm the path is still not accessible root@castiana:~# ls /sys/devices/ # Make /sys recursively unbindable and private root@castiana:~# mount --make-runbindable /sys root@castiana:~# mount --make-private /sys # Recursively bind-mount the rest of /sys over to /mnnt root@castiana:~# mount --rbind /sys/ /mnt # Access our hidden /sys/device as an unprivileged user root@castiana:~# ls /mnt/devices/ breakpoint cpu cstate_core cstate_pkg i915 intel_pt isa kprobe LNXSYSTM:00 msr pci0000:00 platform pnp0 power software system tracepoint uncore_arb uncore_cbox_0 uncore_cbox_1 uprobe virtual Solve this by teaching copy_tree to fail if a mount turns out to be both unbindable and locked. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 5ff9d8a65ce8 ("vfs: Lock in place mounts from more privileged users") Reported-by: Jonathan Calmels <jcalmels@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2018-10-25 09:04:18 -05:00
mount: Don't allow copying MNT_UNBINDABLE|MNT_LOCKED mounts Jonathan Calmels from NVIDIA reported that he's able to bypass the mount visibility security check in place in the Linux kernel by using a combination of the unbindable property along with the private mount propagation option to allow a unprivileged user to see a path which was purposefully hidden by the root user. Reproducer: # Hide a path to all users using a tmpfs root@castiana:~# mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /sys/devices/ root@castiana:~# # As an unprivileged user, unshare user namespace and mount namespace stgraber@castiana:~$ unshare -U -m -r # Confirm the path is still not accessible root@castiana:~# ls /sys/devices/ # Make /sys recursively unbindable and private root@castiana:~# mount --make-runbindable /sys root@castiana:~# mount --make-private /sys # Recursively bind-mount the rest of /sys over to /mnnt root@castiana:~# mount --rbind /sys/ /mnt # Access our hidden /sys/device as an unprivileged user root@castiana:~# ls /mnt/devices/ breakpoint cpu cstate_core cstate_pkg i915 intel_pt isa kprobe LNXSYSTM:00 msr pci0000:00 platform pnp0 power software system tracepoint uncore_arb uncore_cbox_0 uncore_cbox_1 uprobe virtual Solve this by teaching copy_tree to fail if a mount turns out to be both unbindable and locked. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 5ff9d8a65ce8 ("vfs: Lock in place mounts from more privileged users") Reported-by: Jonathan Calmels <jcalmels@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2018-10-25 09:04:18 -05:00
don't set MNT_LOCKED on parentless mounts Originally MNT_LOCKED meant only one thing - "don't let this mount to be peeled off its parent, we don't want to have its mountpoint exposed". Accordingly, it had only been set on mounts that *do* have a parent. Later it got overloaded with another use - setting it on the absolute root had given free protection against umount(2) of absolute root (was possible to trigger, oopsed). Not a bad trick, but it ended up costing more than it bought us. Unfortunately, the cost included both hard-to-reason-about logics and a subtle race between mount -o remount,ro and mount --[r]bind - lockless &= ~MNT_LOCKED in the end of __do_loopback() could race with sb_prepare_remount_readonly() setting and clearing MNT_HOLD_WRITE (under mount_lock, as it should be). The race wouldn't be much of a problem (there are other ways to deal with it), but the subtlety is. Turns out that nobody except umount(2) had ever made use of having MNT_LOCKED set on absolute root. So let's give up on that trick, clever as it had been, add an explicit check in do_umount() and return to using MNT_LOCKED only for mounts that have a parent. It means that * clone_mnt() no longer copies MNT_LOCKED * copy_tree() sets it on submounts if their counterparts had been marked such, and does that right next to attach_mnt() in there, in the same mount_lock scope. * __do_loopback() no longer needs to strip MNT_LOCKED off the root of subtree it's about to return; no store, no race. * init_mount_tree() doesn't bother setting MNT_LOCKED on absolute root. * lock_mnt_tree() does not set MNT_LOCKED on the subtree's root; accordingly, its caller (loop in attach_recursive_mnt()) does not need to bother stripping that MNT_LOCKED on root. Note that lock_mnt_tree() setting MNT_LOCKED on submounts happens in the same mount_lock scope as __attach_mnt() (from commit_tree()) that makes them reachable. Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-05-06 18:48:05 -04:00
replace collect_mounts()/drop_collected_mounts() with a safer variant collect_mounts() has several problems - one can't iterate over the results directly, so it has to be done with callback passed to iterate_mounts(); it has an oopsable race with d_invalidate(); it creates temporary clones of mounts invisibly for sync umount (IOW, you can have non-lazy umount succeed leaving filesystem not mounted anywhere and yet still busy). A saner approach is to give caller an array of struct path that would pin every mount in a subtree, without cloning any mounts. * collect_mounts()/drop_collected_mounts()/iterate_mounts() is gone * collect_paths(where, preallocated, size) gives either ERR_PTR(-E...) or a pointer to array of struct path, one for each chunk of tree visible under 'where' (i.e. the first element is a copy of where, followed by (mount,root) for everything mounted under it - the same set collect_mounts() would give). Unlike collect_mounts(), the mounts are *not* cloned - we just get pinning references to the roots of subtrees in the caller's namespace. Array is terminated by {NULL, NULL} struct path. If it fits into preallocated array (on-stack, normally), that's where it goes; otherwise it's allocated by kmalloc_array(). Passing 0 as size means that 'preallocated' is ignored (and expected to be NULL). * drop_collected_paths(paths, preallocated) is given the array returned by an earlier call of collect_paths() and the preallocated array passed to that call. All mount/dentry references are dropped and array is kfree'd if it's not equal to 'preallocated'. * instead of iterate_mounts(), users should just iterate over array of struct path - nothing exotic is needed for that. Existing users (all in audit_tree.c) are converted. [folded a fix for braino reported by Venkat Rao Bagalkote <venkat88@linux.ibm.com>] Fixes: 80b5dce8c59b0 ("vfs: Add a function to lazily unmount all mounts from any dentry") Tested-by: Venkat Rao Bagalkote <venkat88@linux.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-06-17 00:09:51 -04:00
replace collect_mounts()/drop_collected_mounts() with a safer variant collect_mounts() has several problems - one can't iterate over the results directly, so it has to be done with callback passed to iterate_mounts(); it has an oopsable race with d_invalidate(); it creates temporary clones of mounts invisibly for sync umount (IOW, you can have non-lazy umount succeed leaving filesystem not mounted anywhere and yet still busy). A saner approach is to give caller an array of struct path that would pin every mount in a subtree, without cloning any mounts. * collect_mounts()/drop_collected_mounts()/iterate_mounts() is gone * collect_paths(where, preallocated, size) gives either ERR_PTR(-E...) or a pointer to array of struct path, one for each chunk of tree visible under 'where' (i.e. the first element is a copy of where, followed by (mount,root) for everything mounted under it - the same set collect_mounts() would give). Unlike collect_mounts(), the mounts are *not* cloned - we just get pinning references to the roots of subtrees in the caller's namespace. Array is terminated by {NULL, NULL} struct path. If it fits into preallocated array (on-stack, normally), that's where it goes; otherwise it's allocated by kmalloc_array(). Passing 0 as size means that 'preallocated' is ignored (and expected to be NULL). * drop_collected_paths(paths, preallocated) is given the array returned by an earlier call of collect_paths() and the preallocated array passed to that call. All mount/dentry references are dropped and array is kfree'd if it's not equal to 'preallocated'. * instead of iterate_mounts(), users should just iterate over array of struct path - nothing exotic is needed for that. Existing users (all in audit_tree.c) are converted. [folded a fix for braino reported by Venkat Rao Bagalkote <venkat88@linux.ibm.com>] Fixes: 80b5dce8c59b0 ("vfs: Add a function to lazily unmount all mounts from any dentry") Tested-by: Venkat Rao Bagalkote <venkat88@linux.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-06-17 00:09:51 -04:00
replace collect_mounts()/drop_collected_mounts() with a safer variant collect_mounts() has several problems - one can't iterate over the results directly, so it has to be done with callback passed to iterate_mounts(); it has an oopsable race with d_invalidate(); it creates temporary clones of mounts invisibly for sync umount (IOW, you can have non-lazy umount succeed leaving filesystem not mounted anywhere and yet still busy). A saner approach is to give caller an array of struct path that would pin every mount in a subtree, without cloning any mounts. * collect_mounts()/drop_collected_mounts()/iterate_mounts() is gone * collect_paths(where, preallocated, size) gives either ERR_PTR(-E...) or a pointer to array of struct path, one for each chunk of tree visible under 'where' (i.e. the first element is a copy of where, followed by (mount,root) for everything mounted under it - the same set collect_mounts() would give). Unlike collect_mounts(), the mounts are *not* cloned - we just get pinning references to the roots of subtrees in the caller's namespace. Array is terminated by {NULL, NULL} struct path. If it fits into preallocated array (on-stack, normally), that's where it goes; otherwise it's allocated by kmalloc_array(). Passing 0 as size means that 'preallocated' is ignored (and expected to be NULL). * drop_collected_paths(paths, preallocated) is given the array returned by an earlier call of collect_paths() and the preallocated array passed to that call. All mount/dentry references are dropped and array is kfree'd if it's not equal to 'preallocated'. * instead of iterate_mounts(), users should just iterate over array of struct path - nothing exotic is needed for that. Existing users (all in audit_tree.c) are converted. [folded a fix for braino reported by Venkat Rao Bagalkote <venkat88@linux.ibm.com>] Fixes: 80b5dce8c59b0 ("vfs: Add a function to lazily unmount all mounts from any dentry") Tested-by: Venkat Rao Bagalkote <venkat88@linux.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-06-17 00:09:51 -04:00
replace collect_mounts()/drop_collected_mounts() with a safer variant collect_mounts() has several problems - one can't iterate over the results directly, so it has to be done with callback passed to iterate_mounts(); it has an oopsable race with d_invalidate(); it creates temporary clones of mounts invisibly for sync umount (IOW, you can have non-lazy umount succeed leaving filesystem not mounted anywhere and yet still busy). A saner approach is to give caller an array of struct path that would pin every mount in a subtree, without cloning any mounts. * collect_mounts()/drop_collected_mounts()/iterate_mounts() is gone * collect_paths(where, preallocated, size) gives either ERR_PTR(-E...) or a pointer to array of struct path, one for each chunk of tree visible under 'where' (i.e. the first element is a copy of where, followed by (mount,root) for everything mounted under it - the same set collect_mounts() would give). Unlike collect_mounts(), the mounts are *not* cloned - we just get pinning references to the roots of subtrees in the caller's namespace. Array is terminated by {NULL, NULL} struct path. If it fits into preallocated array (on-stack, normally), that's where it goes; otherwise it's allocated by kmalloc_array(). Passing 0 as size means that 'preallocated' is ignored (and expected to be NULL). * drop_collected_paths(paths, preallocated) is given the array returned by an earlier call of collect_paths() and the preallocated array passed to that call. All mount/dentry references are dropped and array is kfree'd if it's not equal to 'preallocated'. * instead of iterate_mounts(), users should just iterate over array of struct path - nothing exotic is needed for that. Existing users (all in audit_tree.c) are converted. [folded a fix for braino reported by Venkat Rao Bagalkote <venkat88@linux.ibm.com>] Fixes: 80b5dce8c59b0 ("vfs: Add a function to lazily unmount all mounts from any dentry") Tested-by: Venkat Rao Bagalkote <venkat88@linux.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-06-17 00:09:51 -04:00
replace collect_mounts()/drop_collected_mounts() with a safer variant collect_mounts() has several problems - one can't iterate over the results directly, so it has to be done with callback passed to iterate_mounts(); it has an oopsable race with d_invalidate(); it creates temporary clones of mounts invisibly for sync umount (IOW, you can have non-lazy umount succeed leaving filesystem not mounted anywhere and yet still busy). A saner approach is to give caller an array of struct path that would pin every mount in a subtree, without cloning any mounts. * collect_mounts()/drop_collected_mounts()/iterate_mounts() is gone * collect_paths(where, preallocated, size) gives either ERR_PTR(-E...) or a pointer to array of struct path, one for each chunk of tree visible under 'where' (i.e. the first element is a copy of where, followed by (mount,root) for everything mounted under it - the same set collect_mounts() would give). Unlike collect_mounts(), the mounts are *not* cloned - we just get pinning references to the roots of subtrees in the caller's namespace. Array is terminated by {NULL, NULL} struct path. If it fits into preallocated array (on-stack, normally), that's where it goes; otherwise it's allocated by kmalloc_array(). Passing 0 as size means that 'preallocated' is ignored (and expected to be NULL). * drop_collected_paths(paths, preallocated) is given the array returned by an earlier call of collect_paths() and the preallocated array passed to that call. All mount/dentry references are dropped and array is kfree'd if it's not equal to 'preallocated'. * instead of iterate_mounts(), users should just iterate over array of struct path - nothing exotic is needed for that. Existing users (all in audit_tree.c) are converted. [folded a fix for braino reported by Venkat Rao Bagalkote <venkat88@linux.ibm.com>] Fixes: 80b5dce8c59b0 ("vfs: Add a function to lazily unmount all mounts from any dentry") Tested-by: Venkat Rao Bagalkote <venkat88@linux.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-06-17 00:09:51 -04:00
replace collect_mounts()/drop_collected_mounts() with a safer variant collect_mounts() has several problems - one can't iterate over the results directly, so it has to be done with callback passed to iterate_mounts(); it has an oopsable race with d_invalidate(); it creates temporary clones of mounts invisibly for sync umount (IOW, you can have non-lazy umount succeed leaving filesystem not mounted anywhere and yet still busy). A saner approach is to give caller an array of struct path that would pin every mount in a subtree, without cloning any mounts. * collect_mounts()/drop_collected_mounts()/iterate_mounts() is gone * collect_paths(where, preallocated, size) gives either ERR_PTR(-E...) or a pointer to array of struct path, one for each chunk of tree visible under 'where' (i.e. the first element is a copy of where, followed by (mount,root) for everything mounted under it - the same set collect_mounts() would give). Unlike collect_mounts(), the mounts are *not* cloned - we just get pinning references to the roots of subtrees in the caller's namespace. Array is terminated by {NULL, NULL} struct path. If it fits into preallocated array (on-stack, normally), that's where it goes; otherwise it's allocated by kmalloc_array(). Passing 0 as size means that 'preallocated' is ignored (and expected to be NULL). * drop_collected_paths(paths, preallocated) is given the array returned by an earlier call of collect_paths() and the preallocated array passed to that call. All mount/dentry references are dropped and array is kfree'd if it's not equal to 'preallocated'. * instead of iterate_mounts(), users should just iterate over array of struct path - nothing exotic is needed for that. Existing users (all in audit_tree.c) are converted. [folded a fix for braino reported by Venkat Rao Bagalkote <venkat88@linux.ibm.com>] Fixes: 80b5dce8c59b0 ("vfs: Add a function to lazily unmount all mounts from any dentry") Tested-by: Venkat Rao Bagalkote <venkat88@linux.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-06-17 00:09:51 -04:00
replace collect_mounts()/drop_collected_mounts() with a safer variant collect_mounts() has several problems - one can't iterate over the results directly, so it has to be done with callback passed to iterate_mounts(); it has an oopsable race with d_invalidate(); it creates temporary clones of mounts invisibly for sync umount (IOW, you can have non-lazy umount succeed leaving filesystem not mounted anywhere and yet still busy). A saner approach is to give caller an array of struct path that would pin every mount in a subtree, without cloning any mounts. * collect_mounts()/drop_collected_mounts()/iterate_mounts() is gone * collect_paths(where, preallocated, size) gives either ERR_PTR(-E...) or a pointer to array of struct path, one for each chunk of tree visible under 'where' (i.e. the first element is a copy of where, followed by (mount,root) for everything mounted under it - the same set collect_mounts() would give). Unlike collect_mounts(), the mounts are *not* cloned - we just get pinning references to the roots of subtrees in the caller's namespace. Array is terminated by {NULL, NULL} struct path. If it fits into preallocated array (on-stack, normally), that's where it goes; otherwise it's allocated by kmalloc_array(). Passing 0 as size means that 'preallocated' is ignored (and expected to be NULL). * drop_collected_paths(paths, preallocated) is given the array returned by an earlier call of collect_paths() and the preallocated array passed to that call. All mount/dentry references are dropped and array is kfree'd if it's not equal to 'preallocated'. * instead of iterate_mounts(), users should just iterate over array of struct path - nothing exotic is needed for that. Existing users (all in audit_tree.c) are converted. [folded a fix for braino reported by Venkat Rao Bagalkote <venkat88@linux.ibm.com>] Fixes: 80b5dce8c59b0 ("vfs: Add a function to lazily unmount all mounts from any dentry") Tested-by: Venkat Rao Bagalkote <venkat88@linux.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-06-17 00:09:51 -04:00
fs: allow detached mounts in clone_private_mount() In container workloads idmapped mounts are often used as layers for overlayfs. Recently I added the ability to specify layers in overlayfs as file descriptors instead of path names. It should be possible to simply use the detached mounts directly when specifying layers instead of having to attach them beforehand. They are discarded after overlayfs is mounted anyway so it's pointless system calls for userspace and pointless locking for the kernel. This just recently come up again in [1]. So enable clone_private_mount() to use detached mounts directly. Following conditions must be met: - Provided path must be the root of a detached mount tree. - Provided path may not create mount namespace loops. - Provided path must be mounted. It would be possible to be stricter and require that the caller must have CAP_SYS_ADMIN in the owning user namespace of the anonymous mount namespace but since this restriction isn't enforced for move_mount() there's no point in enforcing it for clone_private_mount(). This contains a folded fix for: Reported-by: syzbot+62dfea789a2cedac1298@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Closes: https://syzkaller.appspot.com/bug?extid=62dfea789a2cedac1298 provided by Lizhi Xu <lizhi.xu@windriver.com> in [2]. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250207071331.550952-1-lizhi.xu@windriver.com [2] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/fd8f6574-f737-4743-b220-79c815ee1554@mbaynton.com [1] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250123-avancieren-erfreuen-3d61f6588fdd@brauner Tested-by: Mike Baynton <mike@mbaynton.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-01-23 20:19:48 +01:00
fs: allow detached mounts in clone_private_mount() In container workloads idmapped mounts are often used as layers for overlayfs. Recently I added the ability to specify layers in overlayfs as file descriptors instead of path names. It should be possible to simply use the detached mounts directly when specifying layers instead of having to attach them beforehand. They are discarded after overlayfs is mounted anyway so it's pointless system calls for userspace and pointless locking for the kernel. This just recently come up again in [1]. So enable clone_private_mount() to use detached mounts directly. Following conditions must be met: - Provided path must be the root of a detached mount tree. - Provided path may not create mount namespace loops. - Provided path must be mounted. It would be possible to be stricter and require that the caller must have CAP_SYS_ADMIN in the owning user namespace of the anonymous mount namespace but since this restriction isn't enforced for move_mount() there's no point in enforcing it for clone_private_mount(). This contains a folded fix for: Reported-by: syzbot+62dfea789a2cedac1298@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Closes: https://syzkaller.appspot.com/bug?extid=62dfea789a2cedac1298 provided by Lizhi Xu <lizhi.xu@windriver.com> in [2]. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250207071331.550952-1-lizhi.xu@windriver.com [2] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/fd8f6574-f737-4743-b220-79c815ee1554@mbaynton.com [1] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250123-avancieren-erfreuen-3d61f6588fdd@brauner Tested-by: Mike Baynton <mike@mbaynton.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-01-23 20:19:48 +01:00
fs: allow detached mounts in clone_private_mount() In container workloads idmapped mounts are often used as layers for overlayfs. Recently I added the ability to specify layers in overlayfs as file descriptors instead of path names. It should be possible to simply use the detached mounts directly when specifying layers instead of having to attach them beforehand. They are discarded after overlayfs is mounted anyway so it's pointless system calls for userspace and pointless locking for the kernel. This just recently come up again in [1]. So enable clone_private_mount() to use detached mounts directly. Following conditions must be met: - Provided path must be the root of a detached mount tree. - Provided path may not create mount namespace loops. - Provided path must be mounted. It would be possible to be stricter and require that the caller must have CAP_SYS_ADMIN in the owning user namespace of the anonymous mount namespace but since this restriction isn't enforced for move_mount() there's no point in enforcing it for clone_private_mount(). This contains a folded fix for: Reported-by: syzbot+62dfea789a2cedac1298@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Closes: https://syzkaller.appspot.com/bug?extid=62dfea789a2cedac1298 provided by Lizhi Xu <lizhi.xu@windriver.com> in [2]. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250207071331.550952-1-lizhi.xu@windriver.com [2] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/fd8f6574-f737-4743-b220-79c815ee1554@mbaynton.com [1] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250123-avancieren-erfreuen-3d61f6588fdd@brauner Tested-by: Mike Baynton <mike@mbaynton.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-01-23 20:19:48 +01:00
fs: allow detached mounts in clone_private_mount() In container workloads idmapped mounts are often used as layers for overlayfs. Recently I added the ability to specify layers in overlayfs as file descriptors instead of path names. It should be possible to simply use the detached mounts directly when specifying layers instead of having to attach them beforehand. They are discarded after overlayfs is mounted anyway so it's pointless system calls for userspace and pointless locking for the kernel. This just recently come up again in [1]. So enable clone_private_mount() to use detached mounts directly. Following conditions must be met: - Provided path must be the root of a detached mount tree. - Provided path may not create mount namespace loops. - Provided path must be mounted. It would be possible to be stricter and require that the caller must have CAP_SYS_ADMIN in the owning user namespace of the anonymous mount namespace but since this restriction isn't enforced for move_mount() there's no point in enforcing it for clone_private_mount(). This contains a folded fix for: Reported-by: syzbot+62dfea789a2cedac1298@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Closes: https://syzkaller.appspot.com/bug?extid=62dfea789a2cedac1298 provided by Lizhi Xu <lizhi.xu@windriver.com> in [2]. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250207071331.550952-1-lizhi.xu@windriver.com [2] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/fd8f6574-f737-4743-b220-79c815ee1554@mbaynton.com [1] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250123-avancieren-erfreuen-3d61f6588fdd@brauner Tested-by: Mike Baynton <mike@mbaynton.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-01-23 20:19:48 +01:00
fs: allow detached mounts in clone_private_mount() In container workloads idmapped mounts are often used as layers for overlayfs. Recently I added the ability to specify layers in overlayfs as file descriptors instead of path names. It should be possible to simply use the detached mounts directly when specifying layers instead of having to attach them beforehand. They are discarded after overlayfs is mounted anyway so it's pointless system calls for userspace and pointless locking for the kernel. This just recently come up again in [1]. So enable clone_private_mount() to use detached mounts directly. Following conditions must be met: - Provided path must be the root of a detached mount tree. - Provided path may not create mount namespace loops. - Provided path must be mounted. It would be possible to be stricter and require that the caller must have CAP_SYS_ADMIN in the owning user namespace of the anonymous mount namespace but since this restriction isn't enforced for move_mount() there's no point in enforcing it for clone_private_mount(). This contains a folded fix for: Reported-by: syzbot+62dfea789a2cedac1298@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Closes: https://syzkaller.appspot.com/bug?extid=62dfea789a2cedac1298 provided by Lizhi Xu <lizhi.xu@windriver.com> in [2]. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250207071331.550952-1-lizhi.xu@windriver.com [2] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/fd8f6574-f737-4743-b220-79c815ee1554@mbaynton.com [1] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250123-avancieren-erfreuen-3d61f6588fdd@brauner Tested-by: Mike Baynton <mike@mbaynton.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-01-23 20:19:48 +01:00
fs: allow detached mounts in clone_private_mount() In container workloads idmapped mounts are often used as layers for overlayfs. Recently I added the ability to specify layers in overlayfs as file descriptors instead of path names. It should be possible to simply use the detached mounts directly when specifying layers instead of having to attach them beforehand. They are discarded after overlayfs is mounted anyway so it's pointless system calls for userspace and pointless locking for the kernel. This just recently come up again in [1]. So enable clone_private_mount() to use detached mounts directly. Following conditions must be met: - Provided path must be the root of a detached mount tree. - Provided path may not create mount namespace loops. - Provided path must be mounted. It would be possible to be stricter and require that the caller must have CAP_SYS_ADMIN in the owning user namespace of the anonymous mount namespace but since this restriction isn't enforced for move_mount() there's no point in enforcing it for clone_private_mount(). This contains a folded fix for: Reported-by: syzbot+62dfea789a2cedac1298@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Closes: https://syzkaller.appspot.com/bug?extid=62dfea789a2cedac1298 provided by Lizhi Xu <lizhi.xu@windriver.com> in [2]. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250207071331.550952-1-lizhi.xu@windriver.com [2] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/fd8f6574-f737-4743-b220-79c815ee1554@mbaynton.com [1] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250123-avancieren-erfreuen-3d61f6588fdd@brauner Tested-by: Mike Baynton <mike@mbaynton.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-01-23 20:19:48 +01:00
fs: allow detached mounts in clone_private_mount() In container workloads idmapped mounts are often used as layers for overlayfs. Recently I added the ability to specify layers in overlayfs as file descriptors instead of path names. It should be possible to simply use the detached mounts directly when specifying layers instead of having to attach them beforehand. They are discarded after overlayfs is mounted anyway so it's pointless system calls for userspace and pointless locking for the kernel. This just recently come up again in [1]. So enable clone_private_mount() to use detached mounts directly. Following conditions must be met: - Provided path must be the root of a detached mount tree. - Provided path may not create mount namespace loops. - Provided path must be mounted. It would be possible to be stricter and require that the caller must have CAP_SYS_ADMIN in the owning user namespace of the anonymous mount namespace but since this restriction isn't enforced for move_mount() there's no point in enforcing it for clone_private_mount(). This contains a folded fix for: Reported-by: syzbot+62dfea789a2cedac1298@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Closes: https://syzkaller.appspot.com/bug?extid=62dfea789a2cedac1298 provided by Lizhi Xu <lizhi.xu@windriver.com> in [2]. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250207071331.550952-1-lizhi.xu@windriver.com [2] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/fd8f6574-f737-4743-b220-79c815ee1554@mbaynton.com [1] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250123-avancieren-erfreuen-3d61f6588fdd@brauner Tested-by: Mike Baynton <mike@mbaynton.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-01-23 20:19:48 +01:00
fs: allow detached mounts in clone_private_mount() In container workloads idmapped mounts are often used as layers for overlayfs. Recently I added the ability to specify layers in overlayfs as file descriptors instead of path names. It should be possible to simply use the detached mounts directly when specifying layers instead of having to attach them beforehand. They are discarded after overlayfs is mounted anyway so it's pointless system calls for userspace and pointless locking for the kernel. This just recently come up again in [1]. So enable clone_private_mount() to use detached mounts directly. Following conditions must be met: - Provided path must be the root of a detached mount tree. - Provided path may not create mount namespace loops. - Provided path must be mounted. It would be possible to be stricter and require that the caller must have CAP_SYS_ADMIN in the owning user namespace of the anonymous mount namespace but since this restriction isn't enforced for move_mount() there's no point in enforcing it for clone_private_mount(). This contains a folded fix for: Reported-by: syzbot+62dfea789a2cedac1298@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Closes: https://syzkaller.appspot.com/bug?extid=62dfea789a2cedac1298 provided by Lizhi Xu <lizhi.xu@windriver.com> in [2]. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250207071331.550952-1-lizhi.xu@windriver.com [2] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/fd8f6574-f737-4743-b220-79c815ee1554@mbaynton.com [1] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250123-avancieren-erfreuen-3d61f6588fdd@brauner Tested-by: Mike Baynton <mike@mbaynton.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-01-23 20:19:48 +01:00
fs: allow detached mounts in clone_private_mount() In container workloads idmapped mounts are often used as layers for overlayfs. Recently I added the ability to specify layers in overlayfs as file descriptors instead of path names. It should be possible to simply use the detached mounts directly when specifying layers instead of having to attach them beforehand. They are discarded after overlayfs is mounted anyway so it's pointless system calls for userspace and pointless locking for the kernel. This just recently come up again in [1]. So enable clone_private_mount() to use detached mounts directly. Following conditions must be met: - Provided path must be the root of a detached mount tree. - Provided path may not create mount namespace loops. - Provided path must be mounted. It would be possible to be stricter and require that the caller must have CAP_SYS_ADMIN in the owning user namespace of the anonymous mount namespace but since this restriction isn't enforced for move_mount() there's no point in enforcing it for clone_private_mount(). This contains a folded fix for: Reported-by: syzbot+62dfea789a2cedac1298@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Closes: https://syzkaller.appspot.com/bug?extid=62dfea789a2cedac1298 provided by Lizhi Xu <lizhi.xu@windriver.com> in [2]. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250207071331.550952-1-lizhi.xu@windriver.com [2] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/fd8f6574-f737-4743-b220-79c815ee1554@mbaynton.com [1] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250123-avancieren-erfreuen-3d61f6588fdd@brauner Tested-by: Mike Baynton <mike@mbaynton.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-01-23 20:19:48 +01:00
don't set MNT_LOCKED on parentless mounts Originally MNT_LOCKED meant only one thing - "don't let this mount to be peeled off its parent, we don't want to have its mountpoint exposed". Accordingly, it had only been set on mounts that *do* have a parent. Later it got overloaded with another use - setting it on the absolute root had given free protection against umount(2) of absolute root (was possible to trigger, oopsed). Not a bad trick, but it ended up costing more than it bought us. Unfortunately, the cost included both hard-to-reason-about logics and a subtle race between mount -o remount,ro and mount --[r]bind - lockless &= ~MNT_LOCKED in the end of __do_loopback() could race with sb_prepare_remount_readonly() setting and clearing MNT_HOLD_WRITE (under mount_lock, as it should be). The race wouldn't be much of a problem (there are other ways to deal with it), but the subtlety is. Turns out that nobody except umount(2) had ever made use of having MNT_LOCKED set on absolute root. So let's give up on that trick, clever as it had been, add an explicit check in do_umount() and return to using MNT_LOCKED only for mounts that have a parent. It means that * clone_mnt() no longer copies MNT_LOCKED * copy_tree() sets it on submounts if their counterparts had been marked such, and does that right next to attach_mnt() in there, in the same mount_lock scope. * __do_loopback() no longer needs to strip MNT_LOCKED off the root of subtree it's about to return; no store, no race. * init_mount_tree() doesn't bother setting MNT_LOCKED on absolute root. * lock_mnt_tree() does not set MNT_LOCKED on the subtree's root; accordingly, its caller (loop in attach_recursive_mnt()) does not need to bother stripping that MNT_LOCKED on root. Note that lock_mnt_tree() setting MNT_LOCKED on submounts happens in the same mount_lock scope as __attach_mnt() (from commit_tree()) that makes them reachable. Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-05-06 18:48:05 -04:00
mnt: Add a per mount namespace limit on the number of mounts CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> pointed out that the semantics of shared subtrees make it possible to create an exponentially increasing number of mounts in a mount namespace. mkdir /tmp/1 /tmp/2 mount --make-rshared / for i in $(seq 1 20) ; do mount --bind /tmp/1 /tmp/2 ; done Will create create 2^20 or 1048576 mounts, which is a practical problem as some people have managed to hit this by accident. As such CVE-2016-6213 was assigned. Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> described the situation for autofs users as follows: > The number of mounts for direct mount maps is usually not very large because of > the way they are implemented, large direct mount maps can have performance > problems. There can be anywhere from a few (likely case a few hundred) to less > than 10000, plus mounts that have been triggered and not yet expired. > > Indirect mounts have one autofs mount at the root plus the number of mounts that > have been triggered and not yet expired. > > The number of autofs indirect map entries can range from a few to the common > case of several thousand and in rare cases up to between 30000 and 50000. I've > not heard of people with maps larger than 50000 entries. > > The larger the number of map entries the greater the possibility for a large > number of active mounts so it's not hard to expect cases of a 1000 or somewhat > more active mounts. So I am setting the default number of mounts allowed per mount namespace at 100,000. This is more than enough for any use case I know of, but small enough to quickly stop an exponential increase in mounts. Which should be perfect to catch misconfigurations and malfunctioning programs. For anyone who needs a higher limit this can be changed by writing to the new /proc/sys/fs/mount-max sysctl. Tested-by: CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-09-28 00:27:17 -05:00
mnt: Add a per mount namespace limit on the number of mounts CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> pointed out that the semantics of shared subtrees make it possible to create an exponentially increasing number of mounts in a mount namespace. mkdir /tmp/1 /tmp/2 mount --make-rshared / for i in $(seq 1 20) ; do mount --bind /tmp/1 /tmp/2 ; done Will create create 2^20 or 1048576 mounts, which is a practical problem as some people have managed to hit this by accident. As such CVE-2016-6213 was assigned. Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> described the situation for autofs users as follows: > The number of mounts for direct mount maps is usually not very large because of > the way they are implemented, large direct mount maps can have performance > problems. There can be anywhere from a few (likely case a few hundred) to less > than 10000, plus mounts that have been triggered and not yet expired. > > Indirect mounts have one autofs mount at the root plus the number of mounts that > have been triggered and not yet expired. > > The number of autofs indirect map entries can range from a few to the common > case of several thousand and in rare cases up to between 30000 and 50000. I've > not heard of people with maps larger than 50000 entries. > > The larger the number of map entries the greater the possibility for a large > number of active mounts so it's not hard to expect cases of a 1000 or somewhat > more active mounts. So I am setting the default number of mounts allowed per mount namespace at 100,000. This is more than enough for any use case I know of, but small enough to quickly stop an exponential increase in mounts. Which should be perfect to catch misconfigurations and malfunctioning programs. For anyone who needs a higher limit this can be changed by writing to the new /proc/sys/fs/mount-max sysctl. Tested-by: CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-09-28 00:27:17 -05:00
mnt: Add a per mount namespace limit on the number of mounts CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> pointed out that the semantics of shared subtrees make it possible to create an exponentially increasing number of mounts in a mount namespace. mkdir /tmp/1 /tmp/2 mount --make-rshared / for i in $(seq 1 20) ; do mount --bind /tmp/1 /tmp/2 ; done Will create create 2^20 or 1048576 mounts, which is a practical problem as some people have managed to hit this by accident. As such CVE-2016-6213 was assigned. Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> described the situation for autofs users as follows: > The number of mounts for direct mount maps is usually not very large because of > the way they are implemented, large direct mount maps can have performance > problems. There can be anywhere from a few (likely case a few hundred) to less > than 10000, plus mounts that have been triggered and not yet expired. > > Indirect mounts have one autofs mount at the root plus the number of mounts that > have been triggered and not yet expired. > > The number of autofs indirect map entries can range from a few to the common > case of several thousand and in rare cases up to between 30000 and 50000. I've > not heard of people with maps larger than 50000 entries. > > The larger the number of map entries the greater the possibility for a large > number of active mounts so it's not hard to expect cases of a 1000 or somewhat > more active mounts. So I am setting the default number of mounts allowed per mount namespace at 100,000. This is more than enough for any use case I know of, but small enough to quickly stop an exponential increase in mounts. Which should be perfect to catch misconfigurations and malfunctioning programs. For anyone who needs a higher limit this can be changed by writing to the new /proc/sys/fs/mount-max sysctl. Tested-by: CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-09-28 00:27:17 -05:00
mnt: Add a per mount namespace limit on the number of mounts CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> pointed out that the semantics of shared subtrees make it possible to create an exponentially increasing number of mounts in a mount namespace. mkdir /tmp/1 /tmp/2 mount --make-rshared / for i in $(seq 1 20) ; do mount --bind /tmp/1 /tmp/2 ; done Will create create 2^20 or 1048576 mounts, which is a practical problem as some people have managed to hit this by accident. As such CVE-2016-6213 was assigned. Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> described the situation for autofs users as follows: > The number of mounts for direct mount maps is usually not very large because of > the way they are implemented, large direct mount maps can have performance > problems. There can be anywhere from a few (likely case a few hundred) to less > than 10000, plus mounts that have been triggered and not yet expired. > > Indirect mounts have one autofs mount at the root plus the number of mounts that > have been triggered and not yet expired. > > The number of autofs indirect map entries can range from a few to the common > case of several thousand and in rare cases up to between 30000 and 50000. I've > not heard of people with maps larger than 50000 entries. > > The larger the number of map entries the greater the possibility for a large > number of active mounts so it's not hard to expect cases of a 1000 or somewhat > more active mounts. So I am setting the default number of mounts allowed per mount namespace at 100,000. This is more than enough for any use case I know of, but small enough to quickly stop an exponential increase in mounts. Which should be perfect to catch misconfigurations and malfunctioning programs. For anyone who needs a higher limit this can be changed by writing to the new /proc/sys/fs/mount-max sysctl. Tested-by: CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-09-28 00:27:17 -05:00
mnt: Add a per mount namespace limit on the number of mounts CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> pointed out that the semantics of shared subtrees make it possible to create an exponentially increasing number of mounts in a mount namespace. mkdir /tmp/1 /tmp/2 mount --make-rshared / for i in $(seq 1 20) ; do mount --bind /tmp/1 /tmp/2 ; done Will create create 2^20 or 1048576 mounts, which is a practical problem as some people have managed to hit this by accident. As such CVE-2016-6213 was assigned. Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> described the situation for autofs users as follows: > The number of mounts for direct mount maps is usually not very large because of > the way they are implemented, large direct mount maps can have performance > problems. There can be anywhere from a few (likely case a few hundred) to less > than 10000, plus mounts that have been triggered and not yet expired. > > Indirect mounts have one autofs mount at the root plus the number of mounts that > have been triggered and not yet expired. > > The number of autofs indirect map entries can range from a few to the common > case of several thousand and in rare cases up to between 30000 and 50000. I've > not heard of people with maps larger than 50000 entries. > > The larger the number of map entries the greater the possibility for a large > number of active mounts so it's not hard to expect cases of a 1000 or somewhat > more active mounts. So I am setting the default number of mounts allowed per mount namespace at 100,000. This is more than enough for any use case I know of, but small enough to quickly stop an exponential increase in mounts. Which should be perfect to catch misconfigurations and malfunctioning programs. For anyone who needs a higher limit this can be changed by writing to the new /proc/sys/fs/mount-max sysctl. Tested-by: CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-09-28 00:27:17 -05:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
mnt: Tuck mounts under others instead of creating shadow/side mounts. Ever since mount propagation was introduced in cases where a mount in propagated to parent mount mountpoint pair that is already in use the code has placed the new mount behind the old mount in the mount hash table. This implementation detail is problematic as it allows creating arbitrary length mount hash chains. Furthermore it invalidates the constraint maintained elsewhere in the mount code that a parent mount and a mountpoint pair will have exactly one mount upon them. Making it hard to deal with and to talk about this special case in the mount code. Modify mount propagation to notice when there is already a mount at the parent mount and mountpoint where a new mount is propagating to and place that preexisting mount on top of the new mount. Modify unmount propagation to notice when a mount that is being unmounted has another mount on top of it (and no other children), and to replace the unmounted mount with the mount on top of it. Move the MNT_UMUONT test from __lookup_mnt_last into __propagate_umount as that is the only call of __lookup_mnt_last where MNT_UMOUNT may be set on any mount visible in the mount hash table. These modifications allow: - __lookup_mnt_last to be removed. - attach_shadows to be renamed __attach_mnt and its shadow handling to be removed. - commit_tree to be simplified - copy_tree to be simplified The result is an easier to understand tree of mounts that does not allow creation of arbitrary length hash chains in the mount hash table. The result is also a very slight userspace visible difference in semantics. The following two cases now behave identically, where before order mattered: case 1: (explicit user action) B is a slave of A mount something on A/a , it will propagate to B/a and than mount something on B/a case 2: (tucked mount) B is a slave of A mount something on B/a and than mount something on A/a Histroically umount A/a would fail in case 1 and succeed in case 2. Now umount A/a succeeds in both configurations. This very small change in semantics appears if anything to be a bug fix to me and my survey of userspace leads me to believe that no programs will notice or care of this subtle semantic change. v2: Updated to mnt_change_mountpoint to not call dput or mntput and instead to decrement the counts directly. It is guaranteed that there will be other references when mnt_change_mountpoint is called so this is safe. v3: Moved put_mountpoint under mount_lock in attach_recursive_mnt As the locking in fs/namespace.c changed between v2 and v3. v4: Reworked the logic in propagate_mount_busy and __propagate_umount that detects when a mount completely covers another mount. v5: Removed unnecessary tests whose result is alwasy true in find_topper and attach_recursive_mnt. v6: Document the user space visible semantic difference. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: b90fa9ae8f51 ("[PATCH] shared mount handling: bind and rbind") Tested-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2017-01-20 18:28:35 +13:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
mnt: Tuck mounts under others instead of creating shadow/side mounts. Ever since mount propagation was introduced in cases where a mount in propagated to parent mount mountpoint pair that is already in use the code has placed the new mount behind the old mount in the mount hash table. This implementation detail is problematic as it allows creating arbitrary length mount hash chains. Furthermore it invalidates the constraint maintained elsewhere in the mount code that a parent mount and a mountpoint pair will have exactly one mount upon them. Making it hard to deal with and to talk about this special case in the mount code. Modify mount propagation to notice when there is already a mount at the parent mount and mountpoint where a new mount is propagating to and place that preexisting mount on top of the new mount. Modify unmount propagation to notice when a mount that is being unmounted has another mount on top of it (and no other children), and to replace the unmounted mount with the mount on top of it. Move the MNT_UMUONT test from __lookup_mnt_last into __propagate_umount as that is the only call of __lookup_mnt_last where MNT_UMOUNT may be set on any mount visible in the mount hash table. These modifications allow: - __lookup_mnt_last to be removed. - attach_shadows to be renamed __attach_mnt and its shadow handling to be removed. - commit_tree to be simplified - copy_tree to be simplified The result is an easier to understand tree of mounts that does not allow creation of arbitrary length hash chains in the mount hash table. The result is also a very slight userspace visible difference in semantics. The following two cases now behave identically, where before order mattered: case 1: (explicit user action) B is a slave of A mount something on A/a , it will propagate to B/a and than mount something on B/a case 2: (tucked mount) B is a slave of A mount something on B/a and than mount something on A/a Histroically umount A/a would fail in case 1 and succeed in case 2. Now umount A/a succeeds in both configurations. This very small change in semantics appears if anything to be a bug fix to me and my survey of userspace leads me to believe that no programs will notice or care of this subtle semantic change. v2: Updated to mnt_change_mountpoint to not call dput or mntput and instead to decrement the counts directly. It is guaranteed that there will be other references when mnt_change_mountpoint is called so this is safe. v3: Moved put_mountpoint under mount_lock in attach_recursive_mnt As the locking in fs/namespace.c changed between v2 and v3. v4: Reworked the logic in propagate_mount_busy and __propagate_umount that detects when a mount completely covers another mount. v5: Removed unnecessary tests whose result is alwasy true in find_topper and attach_recursive_mnt. v6: Document the user space visible semantic difference. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: b90fa9ae8f51 ("[PATCH] shared mount handling: bind and rbind") Tested-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2017-01-20 18:28:35 +13:00
mnt: Add a per mount namespace limit on the number of mounts CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> pointed out that the semantics of shared subtrees make it possible to create an exponentially increasing number of mounts in a mount namespace. mkdir /tmp/1 /tmp/2 mount --make-rshared / for i in $(seq 1 20) ; do mount --bind /tmp/1 /tmp/2 ; done Will create create 2^20 or 1048576 mounts, which is a practical problem as some people have managed to hit this by accident. As such CVE-2016-6213 was assigned. Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> described the situation for autofs users as follows: > The number of mounts for direct mount maps is usually not very large because of > the way they are implemented, large direct mount maps can have performance > problems. There can be anywhere from a few (likely case a few hundred) to less > than 10000, plus mounts that have been triggered and not yet expired. > > Indirect mounts have one autofs mount at the root plus the number of mounts that > have been triggered and not yet expired. > > The number of autofs indirect map entries can range from a few to the common > case of several thousand and in rare cases up to between 30000 and 50000. I've > not heard of people with maps larger than 50000 entries. > > The larger the number of map entries the greater the possibility for a large > number of active mounts so it's not hard to expect cases of a 1000 or somewhat > more active mounts. So I am setting the default number of mounts allowed per mount namespace at 100,000. This is more than enough for any use case I know of, but small enough to quickly stop an exponential increase in mounts. Which should be perfect to catch misconfigurations and malfunctioning programs. For anyone who needs a higher limit this can be changed by writing to the new /proc/sys/fs/mount-max sysctl. Tested-by: CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-09-28 00:27:17 -05:00
mnt: Add a per mount namespace limit on the number of mounts CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> pointed out that the semantics of shared subtrees make it possible to create an exponentially increasing number of mounts in a mount namespace. mkdir /tmp/1 /tmp/2 mount --make-rshared / for i in $(seq 1 20) ; do mount --bind /tmp/1 /tmp/2 ; done Will create create 2^20 or 1048576 mounts, which is a practical problem as some people have managed to hit this by accident. As such CVE-2016-6213 was assigned. Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> described the situation for autofs users as follows: > The number of mounts for direct mount maps is usually not very large because of > the way they are implemented, large direct mount maps can have performance > problems. There can be anywhere from a few (likely case a few hundred) to less > than 10000, plus mounts that have been triggered and not yet expired. > > Indirect mounts have one autofs mount at the root plus the number of mounts that > have been triggered and not yet expired. > > The number of autofs indirect map entries can range from a few to the common > case of several thousand and in rare cases up to between 30000 and 50000. I've > not heard of people with maps larger than 50000 entries. > > The larger the number of map entries the greater the possibility for a large > number of active mounts so it's not hard to expect cases of a 1000 or somewhat > more active mounts. So I am setting the default number of mounts allowed per mount namespace at 100,000. This is more than enough for any use case I know of, but small enough to quickly stop an exponential increase in mounts. Which should be perfect to catch misconfigurations and malfunctioning programs. For anyone who needs a higher limit this can be changed by writing to the new /proc/sys/fs/mount-max sysctl. Tested-by: CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-09-28 00:27:17 -05:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
move_mount: transfer MNT_LOCKED When performing a mount-beneath operation the target mount can often be locked: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER | CLONE_NEWNS); mount --beneath -t tmpfs tmpfs /proc will fail because the procfs mount on /proc became locked when the mount namespace was created from the parent mount namespace. Same logic for: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER | CLONE_NEWNS); mount --beneath -t tmpfs tmpfs / MNT_LOCKED is raised to prevent an unprivileged mount namespace from revealing whatever is under a given mount. To replace the rootfs we need to handle that case though. We can simply transfer the locked mount property from the top mount to the mount beneath. The new mount we mounted beneath the top mount takes over the job of the top mount in protecting the parent mount from being revealed. This leaves us free to allow the top mount to be unmounted. This also works during mount propagation and also works for the non-MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH case: (1) move_mount(MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH): @source_mnt->overmount always NULL (2) move_mount(): @source_mnt->overmount maybe !NULL For (1) can_move_mount_beneath() rejects overmounted @source_mnt (We could allow this but whatever it's not really a use-case and it's fugly to move an overmounted mount stack around. What are you even doing? So let's keep that restriction. For (2) we can have @source_mnt overmounted (Someone overmounted us while we locked the target mount.). Both are fine. @source_mnt will be mounted on whatever @q was mounted on and @q will be mounted on the top of the @source_mnt mount stack. Even in such cases we can unlock @q and lock @source_mnt if @q was locked. This effectively makes mount propagation useful in cases where a mount namespace has a locked mount somewhere and we propagate a new mount beneath it but the mount namespace could never get at it because the old top mount remains locked. Again, we just let the newly propagated mount take over the protection and unlock the top mount. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260224-work-mount-beneath-rootfs-v1-1-8c58bf08488f@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-02-24 01:40:26 +01:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
smarter propagate_mnt() The current mainline has copies propagated to *all* nodes, then tears down the copies we made for nodes that do not contain counterparts of the desired mountpoint. That sets the right propagation graph for the copies (at teardown time we move the slaves of removed node to a surviving peer or directly to master), but we end up paying a fairly steep price in useless allocations. It's fairly easy to create a situation where N calls of mount(2) create exactly N bindings, with O(N^2) vfsmounts allocated and freed in process. Fortunately, it is possible to avoid those allocations/freeings. The trick is to create copies in the right order and find which one would've eventually become a master with the current algorithm. It turns out to be possible in O(nodes getting propagation) time and with no extra allocations at all. One part is that we need to make sure that eventual master will be created before its slaves, so we need to walk the propagation tree in a different order - by peer groups. And iterate through the peers before dealing with the next group. Another thing is finding the (earlier) copy that will be a master of one we are about to create; to do that we are (temporary) marking the masters of mountpoints we are attaching the copies to. Either we are in a peer of the last mountpoint we'd dealt with, or we have the following situation: we are attaching to mountpoint M, the last copy S_0 had been attached to M_0 and there are sequences S_0...S_n, M_0...M_n such that S_{i+1} is a master of S_{i}, S_{i} mounted on M{i} and we need to create a slave of the first S_{k} such that M is getting propagation from M_{k}. It means that the master of M_{k} will be among the sequence of masters of M. On the other hand, the nearest marked node in that sequence will either be the master of M_{k} or the master of M_{k-1} (the latter - in the case if M_{k-1} is a slave of something M gets propagation from, but in a wrong peer group). So we go through the sequence of masters of M until we find a marked one (P). Let N be the one before it. Then we go through the sequence of masters of S_0 until we find one (say, S) mounted on a node D that has P as master and check if D is a peer of N. If it is, S will be the master of new copy, if not - the master of S will be. That's it for the hard part; the rest is fairly simple. Iterator is in next_group(), handling of one prospective mountpoint is propagate_one(). It seems to survive all tests and gives a noticably better performance than the current mainline for setups that are seriously using shared subtrees. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2014-02-27 09:35:45 -05:00
mnt: Add a per mount namespace limit on the number of mounts CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> pointed out that the semantics of shared subtrees make it possible to create an exponentially increasing number of mounts in a mount namespace. mkdir /tmp/1 /tmp/2 mount --make-rshared / for i in $(seq 1 20) ; do mount --bind /tmp/1 /tmp/2 ; done Will create create 2^20 or 1048576 mounts, which is a practical problem as some people have managed to hit this by accident. As such CVE-2016-6213 was assigned. Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> described the situation for autofs users as follows: > The number of mounts for direct mount maps is usually not very large because of > the way they are implemented, large direct mount maps can have performance > problems. There can be anywhere from a few (likely case a few hundred) to less > than 10000, plus mounts that have been triggered and not yet expired. > > Indirect mounts have one autofs mount at the root plus the number of mounts that > have been triggered and not yet expired. > > The number of autofs indirect map entries can range from a few to the common > case of several thousand and in rare cases up to between 30000 and 50000. I've > not heard of people with maps larger than 50000 entries. > > The larger the number of map entries the greater the possibility for a large > number of active mounts so it's not hard to expect cases of a 1000 or somewhat > more active mounts. So I am setting the default number of mounts allowed per mount namespace at 100,000. This is more than enough for any use case I know of, but small enough to quickly stop an exponential increase in mounts. Which should be perfect to catch misconfigurations and malfunctioning programs. For anyone who needs a higher limit this can be changed by writing to the new /proc/sys/fs/mount-max sysctl. Tested-by: CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-09-28 00:27:17 -05:00
smarter propagate_mnt() The current mainline has copies propagated to *all* nodes, then tears down the copies we made for nodes that do not contain counterparts of the desired mountpoint. That sets the right propagation graph for the copies (at teardown time we move the slaves of removed node to a surviving peer or directly to master), but we end up paying a fairly steep price in useless allocations. It's fairly easy to create a situation where N calls of mount(2) create exactly N bindings, with O(N^2) vfsmounts allocated and freed in process. Fortunately, it is possible to avoid those allocations/freeings. The trick is to create copies in the right order and find which one would've eventually become a master with the current algorithm. It turns out to be possible in O(nodes getting propagation) time and with no extra allocations at all. One part is that we need to make sure that eventual master will be created before its slaves, so we need to walk the propagation tree in a different order - by peer groups. And iterate through the peers before dealing with the next group. Another thing is finding the (earlier) copy that will be a master of one we are about to create; to do that we are (temporary) marking the masters of mountpoints we are attaching the copies to. Either we are in a peer of the last mountpoint we'd dealt with, or we have the following situation: we are attaching to mountpoint M, the last copy S_0 had been attached to M_0 and there are sequences S_0...S_n, M_0...M_n such that S_{i+1} is a master of S_{i}, S_{i} mounted on M{i} and we need to create a slave of the first S_{k} such that M is getting propagation from M_{k}. It means that the master of M_{k} will be among the sequence of masters of M. On the other hand, the nearest marked node in that sequence will either be the master of M_{k} or the master of M_{k-1} (the latter - in the case if M_{k-1} is a slave of something M gets propagation from, but in a wrong peer group). So we go through the sequence of masters of M until we find a marked one (P). Let N be the one before it. Then we go through the sequence of masters of S_0 until we find one (say, S) mounted on a node D that has P as master and check if D is a peer of N. If it is, S will be the master of new copy, if not - the master of S will be. That's it for the hard part; the rest is fairly simple. Iterator is in next_group(), handling of one prospective mountpoint is propagate_one(). It seems to survive all tests and gives a noticably better performance than the current mainline for setups that are seriously using shared subtrees. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2014-02-27 09:35:45 -05:00
mnt: Add a per mount namespace limit on the number of mounts CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> pointed out that the semantics of shared subtrees make it possible to create an exponentially increasing number of mounts in a mount namespace. mkdir /tmp/1 /tmp/2 mount --make-rshared / for i in $(seq 1 20) ; do mount --bind /tmp/1 /tmp/2 ; done Will create create 2^20 or 1048576 mounts, which is a practical problem as some people have managed to hit this by accident. As such CVE-2016-6213 was assigned. Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> described the situation for autofs users as follows: > The number of mounts for direct mount maps is usually not very large because of > the way they are implemented, large direct mount maps can have performance > problems. There can be anywhere from a few (likely case a few hundred) to less > than 10000, plus mounts that have been triggered and not yet expired. > > Indirect mounts have one autofs mount at the root plus the number of mounts that > have been triggered and not yet expired. > > The number of autofs indirect map entries can range from a few to the common > case of several thousand and in rare cases up to between 30000 and 50000. I've > not heard of people with maps larger than 50000 entries. > > The larger the number of map entries the greater the possibility for a large > number of active mounts so it's not hard to expect cases of a 1000 or somewhat > more active mounts. So I am setting the default number of mounts allowed per mount namespace at 100,000. This is more than enough for any use case I know of, but small enough to quickly stop an exponential increase in mounts. Which should be perfect to catch misconfigurations and malfunctioning programs. For anyone who needs a higher limit this can be changed by writing to the new /proc/sys/fs/mount-max sysctl. Tested-by: CAI Qian <caiqian@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-09-28 00:27:17 -05:00
mnt: Tuck mounts under others instead of creating shadow/side mounts. Ever since mount propagation was introduced in cases where a mount in propagated to parent mount mountpoint pair that is already in use the code has placed the new mount behind the old mount in the mount hash table. This implementation detail is problematic as it allows creating arbitrary length mount hash chains. Furthermore it invalidates the constraint maintained elsewhere in the mount code that a parent mount and a mountpoint pair will have exactly one mount upon them. Making it hard to deal with and to talk about this special case in the mount code. Modify mount propagation to notice when there is already a mount at the parent mount and mountpoint where a new mount is propagating to and place that preexisting mount on top of the new mount. Modify unmount propagation to notice when a mount that is being unmounted has another mount on top of it (and no other children), and to replace the unmounted mount with the mount on top of it. Move the MNT_UMUONT test from __lookup_mnt_last into __propagate_umount as that is the only call of __lookup_mnt_last where MNT_UMOUNT may be set on any mount visible in the mount hash table. These modifications allow: - __lookup_mnt_last to be removed. - attach_shadows to be renamed __attach_mnt and its shadow handling to be removed. - commit_tree to be simplified - copy_tree to be simplified The result is an easier to understand tree of mounts that does not allow creation of arbitrary length hash chains in the mount hash table. The result is also a very slight userspace visible difference in semantics. The following two cases now behave identically, where before order mattered: case 1: (explicit user action) B is a slave of A mount something on A/a , it will propagate to B/a and than mount something on B/a case 2: (tucked mount) B is a slave of A mount something on B/a and than mount something on A/a Histroically umount A/a would fail in case 1 and succeed in case 2. Now umount A/a succeeds in both configurations. This very small change in semantics appears if anything to be a bug fix to me and my survey of userspace leads me to believe that no programs will notice or care of this subtle semantic change. v2: Updated to mnt_change_mountpoint to not call dput or mntput and instead to decrement the counts directly. It is guaranteed that there will be other references when mnt_change_mountpoint is called so this is safe. v3: Moved put_mountpoint under mount_lock in attach_recursive_mnt As the locking in fs/namespace.c changed between v2 and v3. v4: Reworked the logic in propagate_mount_busy and __propagate_umount that detects when a mount completely covers another mount. v5: Removed unnecessary tests whose result is alwasy true in find_topper and attach_recursive_mnt. v6: Document the user space visible semantic difference. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: b90fa9ae8f51 ("[PATCH] shared mount handling: bind and rbind") Tested-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2017-01-20 18:28:35 +13:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
mnt: Tuck mounts under others instead of creating shadow/side mounts. Ever since mount propagation was introduced in cases where a mount in propagated to parent mount mountpoint pair that is already in use the code has placed the new mount behind the old mount in the mount hash table. This implementation detail is problematic as it allows creating arbitrary length mount hash chains. Furthermore it invalidates the constraint maintained elsewhere in the mount code that a parent mount and a mountpoint pair will have exactly one mount upon them. Making it hard to deal with and to talk about this special case in the mount code. Modify mount propagation to notice when there is already a mount at the parent mount and mountpoint where a new mount is propagating to and place that preexisting mount on top of the new mount. Modify unmount propagation to notice when a mount that is being unmounted has another mount on top of it (and no other children), and to replace the unmounted mount with the mount on top of it. Move the MNT_UMUONT test from __lookup_mnt_last into __propagate_umount as that is the only call of __lookup_mnt_last where MNT_UMOUNT may be set on any mount visible in the mount hash table. These modifications allow: - __lookup_mnt_last to be removed. - attach_shadows to be renamed __attach_mnt and its shadow handling to be removed. - commit_tree to be simplified - copy_tree to be simplified The result is an easier to understand tree of mounts that does not allow creation of arbitrary length hash chains in the mount hash table. The result is also a very slight userspace visible difference in semantics. The following two cases now behave identically, where before order mattered: case 1: (explicit user action) B is a slave of A mount something on A/a , it will propagate to B/a and than mount something on B/a case 2: (tucked mount) B is a slave of A mount something on B/a and than mount something on A/a Histroically umount A/a would fail in case 1 and succeed in case 2. Now umount A/a succeeds in both configurations. This very small change in semantics appears if anything to be a bug fix to me and my survey of userspace leads me to believe that no programs will notice or care of this subtle semantic change. v2: Updated to mnt_change_mountpoint to not call dput or mntput and instead to decrement the counts directly. It is guaranteed that there will be other references when mnt_change_mountpoint is called so this is safe. v3: Moved put_mountpoint under mount_lock in attach_recursive_mnt As the locking in fs/namespace.c changed between v2 and v3. v4: Reworked the logic in propagate_mount_busy and __propagate_umount that detects when a mount completely covers another mount. v5: Removed unnecessary tests whose result is alwasy true in find_topper and attach_recursive_mnt. v6: Document the user space visible semantic difference. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: b90fa9ae8f51 ("[PATCH] shared mount handling: bind and rbind") Tested-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2017-01-20 18:28:35 +13:00
do_lock_mount(): don't modify path. Currently do_lock_mount() has the target path switched to whatever might be overmounting it. We _do_ want to have the parent mount/mountpoint chosen on top of the overmounting pile; however, the way it's done has unpleasant races - if umount propagation removes the overmount while we'd been trying to set the environment up, we might end up failing if our target path strays into that overmount just before the overmount gets kicked out. Users of do_lock_mount() do not need the target path changed - they have all information in res->{parent,mp}; only one place (in do_move_mount()) currently uses the resulting path->mnt, and that value is trivial to reconstruct by the original value of path->mnt + chosen parent mount. Let's keep the target path unchanged; it avoids a bunch of subtle races and it's not hard to do: do as mount_locked_reader find the prospective parent mount/mountpoint dentry grab references if it's not the original target lock the prospective mountpoint dentry take namespace_sem exclusive if prospective parent/mountpoint would be different now err = -EAGAIN else if location has been unmounted err = -ENOENT else if mountpoint dentry is not allowed to be mounted on err = -ENOENT else if beneath and the top of the pile was the absolute root err = -EINVAL else try to get struct mountpoint (by dentry), set err to 0 on success and -ENO{MEM,ENT} on failure if err != 0 res->parent = ERR_PTR(err) drop locks else res->parent = prospective parent drop temporary references while err == -EAGAIN A somewhat subtle part is that dropping temporary references is allowed. Neither mounts nor dentries should be evicted by a thread that holds namespace_sem. On success we are dropping those references under namespace_sem, so we need to be sure that these are not the last references remaining. However, on success we'd already verified (under namespace_sem) that original target is still mounted and that mount and dentry we are about to drop are still reachable from it via the mount tree. That guarantees that we are not about to drop the last remaining references. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-08-22 17:41:55 -04:00
do_lock_mount(): don't modify path. Currently do_lock_mount() has the target path switched to whatever might be overmounting it. We _do_ want to have the parent mount/mountpoint chosen on top of the overmounting pile; however, the way it's done has unpleasant races - if umount propagation removes the overmount while we'd been trying to set the environment up, we might end up failing if our target path strays into that overmount just before the overmount gets kicked out. Users of do_lock_mount() do not need the target path changed - they have all information in res->{parent,mp}; only one place (in do_move_mount()) currently uses the resulting path->mnt, and that value is trivial to reconstruct by the original value of path->mnt + chosen parent mount. Let's keep the target path unchanged; it avoids a bunch of subtle races and it's not hard to do: do as mount_locked_reader find the prospective parent mount/mountpoint dentry grab references if it's not the original target lock the prospective mountpoint dentry take namespace_sem exclusive if prospective parent/mountpoint would be different now err = -EAGAIN else if location has been unmounted err = -ENOENT else if mountpoint dentry is not allowed to be mounted on err = -ENOENT else if beneath and the top of the pile was the absolute root err = -EINVAL else try to get struct mountpoint (by dentry), set err to 0 on success and -ENO{MEM,ENT} on failure if err != 0 res->parent = ERR_PTR(err) drop locks else res->parent = prospective parent drop temporary references while err == -EAGAIN A somewhat subtle part is that dropping temporary references is allowed. Neither mounts nor dentries should be evicted by a thread that holds namespace_sem. On success we are dropping those references under namespace_sem, so we need to be sure that these are not the last references remaining. However, on success we'd already verified (under namespace_sem) that original target is still mounted and that mount and dentry we are about to drop are still reachable from it via the mount tree. That guarantees that we are not about to drop the last remaining references. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-08-22 17:41:55 -04:00
do_lock_mount(): don't modify path. Currently do_lock_mount() has the target path switched to whatever might be overmounting it. We _do_ want to have the parent mount/mountpoint chosen on top of the overmounting pile; however, the way it's done has unpleasant races - if umount propagation removes the overmount while we'd been trying to set the environment up, we might end up failing if our target path strays into that overmount just before the overmount gets kicked out. Users of do_lock_mount() do not need the target path changed - they have all information in res->{parent,mp}; only one place (in do_move_mount()) currently uses the resulting path->mnt, and that value is trivial to reconstruct by the original value of path->mnt + chosen parent mount. Let's keep the target path unchanged; it avoids a bunch of subtle races and it's not hard to do: do as mount_locked_reader find the prospective parent mount/mountpoint dentry grab references if it's not the original target lock the prospective mountpoint dentry take namespace_sem exclusive if prospective parent/mountpoint would be different now err = -EAGAIN else if location has been unmounted err = -ENOENT else if mountpoint dentry is not allowed to be mounted on err = -ENOENT else if beneath and the top of the pile was the absolute root err = -EINVAL else try to get struct mountpoint (by dentry), set err to 0 on success and -ENO{MEM,ENT} on failure if err != 0 res->parent = ERR_PTR(err) drop locks else res->parent = prospective parent drop temporary references while err == -EAGAIN A somewhat subtle part is that dropping temporary references is allowed. Neither mounts nor dentries should be evicted by a thread that holds namespace_sem. On success we are dropping those references under namespace_sem, so we need to be sure that these are not the last references remaining. However, on success we'd already verified (under namespace_sem) that original target is still mounted and that mount and dentry we are about to drop are still reachable from it via the mount tree. That guarantees that we are not about to drop the last remaining references. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-08-22 17:41:55 -04:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
do_lock_mount(): don't modify path. Currently do_lock_mount() has the target path switched to whatever might be overmounting it. We _do_ want to have the parent mount/mountpoint chosen on top of the overmounting pile; however, the way it's done has unpleasant races - if umount propagation removes the overmount while we'd been trying to set the environment up, we might end up failing if our target path strays into that overmount just before the overmount gets kicked out. Users of do_lock_mount() do not need the target path changed - they have all information in res->{parent,mp}; only one place (in do_move_mount()) currently uses the resulting path->mnt, and that value is trivial to reconstruct by the original value of path->mnt + chosen parent mount. Let's keep the target path unchanged; it avoids a bunch of subtle races and it's not hard to do: do as mount_locked_reader find the prospective parent mount/mountpoint dentry grab references if it's not the original target lock the prospective mountpoint dentry take namespace_sem exclusive if prospective parent/mountpoint would be different now err = -EAGAIN else if location has been unmounted err = -ENOENT else if mountpoint dentry is not allowed to be mounted on err = -ENOENT else if beneath and the top of the pile was the absolute root err = -EINVAL else try to get struct mountpoint (by dentry), set err to 0 on success and -ENO{MEM,ENT} on failure if err != 0 res->parent = ERR_PTR(err) drop locks else res->parent = prospective parent drop temporary references while err == -EAGAIN A somewhat subtle part is that dropping temporary references is allowed. Neither mounts nor dentries should be evicted by a thread that holds namespace_sem. On success we are dropping those references under namespace_sem, so we need to be sure that these are not the last references remaining. However, on success we'd already verified (under namespace_sem) that original target is still mounted and that mount and dentry we are about to drop are still reachable from it via the mount tree. That guarantees that we are not about to drop the last remaining references. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-08-22 17:41:55 -04:00
do_lock_mount(): don't modify path. Currently do_lock_mount() has the target path switched to whatever might be overmounting it. We _do_ want to have the parent mount/mountpoint chosen on top of the overmounting pile; however, the way it's done has unpleasant races - if umount propagation removes the overmount while we'd been trying to set the environment up, we might end up failing if our target path strays into that overmount just before the overmount gets kicked out. Users of do_lock_mount() do not need the target path changed - they have all information in res->{parent,mp}; only one place (in do_move_mount()) currently uses the resulting path->mnt, and that value is trivial to reconstruct by the original value of path->mnt + chosen parent mount. Let's keep the target path unchanged; it avoids a bunch of subtle races and it's not hard to do: do as mount_locked_reader find the prospective parent mount/mountpoint dentry grab references if it's not the original target lock the prospective mountpoint dentry take namespace_sem exclusive if prospective parent/mountpoint would be different now err = -EAGAIN else if location has been unmounted err = -ENOENT else if mountpoint dentry is not allowed to be mounted on err = -ENOENT else if beneath and the top of the pile was the absolute root err = -EINVAL else try to get struct mountpoint (by dentry), set err to 0 on success and -ENO{MEM,ENT} on failure if err != 0 res->parent = ERR_PTR(err) drop locks else res->parent = prospective parent drop temporary references while err == -EAGAIN A somewhat subtle part is that dropping temporary references is allowed. Neither mounts nor dentries should be evicted by a thread that holds namespace_sem. On success we are dropping those references under namespace_sem, so we need to be sure that these are not the last references remaining. However, on success we'd already verified (under namespace_sem) that original target is still mounted and that mount and dentry we are about to drop are still reachable from it via the mount tree. That guarantees that we are not about to drop the last remaining references. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-08-22 17:41:55 -04:00
do_lock_mount(): don't modify path. Currently do_lock_mount() has the target path switched to whatever might be overmounting it. We _do_ want to have the parent mount/mountpoint chosen on top of the overmounting pile; however, the way it's done has unpleasant races - if umount propagation removes the overmount while we'd been trying to set the environment up, we might end up failing if our target path strays into that overmount just before the overmount gets kicked out. Users of do_lock_mount() do not need the target path changed - they have all information in res->{parent,mp}; only one place (in do_move_mount()) currently uses the resulting path->mnt, and that value is trivial to reconstruct by the original value of path->mnt + chosen parent mount. Let's keep the target path unchanged; it avoids a bunch of subtle races and it's not hard to do: do as mount_locked_reader find the prospective parent mount/mountpoint dentry grab references if it's not the original target lock the prospective mountpoint dentry take namespace_sem exclusive if prospective parent/mountpoint would be different now err = -EAGAIN else if location has been unmounted err = -ENOENT else if mountpoint dentry is not allowed to be mounted on err = -ENOENT else if beneath and the top of the pile was the absolute root err = -EINVAL else try to get struct mountpoint (by dentry), set err to 0 on success and -ENO{MEM,ENT} on failure if err != 0 res->parent = ERR_PTR(err) drop locks else res->parent = prospective parent drop temporary references while err == -EAGAIN A somewhat subtle part is that dropping temporary references is allowed. Neither mounts nor dentries should be evicted by a thread that holds namespace_sem. On success we are dropping those references under namespace_sem, so we need to be sure that these are not the last references remaining. However, on success we'd already verified (under namespace_sem) that original target is still mounted and that mount and dentry we are about to drop are still reachable from it via the mount tree. That guarantees that we are not about to drop the last remaining references. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-08-22 17:41:55 -04:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
do_lock_mount(): don't modify path. Currently do_lock_mount() has the target path switched to whatever might be overmounting it. We _do_ want to have the parent mount/mountpoint chosen on top of the overmounting pile; however, the way it's done has unpleasant races - if umount propagation removes the overmount while we'd been trying to set the environment up, we might end up failing if our target path strays into that overmount just before the overmount gets kicked out. Users of do_lock_mount() do not need the target path changed - they have all information in res->{parent,mp}; only one place (in do_move_mount()) currently uses the resulting path->mnt, and that value is trivial to reconstruct by the original value of path->mnt + chosen parent mount. Let's keep the target path unchanged; it avoids a bunch of subtle races and it's not hard to do: do as mount_locked_reader find the prospective parent mount/mountpoint dentry grab references if it's not the original target lock the prospective mountpoint dentry take namespace_sem exclusive if prospective parent/mountpoint would be different now err = -EAGAIN else if location has been unmounted err = -ENOENT else if mountpoint dentry is not allowed to be mounted on err = -ENOENT else if beneath and the top of the pile was the absolute root err = -EINVAL else try to get struct mountpoint (by dentry), set err to 0 on success and -ENO{MEM,ENT} on failure if err != 0 res->parent = ERR_PTR(err) drop locks else res->parent = prospective parent drop temporary references while err == -EAGAIN A somewhat subtle part is that dropping temporary references is allowed. Neither mounts nor dentries should be evicted by a thread that holds namespace_sem. On success we are dropping those references under namespace_sem, so we need to be sure that these are not the last references remaining. However, on success we'd already verified (under namespace_sem) that original target is still mounted and that mount and dentry we are about to drop are still reachable from it via the mount tree. That guarantees that we are not about to drop the last remaining references. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-08-22 17:41:55 -04:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
do_lock_mount(): don't modify path. Currently do_lock_mount() has the target path switched to whatever might be overmounting it. We _do_ want to have the parent mount/mountpoint chosen on top of the overmounting pile; however, the way it's done has unpleasant races - if umount propagation removes the overmount while we'd been trying to set the environment up, we might end up failing if our target path strays into that overmount just before the overmount gets kicked out. Users of do_lock_mount() do not need the target path changed - they have all information in res->{parent,mp}; only one place (in do_move_mount()) currently uses the resulting path->mnt, and that value is trivial to reconstruct by the original value of path->mnt + chosen parent mount. Let's keep the target path unchanged; it avoids a bunch of subtle races and it's not hard to do: do as mount_locked_reader find the prospective parent mount/mountpoint dentry grab references if it's not the original target lock the prospective mountpoint dentry take namespace_sem exclusive if prospective parent/mountpoint would be different now err = -EAGAIN else if location has been unmounted err = -ENOENT else if mountpoint dentry is not allowed to be mounted on err = -ENOENT else if beneath and the top of the pile was the absolute root err = -EINVAL else try to get struct mountpoint (by dentry), set err to 0 on success and -ENO{MEM,ENT} on failure if err != 0 res->parent = ERR_PTR(err) drop locks else res->parent = prospective parent drop temporary references while err == -EAGAIN A somewhat subtle part is that dropping temporary references is allowed. Neither mounts nor dentries should be evicted by a thread that holds namespace_sem. On success we are dropping those references under namespace_sem, so we need to be sure that these are not the last references remaining. However, on success we'd already verified (under namespace_sem) that original target is still mounted and that mount and dentry we are about to drop are still reachable from it via the mount tree. That guarantees that we are not about to drop the last remaining references. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-08-22 17:41:55 -04:00
fix a couple of races in MNT_TREE_BENEATH handling by do_move_mount() Normally do_lock_mount(path, _) is locking a mountpoint pinned by *path and at the time when matching unlock_mount() unlocks that location it is still pinned by the same thing. Unfortunately, for 'beneath' case it's no longer that simple - the object being locked is not the one *path points to. It's the mountpoint of path->mnt. The thing is, without sufficient locking ->mnt_parent may change under us and none of the locks are held at that point. The rules are * mount_lock stabilizes m->mnt_parent for any mount m. * namespace_sem stabilizes m->mnt_parent, provided that m is mounted. * if either of the above holds and refcount of m is positive, we are guaranteed the same for refcount of m->mnt_parent. namespace_sem nests inside inode_lock(), so do_lock_mount() has to take inode_lock() before grabbing namespace_sem. It does recheck that path->mnt is still mounted in the same place after getting namespace_sem, and it does take care to pin the dentry. It is needed, since otherwise we might end up with racing mount --move (or umount) happening while we were getting locks; in that case dentry would no longer be a mountpoint and could've been evicted on memory pressure along with its inode - not something you want when grabbing lock on that inode. However, pinning a dentry is not enough - the matching mount is also pinned only by the fact that path->mnt is mounted on top it and at that point we are not holding any locks whatsoever, so the same kind of races could end up with all references to that mount gone just as we are about to enter inode_lock(). If that happens, we are left with filesystem being shut down while we are holding a dentry reference on it; results are not pretty. What we need to do is grab both dentry and mount at the same time; that makes inode_lock() safe *and* avoids the problem with fs getting shut down under us. After taking namespace_sem we verify that path->mnt is still mounted (which stabilizes its ->mnt_parent) and check that it's still mounted at the same place. From that point on to the matching namespace_unlock() we are guaranteed that mount/dentry pair we'd grabbed are also pinned by being the mountpoint of path->mnt, so we can quietly drop both the dentry reference (as the current code does) and mnt one - it's OK to do under namespace_sem, since we are not dropping the final refs. That solves the problem on do_lock_mount() side; unlock_mount() also has one, since dentry is guaranteed to stay pinned only until the namespace_unlock(). That's easy to fix - just have inode_unlock() done earlier, while it's still pinned by mp->m_dentry. Fixes: 6ac392815628 "fs: allow to mount beneath top mount" # v6.5+ Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-04-23 02:30:34 +01:00
do_lock_mount(): don't modify path. Currently do_lock_mount() has the target path switched to whatever might be overmounting it. We _do_ want to have the parent mount/mountpoint chosen on top of the overmounting pile; however, the way it's done has unpleasant races - if umount propagation removes the overmount while we'd been trying to set the environment up, we might end up failing if our target path strays into that overmount just before the overmount gets kicked out. Users of do_lock_mount() do not need the target path changed - they have all information in res->{parent,mp}; only one place (in do_move_mount()) currently uses the resulting path->mnt, and that value is trivial to reconstruct by the original value of path->mnt + chosen parent mount. Let's keep the target path unchanged; it avoids a bunch of subtle races and it's not hard to do: do as mount_locked_reader find the prospective parent mount/mountpoint dentry grab references if it's not the original target lock the prospective mountpoint dentry take namespace_sem exclusive if prospective parent/mountpoint would be different now err = -EAGAIN else if location has been unmounted err = -ENOENT else if mountpoint dentry is not allowed to be mounted on err = -ENOENT else if beneath and the top of the pile was the absolute root err = -EINVAL else try to get struct mountpoint (by dentry), set err to 0 on success and -ENO{MEM,ENT} on failure if err != 0 res->parent = ERR_PTR(err) drop locks else res->parent = prospective parent drop temporary references while err == -EAGAIN A somewhat subtle part is that dropping temporary references is allowed. Neither mounts nor dentries should be evicted by a thread that holds namespace_sem. On success we are dropping those references under namespace_sem, so we need to be sure that these are not the last references remaining. However, on success we'd already verified (under namespace_sem) that original target is still mounted and that mount and dentry we are about to drop are still reachable from it via the mount tree. That guarantees that we are not about to drop the last remaining references. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-08-22 17:41:55 -04:00
do_lock_mount(): don't modify path. Currently do_lock_mount() has the target path switched to whatever might be overmounting it. We _do_ want to have the parent mount/mountpoint chosen on top of the overmounting pile; however, the way it's done has unpleasant races - if umount propagation removes the overmount while we'd been trying to set the environment up, we might end up failing if our target path strays into that overmount just before the overmount gets kicked out. Users of do_lock_mount() do not need the target path changed - they have all information in res->{parent,mp}; only one place (in do_move_mount()) currently uses the resulting path->mnt, and that value is trivial to reconstruct by the original value of path->mnt + chosen parent mount. Let's keep the target path unchanged; it avoids a bunch of subtle races and it's not hard to do: do as mount_locked_reader find the prospective parent mount/mountpoint dentry grab references if it's not the original target lock the prospective mountpoint dentry take namespace_sem exclusive if prospective parent/mountpoint would be different now err = -EAGAIN else if location has been unmounted err = -ENOENT else if mountpoint dentry is not allowed to be mounted on err = -ENOENT else if beneath and the top of the pile was the absolute root err = -EINVAL else try to get struct mountpoint (by dentry), set err to 0 on success and -ENO{MEM,ENT} on failure if err != 0 res->parent = ERR_PTR(err) drop locks else res->parent = prospective parent drop temporary references while err == -EAGAIN A somewhat subtle part is that dropping temporary references is allowed. Neither mounts nor dentries should be evicted by a thread that holds namespace_sem. On success we are dropping those references under namespace_sem, so we need to be sure that these are not the last references remaining. However, on success we'd already verified (under namespace_sem) that original target is still mounted and that mount and dentry we are about to drop are still reachable from it via the mount tree. That guarantees that we are not about to drop the last remaining references. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-08-22 17:41:55 -04:00
do_lock_mount(): don't modify path. Currently do_lock_mount() has the target path switched to whatever might be overmounting it. We _do_ want to have the parent mount/mountpoint chosen on top of the overmounting pile; however, the way it's done has unpleasant races - if umount propagation removes the overmount while we'd been trying to set the environment up, we might end up failing if our target path strays into that overmount just before the overmount gets kicked out. Users of do_lock_mount() do not need the target path changed - they have all information in res->{parent,mp}; only one place (in do_move_mount()) currently uses the resulting path->mnt, and that value is trivial to reconstruct by the original value of path->mnt + chosen parent mount. Let's keep the target path unchanged; it avoids a bunch of subtle races and it's not hard to do: do as mount_locked_reader find the prospective parent mount/mountpoint dentry grab references if it's not the original target lock the prospective mountpoint dentry take namespace_sem exclusive if prospective parent/mountpoint would be different now err = -EAGAIN else if location has been unmounted err = -ENOENT else if mountpoint dentry is not allowed to be mounted on err = -ENOENT else if beneath and the top of the pile was the absolute root err = -EINVAL else try to get struct mountpoint (by dentry), set err to 0 on success and -ENO{MEM,ENT} on failure if err != 0 res->parent = ERR_PTR(err) drop locks else res->parent = prospective parent drop temporary references while err == -EAGAIN A somewhat subtle part is that dropping temporary references is allowed. Neither mounts nor dentries should be evicted by a thread that holds namespace_sem. On success we are dropping those references under namespace_sem, so we need to be sure that these are not the last references remaining. However, on success we'd already verified (under namespace_sem) that original target is still mounted and that mount and dentry we are about to drop are still reachable from it via the mount tree. That guarantees that we are not about to drop the last remaining references. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-08-22 17:41:55 -04:00
fix a couple of races in MNT_TREE_BENEATH handling by do_move_mount() Normally do_lock_mount(path, _) is locking a mountpoint pinned by *path and at the time when matching unlock_mount() unlocks that location it is still pinned by the same thing. Unfortunately, for 'beneath' case it's no longer that simple - the object being locked is not the one *path points to. It's the mountpoint of path->mnt. The thing is, without sufficient locking ->mnt_parent may change under us and none of the locks are held at that point. The rules are * mount_lock stabilizes m->mnt_parent for any mount m. * namespace_sem stabilizes m->mnt_parent, provided that m is mounted. * if either of the above holds and refcount of m is positive, we are guaranteed the same for refcount of m->mnt_parent. namespace_sem nests inside inode_lock(), so do_lock_mount() has to take inode_lock() before grabbing namespace_sem. It does recheck that path->mnt is still mounted in the same place after getting namespace_sem, and it does take care to pin the dentry. It is needed, since otherwise we might end up with racing mount --move (or umount) happening while we were getting locks; in that case dentry would no longer be a mountpoint and could've been evicted on memory pressure along with its inode - not something you want when grabbing lock on that inode. However, pinning a dentry is not enough - the matching mount is also pinned only by the fact that path->mnt is mounted on top it and at that point we are not holding any locks whatsoever, so the same kind of races could end up with all references to that mount gone just as we are about to enter inode_lock(). If that happens, we are left with filesystem being shut down while we are holding a dentry reference on it; results are not pretty. What we need to do is grab both dentry and mount at the same time; that makes inode_lock() safe *and* avoids the problem with fs getting shut down under us. After taking namespace_sem we verify that path->mnt is still mounted (which stabilizes its ->mnt_parent) and check that it's still mounted at the same place. From that point on to the matching namespace_unlock() we are guaranteed that mount/dentry pair we'd grabbed are also pinned by being the mountpoint of path->mnt, so we can quietly drop both the dentry reference (as the current code does) and mnt one - it's OK to do under namespace_sem, since we are not dropping the final refs. That solves the problem on do_lock_mount() side; unlock_mount() also has one, since dentry is guaranteed to stay pinned only until the namespace_unlock(). That's easy to fix - just have inode_unlock() done earlier, while it's still pinned by mp->m_dentry. Fixes: 6ac392815628 "fs: allow to mount beneath top mount" # v6.5+ Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-04-23 02:30:34 +01:00
do_lock_mount(): don't modify path. Currently do_lock_mount() has the target path switched to whatever might be overmounting it. We _do_ want to have the parent mount/mountpoint chosen on top of the overmounting pile; however, the way it's done has unpleasant races - if umount propagation removes the overmount while we'd been trying to set the environment up, we might end up failing if our target path strays into that overmount just before the overmount gets kicked out. Users of do_lock_mount() do not need the target path changed - they have all information in res->{parent,mp}; only one place (in do_move_mount()) currently uses the resulting path->mnt, and that value is trivial to reconstruct by the original value of path->mnt + chosen parent mount. Let's keep the target path unchanged; it avoids a bunch of subtle races and it's not hard to do: do as mount_locked_reader find the prospective parent mount/mountpoint dentry grab references if it's not the original target lock the prospective mountpoint dentry take namespace_sem exclusive if prospective parent/mountpoint would be different now err = -EAGAIN else if location has been unmounted err = -ENOENT else if mountpoint dentry is not allowed to be mounted on err = -ENOENT else if beneath and the top of the pile was the absolute root err = -EINVAL else try to get struct mountpoint (by dentry), set err to 0 on success and -ENO{MEM,ENT} on failure if err != 0 res->parent = ERR_PTR(err) drop locks else res->parent = prospective parent drop temporary references while err == -EAGAIN A somewhat subtle part is that dropping temporary references is allowed. Neither mounts nor dentries should be evicted by a thread that holds namespace_sem. On success we are dropping those references under namespace_sem, so we need to be sure that these are not the last references remaining. However, on success we'd already verified (under namespace_sem) that original target is still mounted and that mount and dentry we are about to drop are still reachable from it via the mount tree. That guarantees that we are not about to drop the last remaining references. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-08-22 17:41:55 -04:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
mnt: Protect the mountpoint hashtable with mount_lock Protecting the mountpoint hashtable with namespace_sem was sufficient until a call to umount_mnt was added to mntput_no_expire. At which point it became possible for multiple calls of put_mountpoint on the same hash chain to happen on the same time. Kristen Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com> reported: > This can cause a panic when simultaneous callers of put_mountpoint > attempt to free the same mountpoint. This occurs because some callers > hold the mount_hash_lock, while others hold the namespace lock. Some > even hold both. > > In this submitter's case, the panic manifested itself as a GP fault in > put_mountpoint() when it called hlist_del() and attempted to dereference > a m_hash.pprev that had been poisioned by another thread. Al Viro observed that the simple fix is to switch from using the namespace_sem to the mount_lock to protect the mountpoint hash table. I have taken Al's suggested patch moved put_mountpoint in pivot_root (instead of taking mount_lock an additional time), and have replaced new_mountpoint with get_mountpoint a function that does the hash table lookup and addition under the mount_lock. The introduction of get_mounptoint ensures that only the mount_lock is needed to manipulate the mountpoint hashtable. d_set_mounted is modified to only set DCACHE_MOUNTED if it is not already set. This allows get_mountpoint to use the setting of DCACHE_MOUNTED to ensure adding a struct mountpoint for a dentry happens exactly once. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: ce07d891a089 ("mnt: Honor MNT_LOCKED when detaching mounts") Reported-by: Krister Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2017-01-03 14:18:43 +13:00
get rid of mountpoint->m_count struct mountpoint has an odd kinda-sorta refcount in it. It's always either equal to or one above the number of mounts attached to that mountpoint. "One above" happens when a function takes a temporary reference to mountpoint. Things get simpler if we express that as inserting a local object into ->m_list and removing it to drop the reference. New calling conventions: 1) lock_mount(), do_lock_mount(), get_mountpoint() and lookup_mountpoint() take an extra struct pinned_mountpoint * argument and returns 0/-E... (or true/false in case of lookup_mountpoint()) instead of returning struct mountpoint pointers. In case of success, the struct mountpoint * we used to get can be found as pinned_mountpoint.mp 2) unlock_mount() (always paired with lock_mount()/do_lock_mount()) takes an address of struct pinned_mountpoint - the same that had been passed to lock_mount()/do_lock_mount(). 3) put_mountpoint() for a temporary reference (paired with get_mountpoint() or lookup_mountpoint()) is replaced with unpin_mountpoint(), which takes the address of pinned_mountpoint we passed to matching {get,lookup}_mountpoint(). 4) all instances of pinned_mountpoint are local variables; they always live on stack. {} is used for initializer, after successful {get,lookup}_mountpoint() we must make sure to call unpin_mountpoint() before leaving the scope and after successful {do_,}lock_mount() we must make sure to call unlock_mount() before leaving the scope. 5) all manipulations of ->m_count are gone, along with ->m_count itself. struct mountpoint lives while its ->m_list is non-empty. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-04-25 20:21:23 -04:00
mnt: Protect the mountpoint hashtable with mount_lock Protecting the mountpoint hashtable with namespace_sem was sufficient until a call to umount_mnt was added to mntput_no_expire. At which point it became possible for multiple calls of put_mountpoint on the same hash chain to happen on the same time. Kristen Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com> reported: > This can cause a panic when simultaneous callers of put_mountpoint > attempt to free the same mountpoint. This occurs because some callers > hold the mount_hash_lock, while others hold the namespace lock. Some > even hold both. > > In this submitter's case, the panic manifested itself as a GP fault in > put_mountpoint() when it called hlist_del() and attempted to dereference > a m_hash.pprev that had been poisioned by another thread. Al Viro observed that the simple fix is to switch from using the namespace_sem to the mount_lock to protect the mountpoint hash table. I have taken Al's suggested patch moved put_mountpoint in pivot_root (instead of taking mount_lock an additional time), and have replaced new_mountpoint with get_mountpoint a function that does the hash table lookup and addition under the mount_lock. The introduction of get_mounptoint ensures that only the mount_lock is needed to manipulate the mountpoint hashtable. d_set_mounted is modified to only set DCACHE_MOUNTED if it is not already set. This allows get_mountpoint to use the setting of DCACHE_MOUNTED to ensure adding a struct mountpoint for a dentry happens exactly once. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: ce07d891a089 ("mnt: Honor MNT_LOCKED when detaching mounts") Reported-by: Krister Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com> Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2017-01-03 14:18:43 +13:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: hold namespace_sem across copy in create_new_namespace() Fix an oversight when creating a new mount namespace. If someone had the bright idea to make the real rootfs a shared or dependent mount and it is later copied the copy will become a peer of the old real rootfs mount or a dependent mount of it. The namespace semaphore is dropped and we use mount lock exact to lock the new real root mount. If that fails or the subsequent do_loopback() fails we rely on the copy of the real root mount to be cleaned up by path_put(). The problem is that this doesn't deal with mount propagation and will leave the mounts linked in the propagation lists. When creating a new mount namespace create_new_namespace() first acquires namespace_sem to clone the nullfs root, drops it, then reacquires it via LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT which takes inode_lock first to respect the inode_lock -> namespace_sem lock ordering. This drop-and-reacquire pattern is fragile and was the source of the propagation cleanup bug fixed in the preceding commit. Extend lock_mount_exact() with a copy_mount mode that clones the mount under the locks atomically. When copy_mount is true, path_overmounted() is skipped since we're copying the mount, not mounting on top of it - the nullfs root always has rootfs mounted on top so the check would always fail. If clone_mnt() fails after get_mountpoint() has pinned the mountpoint, __unlock_mount() is used to properly unpin the mountpoint and release both locks. This allows create_new_namespace() to use LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT_COPY which takes inode_lock and namespace_sem once and holds them throughout the clone and subsequent mount operations, eliminating the drop-and-reacquire pattern entirely. Reported-by: syzbot+a89f9434fb5a001ccd58@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Fixes: 9b8a0ba68246 ("mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE") # mainline only Link: https://lore.kernel.org/699047f6.050a0220.2757fb.0024.GAE@google.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-02-14 16:22:13 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: hold namespace_sem across copy in create_new_namespace() Fix an oversight when creating a new mount namespace. If someone had the bright idea to make the real rootfs a shared or dependent mount and it is later copied the copy will become a peer of the old real rootfs mount or a dependent mount of it. The namespace semaphore is dropped and we use mount lock exact to lock the new real root mount. If that fails or the subsequent do_loopback() fails we rely on the copy of the real root mount to be cleaned up by path_put(). The problem is that this doesn't deal with mount propagation and will leave the mounts linked in the propagation lists. When creating a new mount namespace create_new_namespace() first acquires namespace_sem to clone the nullfs root, drops it, then reacquires it via LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT which takes inode_lock first to respect the inode_lock -> namespace_sem lock ordering. This drop-and-reacquire pattern is fragile and was the source of the propagation cleanup bug fixed in the preceding commit. Extend lock_mount_exact() with a copy_mount mode that clones the mount under the locks atomically. When copy_mount is true, path_overmounted() is skipped since we're copying the mount, not mounting on top of it - the nullfs root always has rootfs mounted on top so the check would always fail. If clone_mnt() fails after get_mountpoint() has pinned the mountpoint, __unlock_mount() is used to properly unpin the mountpoint and release both locks. This allows create_new_namespace() to use LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT_COPY which takes inode_lock and namespace_sem once and holds them throughout the clone and subsequent mount operations, eliminating the drop-and-reacquire pattern entirely. Reported-by: syzbot+a89f9434fb5a001ccd58@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Fixes: 9b8a0ba68246 ("mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE") # mainline only Link: https://lore.kernel.org/699047f6.050a0220.2757fb.0024.GAE@google.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-02-14 16:22:13 +01:00
VFS: (Scripted) Convert S_ISLNK/DIR/REG(dentry->d_inode) to d_is_*(dentry) Convert the following where appropriate: (1) S_ISLNK(dentry->d_inode) to d_is_symlink(dentry). (2) S_ISREG(dentry->d_inode) to d_is_reg(dentry). (3) S_ISDIR(dentry->d_inode) to d_is_dir(dentry). This is actually more complicated than it appears as some calls should be converted to d_can_lookup() instead. The difference is whether the directory in question is a real dir with a ->lookup op or whether it's a fake dir with a ->d_automount op. In some circumstances, we can subsume checks for dentry->d_inode not being NULL into this, provided we the code isn't in a filesystem that expects d_inode to be NULL if the dirent really *is* negative (ie. if we're going to use d_inode() rather than d_backing_inode() to get the inode pointer). Note that the dentry type field may be set to something other than DCACHE_MISS_TYPE when d_inode is NULL in the case of unionmount, where the VFS manages the fall-through from a negative dentry to a lower layer. In such a case, the dentry type of the negative union dentry is set to the same as the type of the lower dentry. However, if you know d_inode is not NULL at the call site, then you can use the d_is_xxx() functions even in a filesystem. There is one further complication: a 0,0 chardev dentry may be labelled DCACHE_WHITEOUT_TYPE rather than DCACHE_SPECIAL_TYPE. Strictly, this was intended for special directory entry types that don't have attached inodes. The following perl+coccinelle script was used: use strict; my @callers; open($fd, 'git grep -l \'S_IS[A-Z].*->d_inode\' |') || die "Can't grep for S_ISDIR and co. callers"; @callers = <$fd>; close($fd); unless (@callers) { print "No matches\n"; exit(0); } my @cocci = ( '@@', 'expression E;', '@@', '', '- S_ISLNK(E->d_inode->i_mode)', '+ d_is_symlink(E)', '', '@@', 'expression E;', '@@', '', '- S_ISDIR(E->d_inode->i_mode)', '+ d_is_dir(E)', '', '@@', 'expression E;', '@@', '', '- S_ISREG(E->d_inode->i_mode)', '+ d_is_reg(E)' ); my $coccifile = "tmp.sp.cocci"; open($fd, ">$coccifile") || die $coccifile; print($fd "$_\n") || die $coccifile foreach (@cocci); close($fd); foreach my $file (@callers) { chomp $file; print "Processing ", $file, "\n"; system("spatch", "--sp-file", $coccifile, $file, "--in-place", "--no-show-diff") == 0 || die "spatch failed"; } [AV: overlayfs parts skipped] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2015-01-29 12:02:35 +00:00
fs: create detached mounts from detached mounts Add the ability to create detached mounts from detached mounts. Currently, detached mounts can only be created from attached mounts. This limitaton prevents various use-cases. For example, the ability to mount a subdirectory without ever having to make the whole filesystem visible first. The current permission model for the OPEN_TREE_CLONE flag of the open_tree() system call is: (1) Check that the caller is privileged over the owning user namespace of it's current mount namespace. (2) Check that the caller is located in the mount namespace of the mount it wants to create a detached copy of. While it is not strictly necessary to do it this way it is consistently applied in the new mount api. This model will also be used when allowing the creation of detached mount from another detached mount. The (1) requirement can simply be met by performing the same check as for the non-detached case, i.e., verify that the caller is privileged over its current mount namespace. To meet the (2) requirement it must be possible to infer the origin mount namespace that the anonymous mount namespace of the detached mount was created from. The origin mount namespace of an anonymous mount is the mount namespace that the mounts that were copied into the anonymous mount namespace originate from. The origin mount namespace of the anonymous mount namespace must be the same as the caller's mount namespace. To establish this the sequence number of the caller's mount namespace and the origin sequence number of the anonymous mount namespace are compared. The caller is always located in a non-anonymous mount namespace since anonymous mount namespaces cannot be setns()ed into. The caller's mount namespace will thus always have a valid sequence number. The owning namespace of any mount namespace, anonymous or non-anonymous, can never change. A mount attached to a non-anonymous mount namespace can never change mount namespace. If the sequence number of the non-anonymous mount namespace and the origin sequence number of the anonymous mount namespace match, the owning namespaces must match as well. Hence, the capability check on the owning namespace of the caller's mount namespace ensures that the caller has the ability to copy the mount tree. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250221-brauner-open_tree-v1-6-dbcfcb98c676@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-21 14:13:05 +01:00
fs: create detached mounts from detached mounts Add the ability to create detached mounts from detached mounts. Currently, detached mounts can only be created from attached mounts. This limitaton prevents various use-cases. For example, the ability to mount a subdirectory without ever having to make the whole filesystem visible first. The current permission model for the OPEN_TREE_CLONE flag of the open_tree() system call is: (1) Check that the caller is privileged over the owning user namespace of it's current mount namespace. (2) Check that the caller is located in the mount namespace of the mount it wants to create a detached copy of. While it is not strictly necessary to do it this way it is consistently applied in the new mount api. This model will also be used when allowing the creation of detached mount from another detached mount. The (1) requirement can simply be met by performing the same check as for the non-detached case, i.e., verify that the caller is privileged over its current mount namespace. To meet the (2) requirement it must be possible to infer the origin mount namespace that the anonymous mount namespace of the detached mount was created from. The origin mount namespace of an anonymous mount is the mount namespace that the mounts that were copied into the anonymous mount namespace originate from. The origin mount namespace of the anonymous mount namespace must be the same as the caller's mount namespace. To establish this the sequence number of the caller's mount namespace and the origin sequence number of the anonymous mount namespace are compared. The caller is always located in a non-anonymous mount namespace since anonymous mount namespaces cannot be setns()ed into. The caller's mount namespace will thus always have a valid sequence number. The owning namespace of any mount namespace, anonymous or non-anonymous, can never change. A mount attached to a non-anonymous mount namespace can never change mount namespace. If the sequence number of the non-anonymous mount namespace and the origin sequence number of the anonymous mount namespace match, the owning namespaces must match as well. Hence, the capability check on the owning namespace of the caller's mount namespace ensures that the caller has the ability to copy the mount tree. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250221-brauner-open_tree-v1-6-dbcfcb98c676@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-21 14:13:05 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
don't set MNT_LOCKED on parentless mounts Originally MNT_LOCKED meant only one thing - "don't let this mount to be peeled off its parent, we don't want to have its mountpoint exposed". Accordingly, it had only been set on mounts that *do* have a parent. Later it got overloaded with another use - setting it on the absolute root had given free protection against umount(2) of absolute root (was possible to trigger, oopsed). Not a bad trick, but it ended up costing more than it bought us. Unfortunately, the cost included both hard-to-reason-about logics and a subtle race between mount -o remount,ro and mount --[r]bind - lockless &= ~MNT_LOCKED in the end of __do_loopback() could race with sb_prepare_remount_readonly() setting and clearing MNT_HOLD_WRITE (under mount_lock, as it should be). The race wouldn't be much of a problem (there are other ways to deal with it), but the subtlety is. Turns out that nobody except umount(2) had ever made use of having MNT_LOCKED set on absolute root. So let's give up on that trick, clever as it had been, add an explicit check in do_umount() and return to using MNT_LOCKED only for mounts that have a parent. It means that * clone_mnt() no longer copies MNT_LOCKED * copy_tree() sets it on submounts if their counterparts had been marked such, and does that right next to attach_mnt() in there, in the same mount_lock scope. * __do_loopback() no longer needs to strip MNT_LOCKED off the root of subtree it's about to return; no store, no race. * init_mount_tree() doesn't bother setting MNT_LOCKED on absolute root. * lock_mnt_tree() does not set MNT_LOCKED on the subtree's root; accordingly, its caller (loop in attach_recursive_mnt()) does not need to bother stripping that MNT_LOCKED on root. Note that lock_mnt_tree() setting MNT_LOCKED on submounts happens in the same mount_lock scope as __attach_mnt() (from commit_tree()) that makes them reachable. Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-05-06 18:48:05 -04:00
don't set MNT_LOCKED on parentless mounts Originally MNT_LOCKED meant only one thing - "don't let this mount to be peeled off its parent, we don't want to have its mountpoint exposed". Accordingly, it had only been set on mounts that *do* have a parent. Later it got overloaded with another use - setting it on the absolute root had given free protection against umount(2) of absolute root (was possible to trigger, oopsed). Not a bad trick, but it ended up costing more than it bought us. Unfortunately, the cost included both hard-to-reason-about logics and a subtle race between mount -o remount,ro and mount --[r]bind - lockless &= ~MNT_LOCKED in the end of __do_loopback() could race with sb_prepare_remount_readonly() setting and clearing MNT_HOLD_WRITE (under mount_lock, as it should be). The race wouldn't be much of a problem (there are other ways to deal with it), but the subtlety is. Turns out that nobody except umount(2) had ever made use of having MNT_LOCKED set on absolute root. So let's give up on that trick, clever as it had been, add an explicit check in do_umount() and return to using MNT_LOCKED only for mounts that have a parent. It means that * clone_mnt() no longer copies MNT_LOCKED * copy_tree() sets it on submounts if their counterparts had been marked such, and does that right next to attach_mnt() in there, in the same mount_lock scope. * __do_loopback() no longer needs to strip MNT_LOCKED off the root of subtree it's about to return; no store, no race. * init_mount_tree() doesn't bother setting MNT_LOCKED on absolute root. * lock_mnt_tree() does not set MNT_LOCKED on the subtree's root; accordingly, its caller (loop in attach_recursive_mnt()) does not need to bother stripping that MNT_LOCKED on root. Note that lock_mnt_tree() setting MNT_LOCKED on submounts happens in the same mount_lock scope as __attach_mnt() (from commit_tree()) that makes them reachable. Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-05-06 18:48:05 -04:00
don't set MNT_LOCKED on parentless mounts Originally MNT_LOCKED meant only one thing - "don't let this mount to be peeled off its parent, we don't want to have its mountpoint exposed". Accordingly, it had only been set on mounts that *do* have a parent. Later it got overloaded with another use - setting it on the absolute root had given free protection against umount(2) of absolute root (was possible to trigger, oopsed). Not a bad trick, but it ended up costing more than it bought us. Unfortunately, the cost included both hard-to-reason-about logics and a subtle race between mount -o remount,ro and mount --[r]bind - lockless &= ~MNT_LOCKED in the end of __do_loopback() could race with sb_prepare_remount_readonly() setting and clearing MNT_HOLD_WRITE (under mount_lock, as it should be). The race wouldn't be much of a problem (there are other ways to deal with it), but the subtlety is. Turns out that nobody except umount(2) had ever made use of having MNT_LOCKED set on absolute root. So let's give up on that trick, clever as it had been, add an explicit check in do_umount() and return to using MNT_LOCKED only for mounts that have a parent. It means that * clone_mnt() no longer copies MNT_LOCKED * copy_tree() sets it on submounts if their counterparts had been marked such, and does that right next to attach_mnt() in there, in the same mount_lock scope. * __do_loopback() no longer needs to strip MNT_LOCKED off the root of subtree it's about to return; no store, no race. * init_mount_tree() doesn't bother setting MNT_LOCKED on absolute root. * lock_mnt_tree() does not set MNT_LOCKED on the subtree's root; accordingly, its caller (loop in attach_recursive_mnt()) does not need to bother stripping that MNT_LOCKED on root. Note that lock_mnt_tree() setting MNT_LOCKED on submounts happens in the same mount_lock scope as __attach_mnt() (from commit_tree()) that makes them reachable. Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-05-06 18:48:05 -04:00
don't set MNT_LOCKED on parentless mounts Originally MNT_LOCKED meant only one thing - "don't let this mount to be peeled off its parent, we don't want to have its mountpoint exposed". Accordingly, it had only been set on mounts that *do* have a parent. Later it got overloaded with another use - setting it on the absolute root had given free protection against umount(2) of absolute root (was possible to trigger, oopsed). Not a bad trick, but it ended up costing more than it bought us. Unfortunately, the cost included both hard-to-reason-about logics and a subtle race between mount -o remount,ro and mount --[r]bind - lockless &= ~MNT_LOCKED in the end of __do_loopback() could race with sb_prepare_remount_readonly() setting and clearing MNT_HOLD_WRITE (under mount_lock, as it should be). The race wouldn't be much of a problem (there are other ways to deal with it), but the subtlety is. Turns out that nobody except umount(2) had ever made use of having MNT_LOCKED set on absolute root. So let's give up on that trick, clever as it had been, add an explicit check in do_umount() and return to using MNT_LOCKED only for mounts that have a parent. It means that * clone_mnt() no longer copies MNT_LOCKED * copy_tree() sets it on submounts if their counterparts had been marked such, and does that right next to attach_mnt() in there, in the same mount_lock scope. * __do_loopback() no longer needs to strip MNT_LOCKED off the root of subtree it's about to return; no store, no race. * init_mount_tree() doesn't bother setting MNT_LOCKED on absolute root. * lock_mnt_tree() does not set MNT_LOCKED on the subtree's root; accordingly, its caller (loop in attach_recursive_mnt()) does not need to bother stripping that MNT_LOCKED on root. Note that lock_mnt_tree() setting MNT_LOCKED on submounts happens in the same mount_lock scope as __attach_mnt() (from commit_tree()) that makes them reachable. Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-05-06 18:48:05 -04:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: hold namespace_sem across copy in create_new_namespace() Fix an oversight when creating a new mount namespace. If someone had the bright idea to make the real rootfs a shared or dependent mount and it is later copied the copy will become a peer of the old real rootfs mount or a dependent mount of it. The namespace semaphore is dropped and we use mount lock exact to lock the new real root mount. If that fails or the subsequent do_loopback() fails we rely on the copy of the real root mount to be cleaned up by path_put(). The problem is that this doesn't deal with mount propagation and will leave the mounts linked in the propagation lists. When creating a new mount namespace create_new_namespace() first acquires namespace_sem to clone the nullfs root, drops it, then reacquires it via LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT which takes inode_lock first to respect the inode_lock -> namespace_sem lock ordering. This drop-and-reacquire pattern is fragile and was the source of the propagation cleanup bug fixed in the preceding commit. Extend lock_mount_exact() with a copy_mount mode that clones the mount under the locks atomically. When copy_mount is true, path_overmounted() is skipped since we're copying the mount, not mounting on top of it - the nullfs root always has rootfs mounted on top so the check would always fail. If clone_mnt() fails after get_mountpoint() has pinned the mountpoint, __unlock_mount() is used to properly unpin the mountpoint and release both locks. This allows create_new_namespace() to use LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT_COPY which takes inode_lock and namespace_sem once and holds them throughout the clone and subsequent mount operations, eliminating the drop-and-reacquire pattern entirely. Reported-by: syzbot+a89f9434fb5a001ccd58@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Fixes: 9b8a0ba68246 ("mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE") # mainline only Link: https://lore.kernel.org/699047f6.050a0220.2757fb.0024.GAE@google.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-02-14 16:22:13 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: hold namespace_sem across copy in create_new_namespace() Fix an oversight when creating a new mount namespace. If someone had the bright idea to make the real rootfs a shared or dependent mount and it is later copied the copy will become a peer of the old real rootfs mount or a dependent mount of it. The namespace semaphore is dropped and we use mount lock exact to lock the new real root mount. If that fails or the subsequent do_loopback() fails we rely on the copy of the real root mount to be cleaned up by path_put(). The problem is that this doesn't deal with mount propagation and will leave the mounts linked in the propagation lists. When creating a new mount namespace create_new_namespace() first acquires namespace_sem to clone the nullfs root, drops it, then reacquires it via LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT which takes inode_lock first to respect the inode_lock -> namespace_sem lock ordering. This drop-and-reacquire pattern is fragile and was the source of the propagation cleanup bug fixed in the preceding commit. Extend lock_mount_exact() with a copy_mount mode that clones the mount under the locks atomically. When copy_mount is true, path_overmounted() is skipped since we're copying the mount, not mounting on top of it - the nullfs root always has rootfs mounted on top so the check would always fail. If clone_mnt() fails after get_mountpoint() has pinned the mountpoint, __unlock_mount() is used to properly unpin the mountpoint and release both locks. This allows create_new_namespace() to use LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT_COPY which takes inode_lock and namespace_sem once and holds them throughout the clone and subsequent mount operations, eliminating the drop-and-reacquire pattern entirely. Reported-by: syzbot+a89f9434fb5a001ccd58@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Fixes: 9b8a0ba68246 ("mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE") # mainline only Link: https://lore.kernel.org/699047f6.050a0220.2757fb.0024.GAE@google.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-02-14 16:22:13 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: hold namespace_sem across copy in create_new_namespace() Fix an oversight when creating a new mount namespace. If someone had the bright idea to make the real rootfs a shared or dependent mount and it is later copied the copy will become a peer of the old real rootfs mount or a dependent mount of it. The namespace semaphore is dropped and we use mount lock exact to lock the new real root mount. If that fails or the subsequent do_loopback() fails we rely on the copy of the real root mount to be cleaned up by path_put(). The problem is that this doesn't deal with mount propagation and will leave the mounts linked in the propagation lists. When creating a new mount namespace create_new_namespace() first acquires namespace_sem to clone the nullfs root, drops it, then reacquires it via LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT which takes inode_lock first to respect the inode_lock -> namespace_sem lock ordering. This drop-and-reacquire pattern is fragile and was the source of the propagation cleanup bug fixed in the preceding commit. Extend lock_mount_exact() with a copy_mount mode that clones the mount under the locks atomically. When copy_mount is true, path_overmounted() is skipped since we're copying the mount, not mounting on top of it - the nullfs root always has rootfs mounted on top so the check would always fail. If clone_mnt() fails after get_mountpoint() has pinned the mountpoint, __unlock_mount() is used to properly unpin the mountpoint and release both locks. This allows create_new_namespace() to use LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT_COPY which takes inode_lock and namespace_sem once and holds them throughout the clone and subsequent mount operations, eliminating the drop-and-reacquire pattern entirely. Reported-by: syzbot+a89f9434fb5a001ccd58@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Fixes: 9b8a0ba68246 ("mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE") # mainline only Link: https://lore.kernel.org/699047f6.050a0220.2757fb.0024.GAE@google.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-02-14 16:22:13 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: hold namespace_sem across copy in create_new_namespace() Fix an oversight when creating a new mount namespace. If someone had the bright idea to make the real rootfs a shared or dependent mount and it is later copied the copy will become a peer of the old real rootfs mount or a dependent mount of it. The namespace semaphore is dropped and we use mount lock exact to lock the new real root mount. If that fails or the subsequent do_loopback() fails we rely on the copy of the real root mount to be cleaned up by path_put(). The problem is that this doesn't deal with mount propagation and will leave the mounts linked in the propagation lists. When creating a new mount namespace create_new_namespace() first acquires namespace_sem to clone the nullfs root, drops it, then reacquires it via LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT which takes inode_lock first to respect the inode_lock -> namespace_sem lock ordering. This drop-and-reacquire pattern is fragile and was the source of the propagation cleanup bug fixed in the preceding commit. Extend lock_mount_exact() with a copy_mount mode that clones the mount under the locks atomically. When copy_mount is true, path_overmounted() is skipped since we're copying the mount, not mounting on top of it - the nullfs root always has rootfs mounted on top so the check would always fail. If clone_mnt() fails after get_mountpoint() has pinned the mountpoint, __unlock_mount() is used to properly unpin the mountpoint and release both locks. This allows create_new_namespace() to use LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT_COPY which takes inode_lock and namespace_sem once and holds them throughout the clone and subsequent mount operations, eliminating the drop-and-reacquire pattern entirely. Reported-by: syzbot+a89f9434fb5a001ccd58@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Fixes: 9b8a0ba68246 ("mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE") # mainline only Link: https://lore.kernel.org/699047f6.050a0220.2757fb.0024.GAE@google.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-02-14 16:22:13 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: hold namespace_sem across copy in create_new_namespace() Fix an oversight when creating a new mount namespace. If someone had the bright idea to make the real rootfs a shared or dependent mount and it is later copied the copy will become a peer of the old real rootfs mount or a dependent mount of it. The namespace semaphore is dropped and we use mount lock exact to lock the new real root mount. If that fails or the subsequent do_loopback() fails we rely on the copy of the real root mount to be cleaned up by path_put(). The problem is that this doesn't deal with mount propagation and will leave the mounts linked in the propagation lists. When creating a new mount namespace create_new_namespace() first acquires namespace_sem to clone the nullfs root, drops it, then reacquires it via LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT which takes inode_lock first to respect the inode_lock -> namespace_sem lock ordering. This drop-and-reacquire pattern is fragile and was the source of the propagation cleanup bug fixed in the preceding commit. Extend lock_mount_exact() with a copy_mount mode that clones the mount under the locks atomically. When copy_mount is true, path_overmounted() is skipped since we're copying the mount, not mounting on top of it - the nullfs root always has rootfs mounted on top so the check would always fail. If clone_mnt() fails after get_mountpoint() has pinned the mountpoint, __unlock_mount() is used to properly unpin the mountpoint and release both locks. This allows create_new_namespace() to use LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT_COPY which takes inode_lock and namespace_sem once and holds them throughout the clone and subsequent mount operations, eliminating the drop-and-reacquire pattern entirely. Reported-by: syzbot+a89f9434fb5a001ccd58@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Fixes: 9b8a0ba68246 ("mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE") # mainline only Link: https://lore.kernel.org/699047f6.050a0220.2757fb.0024.GAE@google.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-02-14 16:22:13 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: hold namespace_sem across copy in create_new_namespace() Fix an oversight when creating a new mount namespace. If someone had the bright idea to make the real rootfs a shared or dependent mount and it is later copied the copy will become a peer of the old real rootfs mount or a dependent mount of it. The namespace semaphore is dropped and we use mount lock exact to lock the new real root mount. If that fails or the subsequent do_loopback() fails we rely on the copy of the real root mount to be cleaned up by path_put(). The problem is that this doesn't deal with mount propagation and will leave the mounts linked in the propagation lists. When creating a new mount namespace create_new_namespace() first acquires namespace_sem to clone the nullfs root, drops it, then reacquires it via LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT which takes inode_lock first to respect the inode_lock -> namespace_sem lock ordering. This drop-and-reacquire pattern is fragile and was the source of the propagation cleanup bug fixed in the preceding commit. Extend lock_mount_exact() with a copy_mount mode that clones the mount under the locks atomically. When copy_mount is true, path_overmounted() is skipped since we're copying the mount, not mounting on top of it - the nullfs root always has rootfs mounted on top so the check would always fail. If clone_mnt() fails after get_mountpoint() has pinned the mountpoint, __unlock_mount() is used to properly unpin the mountpoint and release both locks. This allows create_new_namespace() to use LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT_COPY which takes inode_lock and namespace_sem once and holds them throughout the clone and subsequent mount operations, eliminating the drop-and-reacquire pattern entirely. Reported-by: syzbot+a89f9434fb5a001ccd58@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Fixes: 9b8a0ba68246 ("mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE") # mainline only Link: https://lore.kernel.org/699047f6.050a0220.2757fb.0024.GAE@google.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-02-14 16:22:13 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: hold namespace_sem across copy in create_new_namespace() Fix an oversight when creating a new mount namespace. If someone had the bright idea to make the real rootfs a shared or dependent mount and it is later copied the copy will become a peer of the old real rootfs mount or a dependent mount of it. The namespace semaphore is dropped and we use mount lock exact to lock the new real root mount. If that fails or the subsequent do_loopback() fails we rely on the copy of the real root mount to be cleaned up by path_put(). The problem is that this doesn't deal with mount propagation and will leave the mounts linked in the propagation lists. When creating a new mount namespace create_new_namespace() first acquires namespace_sem to clone the nullfs root, drops it, then reacquires it via LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT which takes inode_lock first to respect the inode_lock -> namespace_sem lock ordering. This drop-and-reacquire pattern is fragile and was the source of the propagation cleanup bug fixed in the preceding commit. Extend lock_mount_exact() with a copy_mount mode that clones the mount under the locks atomically. When copy_mount is true, path_overmounted() is skipped since we're copying the mount, not mounting on top of it - the nullfs root always has rootfs mounted on top so the check would always fail. If clone_mnt() fails after get_mountpoint() has pinned the mountpoint, __unlock_mount() is used to properly unpin the mountpoint and release both locks. This allows create_new_namespace() to use LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT_COPY which takes inode_lock and namespace_sem once and holds them throughout the clone and subsequent mount operations, eliminating the drop-and-reacquire pattern entirely. Reported-by: syzbot+a89f9434fb5a001ccd58@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Fixes: 9b8a0ba68246 ("mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE") # mainline only Link: https://lore.kernel.org/699047f6.050a0220.2757fb.0024.GAE@google.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-02-14 16:22:13 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: hold namespace_sem across copy in create_new_namespace() Fix an oversight when creating a new mount namespace. If someone had the bright idea to make the real rootfs a shared or dependent mount and it is later copied the copy will become a peer of the old real rootfs mount or a dependent mount of it. The namespace semaphore is dropped and we use mount lock exact to lock the new real root mount. If that fails or the subsequent do_loopback() fails we rely on the copy of the real root mount to be cleaned up by path_put(). The problem is that this doesn't deal with mount propagation and will leave the mounts linked in the propagation lists. When creating a new mount namespace create_new_namespace() first acquires namespace_sem to clone the nullfs root, drops it, then reacquires it via LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT which takes inode_lock first to respect the inode_lock -> namespace_sem lock ordering. This drop-and-reacquire pattern is fragile and was the source of the propagation cleanup bug fixed in the preceding commit. Extend lock_mount_exact() with a copy_mount mode that clones the mount under the locks atomically. When copy_mount is true, path_overmounted() is skipped since we're copying the mount, not mounting on top of it - the nullfs root always has rootfs mounted on top so the check would always fail. If clone_mnt() fails after get_mountpoint() has pinned the mountpoint, __unlock_mount() is used to properly unpin the mountpoint and release both locks. This allows create_new_namespace() to use LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT_COPY which takes inode_lock and namespace_sem once and holds them throughout the clone and subsequent mount operations, eliminating the drop-and-reacquire pattern entirely. Reported-by: syzbot+a89f9434fb5a001ccd58@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Fixes: 9b8a0ba68246 ("mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE") # mainline only Link: https://lore.kernel.org/699047f6.050a0220.2757fb.0024.GAE@google.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-02-14 16:22:13 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE When creating containers the setup usually involves using CLONE_NEWNS via clone3() or unshare(). This copies the caller's complete mount namespace. The runtime will also assemble a new rootfs and then use pivot_root() to switch the old mount tree with the new rootfs. Afterward it will recursively umount the old mount tree thereby getting rid of all mounts. On a basic system here where the mount table isn't particularly large this still copies about 30 mounts. Copying all of these mounts only to get rid of them later is pretty wasteful. This is exacerbated if intermediary mount namespaces are used that only exist for a very short amount of time and are immediately destroyed again causing a ton of mounts to be copied and destroyed needlessly. With a large mount table and a system where thousands or ten-thousands of containers are spawned in parallel this quickly becomes a bottleneck increasing contention on the semaphore. Extend open_tree() with a new OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE flag. Similar to OPEN_TREE_CLONE only the indicated mount tree is copied. Instead of returning a file descriptor referring to that mount tree OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE will cause open_tree() to return a file descriptor to a new mount namespace. In that new mount namespace the copied mount tree has been mounted on top of a copy of the real rootfs. The caller can setns() into that mount namespace and perform any additionally required setup such as move_mount() detached mounts in there. This allows OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE to function as a combined unshare(CLONE_NEWNS) and pivot_root(). A caller may for example choose to create an extremely minimal rootfs: fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); This will create a mount namespace where "wootwoot" has become the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. The caller can now setns() into this new mount namespace and assemble additional mounts. This also works with user namespaces: unshare(CLONE_NEWUSER); fd_mntns = open_tree(-EBADF, "/var/lib/containers/wootwoot", OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE); which creates a new mount namespace owned by the earlier created user namespace with "wootwoot" as the rootfs mounted on top of the real rootfs. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251229-work-empty-namespace-v1-1-bfb24c7b061f@kernel.org Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Suggested-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-12-29 14:03:24 +01:00
namespace: only take read lock in do_reconfigure_mnt() do_reconfigure_mnt() used to take the down_write(&sb->s_umount) lock which seems unnecessary since we're not changing the superblock. We're only checking whether it is already read-only. Setting other mount attributes is protected by lock_mount_hash() afaict and not by s_umount. The history of down_write(&sb->s_umount) lock being taken when setting mount attributes dates back to the introduction of MNT_READONLY in [2]. This introduced the concept of having read-only mounts in contrast to just having a read-only superblock. When it got introduced it was simply plumbed into do_remount() which already took down_write(&sb->s_umount) because it was only used to actually change the superblock before [2]. Afaict, it would've already been possible back then to only use down_read(&sb->s_umount) for MS_BIND | MS_REMOUNT since actual mount options were protected by the vfsmount lock already. But that would've meant special casing the locking for MS_BIND | MS_REMOUNT in do_remount() which people might not have considered worth it. Then in [1] MS_BIND | MS_REMOUNT mount option changes were split out of do_remount() into do_reconfigure_mnt() but the down_write(&sb->s_umount) lock was simply copied over. Now that we have this be a separate helper only take the down_read(&sb->s_umount) lock since we're only interested in checking whether the super block is currently read-only and blocking any writers from changing it. Essentially, checking that the super block is read-only has the advantage that we can avoid having to go into the slowpath and through MNT_WRITE_HOLD and can simply set the read-only flag on the mount in set_mount_attributes(). [1]: commit 43f5e655eff7 ("vfs: Separate changing mount flags full remount") [2]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-32-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:50 +01:00
namespace: only take read lock in do_reconfigure_mnt() do_reconfigure_mnt() used to take the down_write(&sb->s_umount) lock which seems unnecessary since we're not changing the superblock. We're only checking whether it is already read-only. Setting other mount attributes is protected by lock_mount_hash() afaict and not by s_umount. The history of down_write(&sb->s_umount) lock being taken when setting mount attributes dates back to the introduction of MNT_READONLY in [2]. This introduced the concept of having read-only mounts in contrast to just having a read-only superblock. When it got introduced it was simply plumbed into do_remount() which already took down_write(&sb->s_umount) because it was only used to actually change the superblock before [2]. Afaict, it would've already been possible back then to only use down_read(&sb->s_umount) for MS_BIND | MS_REMOUNT since actual mount options were protected by the vfsmount lock already. But that would've meant special casing the locking for MS_BIND | MS_REMOUNT in do_remount() which people might not have considered worth it. Then in [1] MS_BIND | MS_REMOUNT mount option changes were split out of do_remount() into do_reconfigure_mnt() but the down_write(&sb->s_umount) lock was simply copied over. Now that we have this be a separate helper only take the down_read(&sb->s_umount) lock since we're only interested in checking whether the super block is currently read-only and blocking any writers from changing it. Essentially, checking that the super block is read-only has the advantage that we can avoid having to go into the slowpath and through MNT_WRITE_HOLD and can simply set the read-only flag on the mount in set_mount_attributes(). [1]: commit 43f5e655eff7 ("vfs: Separate changing mount flags full remount") [2]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-32-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:50 +01:00
mount-related stuff for this cycle * saner handling of guards in fs/namespace.c, getting rid of needlessly strong locking in some of the users. * lock_mount() calling conventions change - have it set the environment for attaching to given location, storing the results in caller-supplied object, without altering the passed struct path. Make unlock_mount() called as __cleanup for those objects. It's not exactly guard(), but similar to it. * MNT_WRITE_HOLD done right - mnt_hold_writers() does *not* mess with ->mnt_flags anymore, so insertion of a new mount into ->s_mounts of underlying superblock does not, in itself, expose ->mnt_flags of that mount to concurrent modifications. * getting rid of pathological cases when umount() spends quadratic time removing the victims from propagation graph - part of that had been dealt with last cycle, this should finish it. * a bunch of stuff constified. * assorted cleanups. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE----- iHUEABYKAB0WIQQqUNBr3gm4hGXdBJlZ7Krx/gZQ6wUCaNhzLAAKCRBZ7Krx/gZQ 63/IAP4yxJ6e3Pt66Uw0MeuSNmeLsQwb7mYo72lsYHpxjYANZAEAspMaLDU9NHxM Dy6WDVoJnf7+aDlD6E443YMfPX8XRQM= =5T+t -----END PGP SIGNATURE----- Merge tag 'pull-mount' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs Pull vfs mount updates from Al Viro: "Several piles this cycle, this mount-related one being the largest and trickiest: - saner handling of guards in fs/namespace.c, getting rid of needlessly strong locking in some of the users - lock_mount() calling conventions change - have it set the environment for attaching to given location, storing the results in caller-supplied object, without altering the passed struct path. Make unlock_mount() called as __cleanup for those objects. It's not exactly guard(), but similar to it - MNT_WRITE_HOLD done right. mnt_hold_writers() does *not* mess with ->mnt_flags anymore, so insertion of a new mount into ->s_mounts of underlying superblock does not, in itself, expose ->mnt_flags of that mount to concurrent modifications - getting rid of pathological cases when umount() spends quadratic time removing the victims from propagation graph - part of that had been dealt with last cycle, this should finish it - a bunch of stuff constified - assorted cleanups * tag 'pull-mount' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (64 commits) constify {__,}mnt_is_readonly() WRITE_HOLD machinery: no need for to bump mount_lock seqcount struct mount: relocate MNT_WRITE_HOLD bit preparations to taking MNT_WRITE_HOLD out of ->mnt_flags setup_mnt(): primitive for connecting a mount to filesystem simplify the callers of mnt_unhold_writers() copy_mnt_ns(): use guards copy_mnt_ns(): use the regular mechanism for freeing empty mnt_ns on failure open_detached_copy(): separate creation of namespace into helper open_detached_copy(): don't bother with mount_lock_hash() path_has_submounts(): use guard(mount_locked_reader) fs/namespace.c: sanitize descriptions for {__,}lookup_mnt() ecryptfs: get rid of pointless mount references in ecryptfs dentries umount_tree(): take all victims out of propagation graph at once do_mount(): use __free(path_put) do_move_mount_old(): use __free(path_put) constify can_move_mount_beneath() arguments path_umount(): constify struct path argument may_copy_tree(), __do_loopback(): constify struct path argument path_mount(): constify struct path argument ...
2025-10-03 10:19:44 -07:00
mnt: Correct permission checks in do_remount While invesgiating the issue where in "mount --bind -oremount,ro ..." would result in later "mount --bind -oremount,rw" succeeding even if the mount started off locked I realized that there are several additional mount flags that should be locked and are not. In particular MNT_NOSUID, MNT_NODEV, MNT_NOEXEC, and the atime flags in addition to MNT_READONLY should all be locked. These flags are all per superblock, can all be changed with MS_BIND, and should not be changable if set by a more privileged user. The following additions to the current logic are added in this patch. - nosuid may not be clearable by a less privileged user. - nodev may not be clearable by a less privielged user. - noexec may not be clearable by a less privileged user. - atime flags may not be changeable by a less privileged user. The logic with atime is that always setting atime on access is a global policy and backup software and auditing software could break if atime bits are not updated (when they are configured to be updated), and serious performance degradation could result (DOS attack) if atime updates happen when they have been explicitly disabled. Therefore an unprivileged user should not be able to mess with the atime bits set by a more privileged user. The additional restrictions are implemented with the addition of MNT_LOCK_NOSUID, MNT_LOCK_NODEV, MNT_LOCK_NOEXEC, and MNT_LOCK_ATIME mnt flags. Taken together these changes and the fixes for MNT_LOCK_READONLY should make it safe for an unprivileged user to create a user namespace and to call "mount --bind -o remount,... ..." without the danger of mount flags being changed maliciously. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge.hallyn@ubuntu.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2014-07-28 17:26:07 -07:00
move_mount: allow to add a mount into an existing group Previously a sharing group (shared and master ids pair) can be only inherited when mount is created via bindmount. This patch adds an ability to add an existing private mount into an existing sharing group. With this functionality one can first create the desired mount tree from only private mounts (without the need to care about undesired mount propagation or mount creation order implied by sharing group dependencies), and next then setup any desired mount sharing between those mounts in tree as needed. This allows CRIU to restore any set of mount namespaces, mount trees and sharing group trees for a container. We have many issues with restoring mounts in CRIU related to sharing groups and propagation: - reverse sharing groups vs mount tree order requires complex mounts reordering which mostly implies also using some temporary mounts (please see https://lkml.org/lkml/2021/3/23/569 for more info) - mount() syscall creates tons of mounts due to propagation - mount re-parenting due to propagation - "Mount Trap" due to propagation - "Non Uniform" propagation, meaning that with different tricks with mount order and temporary children-"lock" mounts one can create mount trees which can't be restored without those tricks (see https://www.linuxplumbersconf.org/event/7/contributions/640/) With this new functionality we can resolve all the problems with propagation at once. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210715100714.120228-1-ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: Mattias Nissler <mnissler@chromium.org> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Cc: lkml <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> Co-developed-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Signed-off-by: Pavel Tikhomirov <ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-07-15 13:07:13 +03:00
move_mount: allow to add a mount into an existing group Previously a sharing group (shared and master ids pair) can be only inherited when mount is created via bindmount. This patch adds an ability to add an existing private mount into an existing sharing group. With this functionality one can first create the desired mount tree from only private mounts (without the need to care about undesired mount propagation or mount creation order implied by sharing group dependencies), and next then setup any desired mount sharing between those mounts in tree as needed. This allows CRIU to restore any set of mount namespaces, mount trees and sharing group trees for a container. We have many issues with restoring mounts in CRIU related to sharing groups and propagation: - reverse sharing groups vs mount tree order requires complex mounts reordering which mostly implies also using some temporary mounts (please see https://lkml.org/lkml/2021/3/23/569 for more info) - mount() syscall creates tons of mounts due to propagation - mount re-parenting due to propagation - "Mount Trap" due to propagation - "Non Uniform" propagation, meaning that with different tricks with mount order and temporary children-"lock" mounts one can create mount trees which can't be restored without those tricks (see https://www.linuxplumbersconf.org/event/7/contributions/640/) With this new functionality we can resolve all the problems with propagation at once. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210715100714.120228-1-ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: Mattias Nissler <mnissler@chromium.org> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Cc: lkml <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> Co-developed-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Signed-off-by: Pavel Tikhomirov <ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-07-15 13:07:13 +03:00
move_mount: allow to add a mount into an existing group Previously a sharing group (shared and master ids pair) can be only inherited when mount is created via bindmount. This patch adds an ability to add an existing private mount into an existing sharing group. With this functionality one can first create the desired mount tree from only private mounts (without the need to care about undesired mount propagation or mount creation order implied by sharing group dependencies), and next then setup any desired mount sharing between those mounts in tree as needed. This allows CRIU to restore any set of mount namespaces, mount trees and sharing group trees for a container. We have many issues with restoring mounts in CRIU related to sharing groups and propagation: - reverse sharing groups vs mount tree order requires complex mounts reordering which mostly implies also using some temporary mounts (please see https://lkml.org/lkml/2021/3/23/569 for more info) - mount() syscall creates tons of mounts due to propagation - mount re-parenting due to propagation - "Mount Trap" due to propagation - "Non Uniform" propagation, meaning that with different tricks with mount order and temporary children-"lock" mounts one can create mount trees which can't be restored without those tricks (see https://www.linuxplumbersconf.org/event/7/contributions/640/) With this new functionality we can resolve all the problems with propagation at once. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210715100714.120228-1-ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: Mattias Nissler <mnissler@chromium.org> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Cc: lkml <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> Co-developed-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Signed-off-by: Pavel Tikhomirov <ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-07-15 13:07:13 +03:00
move_mount: allow to add a mount into an existing group Previously a sharing group (shared and master ids pair) can be only inherited when mount is created via bindmount. This patch adds an ability to add an existing private mount into an existing sharing group. With this functionality one can first create the desired mount tree from only private mounts (without the need to care about undesired mount propagation or mount creation order implied by sharing group dependencies), and next then setup any desired mount sharing between those mounts in tree as needed. This allows CRIU to restore any set of mount namespaces, mount trees and sharing group trees for a container. We have many issues with restoring mounts in CRIU related to sharing groups and propagation: - reverse sharing groups vs mount tree order requires complex mounts reordering which mostly implies also using some temporary mounts (please see https://lkml.org/lkml/2021/3/23/569 for more info) - mount() syscall creates tons of mounts due to propagation - mount re-parenting due to propagation - "Mount Trap" due to propagation - "Non Uniform" propagation, meaning that with different tricks with mount order and temporary children-"lock" mounts one can create mount trees which can't be restored without those tricks (see https://www.linuxplumbersconf.org/event/7/contributions/640/) With this new functionality we can resolve all the problems with propagation at once. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210715100714.120228-1-ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: Mattias Nissler <mnissler@chromium.org> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Cc: lkml <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> Co-developed-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Signed-off-by: Pavel Tikhomirov <ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-07-15 13:07:13 +03:00
move_mount: allow to add a mount into an existing group Previously a sharing group (shared and master ids pair) can be only inherited when mount is created via bindmount. This patch adds an ability to add an existing private mount into an existing sharing group. With this functionality one can first create the desired mount tree from only private mounts (without the need to care about undesired mount propagation or mount creation order implied by sharing group dependencies), and next then setup any desired mount sharing between those mounts in tree as needed. This allows CRIU to restore any set of mount namespaces, mount trees and sharing group trees for a container. We have many issues with restoring mounts in CRIU related to sharing groups and propagation: - reverse sharing groups vs mount tree order requires complex mounts reordering which mostly implies also using some temporary mounts (please see https://lkml.org/lkml/2021/3/23/569 for more info) - mount() syscall creates tons of mounts due to propagation - mount re-parenting due to propagation - "Mount Trap" due to propagation - "Non Uniform" propagation, meaning that with different tricks with mount order and temporary children-"lock" mounts one can create mount trees which can't be restored without those tricks (see https://www.linuxplumbersconf.org/event/7/contributions/640/) With this new functionality we can resolve all the problems with propagation at once. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210715100714.120228-1-ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: Mattias Nissler <mnissler@chromium.org> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Cc: lkml <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> Co-developed-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Signed-off-by: Pavel Tikhomirov <ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-07-15 13:07:13 +03:00
move_mount: allow to add a mount into an existing group Previously a sharing group (shared and master ids pair) can be only inherited when mount is created via bindmount. This patch adds an ability to add an existing private mount into an existing sharing group. With this functionality one can first create the desired mount tree from only private mounts (without the need to care about undesired mount propagation or mount creation order implied by sharing group dependencies), and next then setup any desired mount sharing between those mounts in tree as needed. This allows CRIU to restore any set of mount namespaces, mount trees and sharing group trees for a container. We have many issues with restoring mounts in CRIU related to sharing groups and propagation: - reverse sharing groups vs mount tree order requires complex mounts reordering which mostly implies also using some temporary mounts (please see https://lkml.org/lkml/2021/3/23/569 for more info) - mount() syscall creates tons of mounts due to propagation - mount re-parenting due to propagation - "Mount Trap" due to propagation - "Non Uniform" propagation, meaning that with different tricks with mount order and temporary children-"lock" mounts one can create mount trees which can't be restored without those tricks (see https://www.linuxplumbersconf.org/event/7/contributions/640/) With this new functionality we can resolve all the problems with propagation at once. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210715100714.120228-1-ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: Mattias Nissler <mnissler@chromium.org> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Cc: lkml <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> Co-developed-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Signed-off-by: Pavel Tikhomirov <ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-07-15 13:07:13 +03:00
move_mount: allow to add a mount into an existing group Previously a sharing group (shared and master ids pair) can be only inherited when mount is created via bindmount. This patch adds an ability to add an existing private mount into an existing sharing group. With this functionality one can first create the desired mount tree from only private mounts (without the need to care about undesired mount propagation or mount creation order implied by sharing group dependencies), and next then setup any desired mount sharing between those mounts in tree as needed. This allows CRIU to restore any set of mount namespaces, mount trees and sharing group trees for a container. We have many issues with restoring mounts in CRIU related to sharing groups and propagation: - reverse sharing groups vs mount tree order requires complex mounts reordering which mostly implies also using some temporary mounts (please see https://lkml.org/lkml/2021/3/23/569 for more info) - mount() syscall creates tons of mounts due to propagation - mount re-parenting due to propagation - "Mount Trap" due to propagation - "Non Uniform" propagation, meaning that with different tricks with mount order and temporary children-"lock" mounts one can create mount trees which can't be restored without those tricks (see https://www.linuxplumbersconf.org/event/7/contributions/640/) With this new functionality we can resolve all the problems with propagation at once. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210715100714.120228-1-ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: Mattias Nissler <mnissler@chromium.org> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Cc: lkml <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> Co-developed-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Signed-off-by: Pavel Tikhomirov <ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-07-15 13:07:13 +03:00
move_mount: allow to add a mount into an existing group Previously a sharing group (shared and master ids pair) can be only inherited when mount is created via bindmount. This patch adds an ability to add an existing private mount into an existing sharing group. With this functionality one can first create the desired mount tree from only private mounts (without the need to care about undesired mount propagation or mount creation order implied by sharing group dependencies), and next then setup any desired mount sharing between those mounts in tree as needed. This allows CRIU to restore any set of mount namespaces, mount trees and sharing group trees for a container. We have many issues with restoring mounts in CRIU related to sharing groups and propagation: - reverse sharing groups vs mount tree order requires complex mounts reordering which mostly implies also using some temporary mounts (please see https://lkml.org/lkml/2021/3/23/569 for more info) - mount() syscall creates tons of mounts due to propagation - mount re-parenting due to propagation - "Mount Trap" due to propagation - "Non Uniform" propagation, meaning that with different tricks with mount order and temporary children-"lock" mounts one can create mount trees which can't be restored without those tricks (see https://www.linuxplumbersconf.org/event/7/contributions/640/) With this new functionality we can resolve all the problems with propagation at once. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210715100714.120228-1-ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: Mattias Nissler <mnissler@chromium.org> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Cc: lkml <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> Co-developed-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Signed-off-by: Pavel Tikhomirov <ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-07-15 13:07:13 +03:00
move_mount: allow to add a mount into an existing group Previously a sharing group (shared and master ids pair) can be only inherited when mount is created via bindmount. This patch adds an ability to add an existing private mount into an existing sharing group. With this functionality one can first create the desired mount tree from only private mounts (without the need to care about undesired mount propagation or mount creation order implied by sharing group dependencies), and next then setup any desired mount sharing between those mounts in tree as needed. This allows CRIU to restore any set of mount namespaces, mount trees and sharing group trees for a container. We have many issues with restoring mounts in CRIU related to sharing groups and propagation: - reverse sharing groups vs mount tree order requires complex mounts reordering which mostly implies also using some temporary mounts (please see https://lkml.org/lkml/2021/3/23/569 for more info) - mount() syscall creates tons of mounts due to propagation - mount re-parenting due to propagation - "Mount Trap" due to propagation - "Non Uniform" propagation, meaning that with different tricks with mount order and temporary children-"lock" mounts one can create mount trees which can't be restored without those tricks (see https://www.linuxplumbersconf.org/event/7/contributions/640/) With this new functionality we can resolve all the problems with propagation at once. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210715100714.120228-1-ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: Mattias Nissler <mnissler@chromium.org> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Cc: lkml <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> Co-developed-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Signed-off-by: Pavel Tikhomirov <ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-07-15 13:07:13 +03:00
move_mount: allow to add a mount into an existing group Previously a sharing group (shared and master ids pair) can be only inherited when mount is created via bindmount. This patch adds an ability to add an existing private mount into an existing sharing group. With this functionality one can first create the desired mount tree from only private mounts (without the need to care about undesired mount propagation or mount creation order implied by sharing group dependencies), and next then setup any desired mount sharing between those mounts in tree as needed. This allows CRIU to restore any set of mount namespaces, mount trees and sharing group trees for a container. We have many issues with restoring mounts in CRIU related to sharing groups and propagation: - reverse sharing groups vs mount tree order requires complex mounts reordering which mostly implies also using some temporary mounts (please see https://lkml.org/lkml/2021/3/23/569 for more info) - mount() syscall creates tons of mounts due to propagation - mount re-parenting due to propagation - "Mount Trap" due to propagation - "Non Uniform" propagation, meaning that with different tricks with mount order and temporary children-"lock" mounts one can create mount trees which can't be restored without those tricks (see https://www.linuxplumbersconf.org/event/7/contributions/640/) With this new functionality we can resolve all the problems with propagation at once. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210715100714.120228-1-ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: Mattias Nissler <mnissler@chromium.org> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Cc: lkml <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> Co-developed-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Signed-off-by: Pavel Tikhomirov <ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-07-15 13:07:13 +03:00
move_mount: allow to add a mount into an existing group Previously a sharing group (shared and master ids pair) can be only inherited when mount is created via bindmount. This patch adds an ability to add an existing private mount into an existing sharing group. With this functionality one can first create the desired mount tree from only private mounts (without the need to care about undesired mount propagation or mount creation order implied by sharing group dependencies), and next then setup any desired mount sharing between those mounts in tree as needed. This allows CRIU to restore any set of mount namespaces, mount trees and sharing group trees for a container. We have many issues with restoring mounts in CRIU related to sharing groups and propagation: - reverse sharing groups vs mount tree order requires complex mounts reordering which mostly implies also using some temporary mounts (please see https://lkml.org/lkml/2021/3/23/569 for more info) - mount() syscall creates tons of mounts due to propagation - mount re-parenting due to propagation - "Mount Trap" due to propagation - "Non Uniform" propagation, meaning that with different tricks with mount order and temporary children-"lock" mounts one can create mount trees which can't be restored without those tricks (see https://www.linuxplumbersconf.org/event/7/contributions/640/) With this new functionality we can resolve all the problems with propagation at once. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210715100714.120228-1-ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: Mattias Nissler <mnissler@chromium.org> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Cc: lkml <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> Co-developed-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Signed-off-by: Pavel Tikhomirov <ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-07-15 13:07:13 +03:00
move_mount: allow to add a mount into an existing group Previously a sharing group (shared and master ids pair) can be only inherited when mount is created via bindmount. This patch adds an ability to add an existing private mount into an existing sharing group. With this functionality one can first create the desired mount tree from only private mounts (without the need to care about undesired mount propagation or mount creation order implied by sharing group dependencies), and next then setup any desired mount sharing between those mounts in tree as needed. This allows CRIU to restore any set of mount namespaces, mount trees and sharing group trees for a container. We have many issues with restoring mounts in CRIU related to sharing groups and propagation: - reverse sharing groups vs mount tree order requires complex mounts reordering which mostly implies also using some temporary mounts (please see https://lkml.org/lkml/2021/3/23/569 for more info) - mount() syscall creates tons of mounts due to propagation - mount re-parenting due to propagation - "Mount Trap" due to propagation - "Non Uniform" propagation, meaning that with different tricks with mount order and temporary children-"lock" mounts one can create mount trees which can't be restored without those tricks (see https://www.linuxplumbersconf.org/event/7/contributions/640/) With this new functionality we can resolve all the problems with propagation at once. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210715100714.120228-1-ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: Mattias Nissler <mnissler@chromium.org> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Cc: lkml <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> Co-developed-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Signed-off-by: Pavel Tikhomirov <ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-07-15 13:07:13 +03:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fix IS_MNT_PROPAGATING uses propagate_mnt() does not attach anything to mounts created during propagate_mnt() itself. What's more, anything on ->mnt_slave_list of such new mount must also be new, so we don't need to even look there. When move_mount() had been introduced, we've got an additional class of mounts to skip - if we are moving from anon namespace, we do not want to propagate to mounts we are moving (i.e. all mounts in that anon namespace). Unfortunately, the part about "everything on their ->mnt_slave_list will also be ignorable" is not true - if we have propagation graph A -> B -> C and do OPEN_TREE_CLONE open_tree() of B, we get A -> [B <-> B'] -> C as propagation graph, where B' is a clone of B in our detached tree. Making B private will result in A -> B' -> C C still gets propagation from A, as it would after making B private if we hadn't done that open_tree(), but now the propagation goes through B'. Trying to move_mount() our detached tree on subdirectory in A should have * moved B' on that subdirectory in A * skipped the corresponding subdirectory in B' itself * copied B' on the corresponding subdirectory in C. As it is, the logics in propagation_next() and friends ends up skipping propagation into C, since it doesn't consider anything downstream of B'. IOW, walking the propagation graph should only skip the ->mnt_slave_list of new mounts; the only places where the check for "in that one anon namespace" are applicable are propagate_one() (where we should treat that as the same kind of thing as "mountpoint we are looking at is not visible in the mount we are looking at") and propagation_would_overmount(). The latter is better dealt with in the caller (can_move_mount_beneath()); on the first call of propagation_would_overmount() the test is always false, on the second it is always true in "move from anon namespace" case and always false in "move within our namespace" one, so it's easier to just use check_mnt() before bothering with the second call and be done with that. Fixes: 064fe6e233e8 ("mount: handle mount propagation for detached mount trees") Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-05-08 15:35:51 -04:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: mount detached mounts onto detached mounts Currently, detached mounts can only be mounted onto attached mounts. This limitation makes it impossible to assemble a new private rootfs and move it into place. That's an extremely powerful concept for container and service workloads that we should support. Right now, a detached tree must be created, attached, then it can gain additional mounts and then it can either be moved (if it doesn't reside under a shared mount) or a detached mount created again. Lift this restriction. In order to allow mounting detached mounts onto other detached mounts the same permission model used for creating detached mounts from detached mounts can be used: (1) Check that the caller is privileged over the owning user namespace of it's current mount namespace. (2) Check that the caller is located in the mount namespace of the mount it wants to create a detached copy of. The origin mount namespace of the anonymous mount namespace must be the same as the caller's mount namespace. To establish this the sequence number of the caller's mount namespace and the origin sequence number of the anonymous mount namespace are compared. The caller is always located in a non-anonymous mount namespace since anonymous mount namespaces cannot be setns()ed into. The caller's mount namespace will thus always have a valid sequence number. The owning namespace of any mount namespace, anonymous or non-anonymous, can never change. A mount attached to a non-anonymous mount namespace can never change mount namespace. If the sequence number of the non-anonymous mount namespace and the origin sequence number of the anonymous mount namespace match, the owning namespaces must match as well. Hence, the capability check on the owning namespace of the caller's mount namespace ensures that the caller has the ability to attach the mount tree. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250221-brauner-open_tree-v1-9-dbcfcb98c676@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-21 14:13:08 +01:00
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
fs: mount detached mounts onto detached mounts Currently, detached mounts can only be mounted onto attached mounts. This limitation makes it impossible to assemble a new private rootfs and move it into place. That's an extremely powerful concept for container and service workloads that we should support. Right now, a detached tree must be created, attached, then it can gain additional mounts and then it can either be moved (if it doesn't reside under a shared mount) or a detached mount created again. Lift this restriction. In order to allow mounting detached mounts onto other detached mounts the same permission model used for creating detached mounts from detached mounts can be used: (1) Check that the caller is privileged over the owning user namespace of it's current mount namespace. (2) Check that the caller is located in the mount namespace of the mount it wants to create a detached copy of. The origin mount namespace of the anonymous mount namespace must be the same as the caller's mount namespace. To establish this the sequence number of the caller's mount namespace and the origin sequence number of the anonymous mount namespace are compared. The caller is always located in a non-anonymous mount namespace since anonymous mount namespaces cannot be setns()ed into. The caller's mount namespace will thus always have a valid sequence number. The owning namespace of any mount namespace, anonymous or non-anonymous, can never change. A mount attached to a non-anonymous mount namespace can never change mount namespace. If the sequence number of the non-anonymous mount namespace and the origin sequence number of the anonymous mount namespace match, the owning namespaces must match as well. Hence, the capability check on the owning namespace of the caller's mount namespace ensures that the caller has the ability to attach the mount tree. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250221-brauner-open_tree-v1-9-dbcfcb98c676@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-21 14:13:08 +01:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
do_lock_mount(): don't modify path. Currently do_lock_mount() has the target path switched to whatever might be overmounting it. We _do_ want to have the parent mount/mountpoint chosen on top of the overmounting pile; however, the way it's done has unpleasant races - if umount propagation removes the overmount while we'd been trying to set the environment up, we might end up failing if our target path strays into that overmount just before the overmount gets kicked out. Users of do_lock_mount() do not need the target path changed - they have all information in res->{parent,mp}; only one place (in do_move_mount()) currently uses the resulting path->mnt, and that value is trivial to reconstruct by the original value of path->mnt + chosen parent mount. Let's keep the target path unchanged; it avoids a bunch of subtle races and it's not hard to do: do as mount_locked_reader find the prospective parent mount/mountpoint dentry grab references if it's not the original target lock the prospective mountpoint dentry take namespace_sem exclusive if prospective parent/mountpoint would be different now err = -EAGAIN else if location has been unmounted err = -ENOENT else if mountpoint dentry is not allowed to be mounted on err = -ENOENT else if beneath and the top of the pile was the absolute root err = -EINVAL else try to get struct mountpoint (by dentry), set err to 0 on success and -ENO{MEM,ENT} on failure if err != 0 res->parent = ERR_PTR(err) drop locks else res->parent = prospective parent drop temporary references while err == -EAGAIN A somewhat subtle part is that dropping temporary references is allowed. Neither mounts nor dentries should be evicted by a thread that holds namespace_sem. On success we are dropping those references under namespace_sem, so we need to be sure that these are not the last references remaining. However, on success we'd already verified (under namespace_sem) that original target is still mounted and that mount and dentry we are about to drop are still reachable from it via the mount tree. That guarantees that we are not about to drop the last remaining references. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-08-22 17:41:55 -04:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
smarter propagate_mnt() The current mainline has copies propagated to *all* nodes, then tears down the copies we made for nodes that do not contain counterparts of the desired mountpoint. That sets the right propagation graph for the copies (at teardown time we move the slaves of removed node to a surviving peer or directly to master), but we end up paying a fairly steep price in useless allocations. It's fairly easy to create a situation where N calls of mount(2) create exactly N bindings, with O(N^2) vfsmounts allocated and freed in process. Fortunately, it is possible to avoid those allocations/freeings. The trick is to create copies in the right order and find which one would've eventually become a master with the current algorithm. It turns out to be possible in O(nodes getting propagation) time and with no extra allocations at all. One part is that we need to make sure that eventual master will be created before its slaves, so we need to walk the propagation tree in a different order - by peer groups. And iterate through the peers before dealing with the next group. Another thing is finding the (earlier) copy that will be a master of one we are about to create; to do that we are (temporary) marking the masters of mountpoints we are attaching the copies to. Either we are in a peer of the last mountpoint we'd dealt with, or we have the following situation: we are attaching to mountpoint M, the last copy S_0 had been attached to M_0 and there are sequences S_0...S_n, M_0...M_n such that S_{i+1} is a master of S_{i}, S_{i} mounted on M{i} and we need to create a slave of the first S_{k} such that M is getting propagation from M_{k}. It means that the master of M_{k} will be among the sequence of masters of M. On the other hand, the nearest marked node in that sequence will either be the master of M_{k} or the master of M_{k-1} (the latter - in the case if M_{k-1} is a slave of something M gets propagation from, but in a wrong peer group). So we go through the sequence of masters of M until we find a marked one (P). Let N be the one before it. Then we go through the sequence of masters of S_0 until we find one (say, S) mounted on a node D that has P as master and check if D is a peer of N. If it is, S will be the master of new copy, if not - the master of S will be. That's it for the hard part; the rest is fairly simple. Iterator is in next_group(), handling of one prospective mountpoint is propagate_one(). It seems to survive all tests and gives a noticably better performance than the current mainline for setups that are seriously using shared subtrees. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2014-02-27 09:35:45 -05:00
VFS: (Scripted) Convert S_ISLNK/DIR/REG(dentry->d_inode) to d_is_*(dentry) Convert the following where appropriate: (1) S_ISLNK(dentry->d_inode) to d_is_symlink(dentry). (2) S_ISREG(dentry->d_inode) to d_is_reg(dentry). (3) S_ISDIR(dentry->d_inode) to d_is_dir(dentry). This is actually more complicated than it appears as some calls should be converted to d_can_lookup() instead. The difference is whether the directory in question is a real dir with a ->lookup op or whether it's a fake dir with a ->d_automount op. In some circumstances, we can subsume checks for dentry->d_inode not being NULL into this, provided we the code isn't in a filesystem that expects d_inode to be NULL if the dirent really *is* negative (ie. if we're going to use d_inode() rather than d_backing_inode() to get the inode pointer). Note that the dentry type field may be set to something other than DCACHE_MISS_TYPE when d_inode is NULL in the case of unionmount, where the VFS manages the fall-through from a negative dentry to a lower layer. In such a case, the dentry type of the negative union dentry is set to the same as the type of the lower dentry. However, if you know d_inode is not NULL at the call site, then you can use the d_is_xxx() functions even in a filesystem. There is one further complication: a 0,0 chardev dentry may be labelled DCACHE_WHITEOUT_TYPE rather than DCACHE_SPECIAL_TYPE. Strictly, this was intended for special directory entry types that don't have attached inodes. The following perl+coccinelle script was used: use strict; my @callers; open($fd, 'git grep -l \'S_IS[A-Z].*->d_inode\' |') || die "Can't grep for S_ISDIR and co. callers"; @callers = <$fd>; close($fd); unless (@callers) { print "No matches\n"; exit(0); } my @cocci = ( '@@', 'expression E;', '@@', '', '- S_ISLNK(E->d_inode->i_mode)', '+ d_is_symlink(E)', '', '@@', 'expression E;', '@@', '', '- S_ISDIR(E->d_inode->i_mode)', '+ d_is_dir(E)', '', '@@', 'expression E;', '@@', '', '- S_ISREG(E->d_inode->i_mode)', '+ d_is_reg(E)' ); my $coccifile = "tmp.sp.cocci"; open($fd, ">$coccifile") || die $coccifile; print($fd "$_\n") || die $coccifile foreach (@cocci); close($fd); foreach my $file (@callers) { chomp $file; print "Processing ", $file, "\n"; system("spatch", "--sp-file", $coccifile, $file, "--in-place", "--no-show-diff") == 0 || die "spatch failed"; } [AV: overlayfs parts skipped] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2015-01-29 12:02:35 +00:00
vfs_get_tree(): evict the call of security_sb_kern_mount() Right now vfs_get_tree() calls security_sb_kern_mount() (i.e. mount MAC) unless it gets MS_KERNMOUNT or MS_SUBMOUNT in flags. Doing it that way is both clumsy and imprecise. Consider the callers' tree of vfs_get_tree(): vfs_get_tree() <- do_new_mount() <- vfs_kern_mount() <- simple_pin_fs() <- vfs_submount() <- kern_mount_data() <- init_mount_tree() <- btrfs_mount() <- vfs_get_tree() <- nfs_do_root_mount() <- nfs4_try_mount() <- nfs_fs_mount() <- vfs_get_tree() <- nfs4_referral_mount() do_new_mount() always does need MAC (we are guaranteed that neither MS_KERNMOUNT nor MS_SUBMOUNT will be passed there). simple_pin_fs(), vfs_submount() and kern_mount_data() pass explicit flags inhibiting that check. So does nfs4_referral_mount() (the flags there are ulimately coming from vfs_submount()). init_mount_tree() is called too early for anything LSM-related; it doesn't matter whether we attempt those checks, they'll do nothing. Finally, in case of btrfs_mount() and nfs_fs_mount(), doing MAC is pointless - either the caller will do it, or the flags are such that we wouldn't have done it either. In other words, the one and only case when we want that check done is when we are called from do_new_mount(), and there we want it unconditionally. So let's simply move it there. The superblock is still locked, so nobody is going to get access to it (via ustat(2), etc.) until we get a chance to apply the checks - we are free to move them to any point up to where we drop ->s_umount (in do_new_mount_fc()). Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2018-12-20 15:04:50 -05:00
mount-related stuff for this cycle * saner handling of guards in fs/namespace.c, getting rid of needlessly strong locking in some of the users. * lock_mount() calling conventions change - have it set the environment for attaching to given location, storing the results in caller-supplied object, without altering the passed struct path. Make unlock_mount() called as __cleanup for those objects. It's not exactly guard(), but similar to it. * MNT_WRITE_HOLD done right - mnt_hold_writers() does *not* mess with ->mnt_flags anymore, so insertion of a new mount into ->s_mounts of underlying superblock does not, in itself, expose ->mnt_flags of that mount to concurrent modifications. * getting rid of pathological cases when umount() spends quadratic time removing the victims from propagation graph - part of that had been dealt with last cycle, this should finish it. * a bunch of stuff constified. * assorted cleanups. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE----- iHUEABYKAB0WIQQqUNBr3gm4hGXdBJlZ7Krx/gZQ6wUCaNhzLAAKCRBZ7Krx/gZQ 63/IAP4yxJ6e3Pt66Uw0MeuSNmeLsQwb7mYo72lsYHpxjYANZAEAspMaLDU9NHxM Dy6WDVoJnf7+aDlD6E443YMfPX8XRQM= =5T+t -----END PGP SIGNATURE----- Merge tag 'pull-mount' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs Pull vfs mount updates from Al Viro: "Several piles this cycle, this mount-related one being the largest and trickiest: - saner handling of guards in fs/namespace.c, getting rid of needlessly strong locking in some of the users - lock_mount() calling conventions change - have it set the environment for attaching to given location, storing the results in caller-supplied object, without altering the passed struct path. Make unlock_mount() called as __cleanup for those objects. It's not exactly guard(), but similar to it - MNT_WRITE_HOLD done right. mnt_hold_writers() does *not* mess with ->mnt_flags anymore, so insertion of a new mount into ->s_mounts of underlying superblock does not, in itself, expose ->mnt_flags of that mount to concurrent modifications - getting rid of pathological cases when umount() spends quadratic time removing the victims from propagation graph - part of that had been dealt with last cycle, this should finish it - a bunch of stuff constified - assorted cleanups * tag 'pull-mount' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (64 commits) constify {__,}mnt_is_readonly() WRITE_HOLD machinery: no need for to bump mount_lock seqcount struct mount: relocate MNT_WRITE_HOLD bit preparations to taking MNT_WRITE_HOLD out of ->mnt_flags setup_mnt(): primitive for connecting a mount to filesystem simplify the callers of mnt_unhold_writers() copy_mnt_ns(): use guards copy_mnt_ns(): use the regular mechanism for freeing empty mnt_ns on failure open_detached_copy(): separate creation of namespace into helper open_detached_copy(): don't bother with mount_lock_hash() path_has_submounts(): use guard(mount_locked_reader) fs/namespace.c: sanitize descriptions for {__,}lookup_mnt() ecryptfs: get rid of pointless mount references in ecryptfs dentries umount_tree(): take all victims out of propagation graph at once do_mount(): use __free(path_put) do_move_mount_old(): use __free(path_put) constify can_move_mount_beneath() arguments path_umount(): constify struct path argument may_copy_tree(), __do_loopback(): constify struct path argument path_mount(): constify struct path argument ...
2025-10-03 10:19:44 -07:00
mount-related stuff for this cycle * saner handling of guards in fs/namespace.c, getting rid of needlessly strong locking in some of the users. * lock_mount() calling conventions change - have it set the environment for attaching to given location, storing the results in caller-supplied object, without altering the passed struct path. Make unlock_mount() called as __cleanup for those objects. It's not exactly guard(), but similar to it. * MNT_WRITE_HOLD done right - mnt_hold_writers() does *not* mess with ->mnt_flags anymore, so insertion of a new mount into ->s_mounts of underlying superblock does not, in itself, expose ->mnt_flags of that mount to concurrent modifications. * getting rid of pathological cases when umount() spends quadratic time removing the victims from propagation graph - part of that had been dealt with last cycle, this should finish it. * a bunch of stuff constified. * assorted cleanups. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE----- iHUEABYKAB0WIQQqUNBr3gm4hGXdBJlZ7Krx/gZQ6wUCaNhzLAAKCRBZ7Krx/gZQ 63/IAP4yxJ6e3Pt66Uw0MeuSNmeLsQwb7mYo72lsYHpxjYANZAEAspMaLDU9NHxM Dy6WDVoJnf7+aDlD6E443YMfPX8XRQM= =5T+t -----END PGP SIGNATURE----- Merge tag 'pull-mount' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs Pull vfs mount updates from Al Viro: "Several piles this cycle, this mount-related one being the largest and trickiest: - saner handling of guards in fs/namespace.c, getting rid of needlessly strong locking in some of the users - lock_mount() calling conventions change - have it set the environment for attaching to given location, storing the results in caller-supplied object, without altering the passed struct path. Make unlock_mount() called as __cleanup for those objects. It's not exactly guard(), but similar to it - MNT_WRITE_HOLD done right. mnt_hold_writers() does *not* mess with ->mnt_flags anymore, so insertion of a new mount into ->s_mounts of underlying superblock does not, in itself, expose ->mnt_flags of that mount to concurrent modifications - getting rid of pathological cases when umount() spends quadratic time removing the victims from propagation graph - part of that had been dealt with last cycle, this should finish it - a bunch of stuff constified - assorted cleanups * tag 'pull-mount' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (64 commits) constify {__,}mnt_is_readonly() WRITE_HOLD machinery: no need for to bump mount_lock seqcount struct mount: relocate MNT_WRITE_HOLD bit preparations to taking MNT_WRITE_HOLD out of ->mnt_flags setup_mnt(): primitive for connecting a mount to filesystem simplify the callers of mnt_unhold_writers() copy_mnt_ns(): use guards copy_mnt_ns(): use the regular mechanism for freeing empty mnt_ns on failure open_detached_copy(): separate creation of namespace into helper open_detached_copy(): don't bother with mount_lock_hash() path_has_submounts(): use guard(mount_locked_reader) fs/namespace.c: sanitize descriptions for {__,}lookup_mnt() ecryptfs: get rid of pointless mount references in ecryptfs dentries umount_tree(): take all victims out of propagation graph at once do_mount(): use __free(path_put) do_move_mount_old(): use __free(path_put) constify can_move_mount_beneath() arguments path_umount(): constify struct path argument may_copy_tree(), __do_loopback(): constify struct path argument path_mount(): constify struct path argument ...
2025-10-03 10:19:44 -07:00
vfs: Implement a filesystem superblock creation/configuration context [AV - unfuck kern_mount_data(); we want non-NULL ->mnt_ns on long-living mounts] [AV - reordering fs/namespace.c is badly overdue, but let's keep it separate from that series] [AV - drop simple_pin_fs() change] [AV - clean vfs_kern_mount() failure exits up] Implement a filesystem context concept to be used during superblock creation for mount and superblock reconfiguration for remount. The mounting procedure then becomes: (1) Allocate new fs_context context. (2) Configure the context. (3) Create superblock. (4) Query the superblock. (5) Create a mount for the superblock. (6) Destroy the context. Rather than calling fs_type->mount(), an fs_context struct is created and fs_type->init_fs_context() is called to set it up. Pointers exist for the filesystem and LSM to hang their private data off. A set of operations has to be set by ->init_fs_context() to provide freeing, duplication, option parsing, binary data parsing, validation, mounting and superblock filling. Legacy filesystems are supported by the provision of a set of legacy fs_context operations that build up a list of mount options and then invoke fs_type->mount() from within the fs_context ->get_tree() operation. This allows all filesystems to be accessed using fs_context. It should be noted that, whilst this patch adds a lot of lines of code, there is quite a bit of duplication with existing code that can be eliminated should all filesystems be converted over. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2018-11-01 23:07:25 +00:00
vfs: Implement a filesystem superblock creation/configuration context [AV - unfuck kern_mount_data(); we want non-NULL ->mnt_ns on long-living mounts] [AV - reordering fs/namespace.c is badly overdue, but let's keep it separate from that series] [AV - drop simple_pin_fs() change] [AV - clean vfs_kern_mount() failure exits up] Implement a filesystem context concept to be used during superblock creation for mount and superblock reconfiguration for remount. The mounting procedure then becomes: (1) Allocate new fs_context context. (2) Configure the context. (3) Create superblock. (4) Query the superblock. (5) Create a mount for the superblock. (6) Destroy the context. Rather than calling fs_type->mount(), an fs_context struct is created and fs_type->init_fs_context() is called to set it up. Pointers exist for the filesystem and LSM to hang their private data off. A set of operations has to be set by ->init_fs_context() to provide freeing, duplication, option parsing, binary data parsing, validation, mounting and superblock filling. Legacy filesystems are supported by the provision of a set of legacy fs_context operations that build up a list of mount options and then invoke fs_type->mount() from within the fs_context ->get_tree() operation. This allows all filesystems to be accessed using fs_context. It should be noted that, whilst this patch adds a lot of lines of code, there is quite a bit of duplication with existing code that can be eliminated should all filesystems be converted over. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2018-11-01 23:07:25 +00:00
mount: hold namespace_sem across copy in create_new_namespace() Fix an oversight when creating a new mount namespace. If someone had the bright idea to make the real rootfs a shared or dependent mount and it is later copied the copy will become a peer of the old real rootfs mount or a dependent mount of it. The namespace semaphore is dropped and we use mount lock exact to lock the new real root mount. If that fails or the subsequent do_loopback() fails we rely on the copy of the real root mount to be cleaned up by path_put(). The problem is that this doesn't deal with mount propagation and will leave the mounts linked in the propagation lists. When creating a new mount namespace create_new_namespace() first acquires namespace_sem to clone the nullfs root, drops it, then reacquires it via LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT which takes inode_lock first to respect the inode_lock -> namespace_sem lock ordering. This drop-and-reacquire pattern is fragile and was the source of the propagation cleanup bug fixed in the preceding commit. Extend lock_mount_exact() with a copy_mount mode that clones the mount under the locks atomically. When copy_mount is true, path_overmounted() is skipped since we're copying the mount, not mounting on top of it - the nullfs root always has rootfs mounted on top so the check would always fail. If clone_mnt() fails after get_mountpoint() has pinned the mountpoint, __unlock_mount() is used to properly unpin the mountpoint and release both locks. This allows create_new_namespace() to use LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT_COPY which takes inode_lock and namespace_sem once and holds them throughout the clone and subsequent mount operations, eliminating the drop-and-reacquire pattern entirely. Reported-by: syzbot+a89f9434fb5a001ccd58@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Fixes: 9b8a0ba68246 ("mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE") # mainline only Link: https://lore.kernel.org/699047f6.050a0220.2757fb.0024.GAE@google.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-02-14 16:22:13 +01:00
fix automount/automount race properly Protection against automount/automount races (two threads hitting the same referral point at the same time) is based upon do_add_mount() prevention of identical overmounts - trying to overmount the root of mounted tree with the same tree fails with -EBUSY. It's unreliable (the other thread might've mounted something on top of the automount it has triggered) *and* causes no end of headache for follow_automount() and its caller, since finish_automount() behaves like do_new_mount() - if the mountpoint to be is overmounted, it mounts on top what's overmounting it. It's not only wrong (we want to go into what's overmounting the automount point and quietly discard what we planned to mount there), it introduces the possibility of original parent mount getting dropped. That's what 8aef18845266 (VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount) deals with, but it can't do anything about the reliability of conflict detection - if something had been overmounted the other thread's automount (e.g. that other thread having stepped into automount in mount(2)), we don't get that -EBUSY and the result is referral point under automounted NFS under explicit overmount under another copy of automounted NFS What we need is finish_automount() *NOT* digging into overmounts - if it finds one, it should just quietly discard the thing it was asked to mount. And don't bother with actually crossing into the results of finish_automount() - the same loop that calls follow_automount() will do that just fine on the next iteration. IOW, instead of calling lock_mount() have finish_automount() do it manually, _without_ the "move into overmount and retry" part. And leave crossing into the results to the caller of follow_automount(), which simplifies it a lot. Moral: if you end up with a lot of glue working around the calling conventions of something, perhaps these calling conventions are simply wrong... Fixes: 8aef18845266 (VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount) Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2020-01-11 10:44:29 -05:00
mount: hold namespace_sem across copy in create_new_namespace() Fix an oversight when creating a new mount namespace. If someone had the bright idea to make the real rootfs a shared or dependent mount and it is later copied the copy will become a peer of the old real rootfs mount or a dependent mount of it. The namespace semaphore is dropped and we use mount lock exact to lock the new real root mount. If that fails or the subsequent do_loopback() fails we rely on the copy of the real root mount to be cleaned up by path_put(). The problem is that this doesn't deal with mount propagation and will leave the mounts linked in the propagation lists. When creating a new mount namespace create_new_namespace() first acquires namespace_sem to clone the nullfs root, drops it, then reacquires it via LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT which takes inode_lock first to respect the inode_lock -> namespace_sem lock ordering. This drop-and-reacquire pattern is fragile and was the source of the propagation cleanup bug fixed in the preceding commit. Extend lock_mount_exact() with a copy_mount mode that clones the mount under the locks atomically. When copy_mount is true, path_overmounted() is skipped since we're copying the mount, not mounting on top of it - the nullfs root always has rootfs mounted on top so the check would always fail. If clone_mnt() fails after get_mountpoint() has pinned the mountpoint, __unlock_mount() is used to properly unpin the mountpoint and release both locks. This allows create_new_namespace() to use LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT_COPY which takes inode_lock and namespace_sem once and holds them throughout the clone and subsequent mount operations, eliminating the drop-and-reacquire pattern entirely. Reported-by: syzbot+a89f9434fb5a001ccd58@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Fixes: 9b8a0ba68246 ("mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE") # mainline only Link: https://lore.kernel.org/699047f6.050a0220.2757fb.0024.GAE@google.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-02-14 16:22:13 +01:00
mount: hold namespace_sem across copy in create_new_namespace() Fix an oversight when creating a new mount namespace. If someone had the bright idea to make the real rootfs a shared or dependent mount and it is later copied the copy will become a peer of the old real rootfs mount or a dependent mount of it. The namespace semaphore is dropped and we use mount lock exact to lock the new real root mount. If that fails or the subsequent do_loopback() fails we rely on the copy of the real root mount to be cleaned up by path_put(). The problem is that this doesn't deal with mount propagation and will leave the mounts linked in the propagation lists. When creating a new mount namespace create_new_namespace() first acquires namespace_sem to clone the nullfs root, drops it, then reacquires it via LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT which takes inode_lock first to respect the inode_lock -> namespace_sem lock ordering. This drop-and-reacquire pattern is fragile and was the source of the propagation cleanup bug fixed in the preceding commit. Extend lock_mount_exact() with a copy_mount mode that clones the mount under the locks atomically. When copy_mount is true, path_overmounted() is skipped since we're copying the mount, not mounting on top of it - the nullfs root always has rootfs mounted on top so the check would always fail. If clone_mnt() fails after get_mountpoint() has pinned the mountpoint, __unlock_mount() is used to properly unpin the mountpoint and release both locks. This allows create_new_namespace() to use LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT_COPY which takes inode_lock and namespace_sem once and holds them throughout the clone and subsequent mount operations, eliminating the drop-and-reacquire pattern entirely. Reported-by: syzbot+a89f9434fb5a001ccd58@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Fixes: 9b8a0ba68246 ("mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE") # mainline only Link: https://lore.kernel.org/699047f6.050a0220.2757fb.0024.GAE@google.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-02-14 16:22:13 +01:00
mount: hold namespace_sem across copy in create_new_namespace() Fix an oversight when creating a new mount namespace. If someone had the bright idea to make the real rootfs a shared or dependent mount and it is later copied the copy will become a peer of the old real rootfs mount or a dependent mount of it. The namespace semaphore is dropped and we use mount lock exact to lock the new real root mount. If that fails or the subsequent do_loopback() fails we rely on the copy of the real root mount to be cleaned up by path_put(). The problem is that this doesn't deal with mount propagation and will leave the mounts linked in the propagation lists. When creating a new mount namespace create_new_namespace() first acquires namespace_sem to clone the nullfs root, drops it, then reacquires it via LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT which takes inode_lock first to respect the inode_lock -> namespace_sem lock ordering. This drop-and-reacquire pattern is fragile and was the source of the propagation cleanup bug fixed in the preceding commit. Extend lock_mount_exact() with a copy_mount mode that clones the mount under the locks atomically. When copy_mount is true, path_overmounted() is skipped since we're copying the mount, not mounting on top of it - the nullfs root always has rootfs mounted on top so the check would always fail. If clone_mnt() fails after get_mountpoint() has pinned the mountpoint, __unlock_mount() is used to properly unpin the mountpoint and release both locks. This allows create_new_namespace() to use LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT_COPY which takes inode_lock and namespace_sem once and holds them throughout the clone and subsequent mount operations, eliminating the drop-and-reacquire pattern entirely. Reported-by: syzbot+a89f9434fb5a001ccd58@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Fixes: 9b8a0ba68246 ("mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE") # mainline only Link: https://lore.kernel.org/699047f6.050a0220.2757fb.0024.GAE@google.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-02-14 16:22:13 +01:00
mount: hold namespace_sem across copy in create_new_namespace() Fix an oversight when creating a new mount namespace. If someone had the bright idea to make the real rootfs a shared or dependent mount and it is later copied the copy will become a peer of the old real rootfs mount or a dependent mount of it. The namespace semaphore is dropped and we use mount lock exact to lock the new real root mount. If that fails or the subsequent do_loopback() fails we rely on the copy of the real root mount to be cleaned up by path_put(). The problem is that this doesn't deal with mount propagation and will leave the mounts linked in the propagation lists. When creating a new mount namespace create_new_namespace() first acquires namespace_sem to clone the nullfs root, drops it, then reacquires it via LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT which takes inode_lock first to respect the inode_lock -> namespace_sem lock ordering. This drop-and-reacquire pattern is fragile and was the source of the propagation cleanup bug fixed in the preceding commit. Extend lock_mount_exact() with a copy_mount mode that clones the mount under the locks atomically. When copy_mount is true, path_overmounted() is skipped since we're copying the mount, not mounting on top of it - the nullfs root always has rootfs mounted on top so the check would always fail. If clone_mnt() fails after get_mountpoint() has pinned the mountpoint, __unlock_mount() is used to properly unpin the mountpoint and release both locks. This allows create_new_namespace() to use LOCK_MOUNT_EXACT_COPY which takes inode_lock and namespace_sem once and holds them throughout the clone and subsequent mount operations, eliminating the drop-and-reacquire pattern entirely. Reported-by: syzbot+a89f9434fb5a001ccd58@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Fixes: 9b8a0ba68246 ("mount: add OPEN_TREE_NAMESPACE") # mainline only Link: https://lore.kernel.org/699047f6.050a0220.2757fb.0024.GAE@google.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-02-14 16:22:13 +01:00
fix automount/automount race properly Protection against automount/automount races (two threads hitting the same referral point at the same time) is based upon do_add_mount() prevention of identical overmounts - trying to overmount the root of mounted tree with the same tree fails with -EBUSY. It's unreliable (the other thread might've mounted something on top of the automount it has triggered) *and* causes no end of headache for follow_automount() and its caller, since finish_automount() behaves like do_new_mount() - if the mountpoint to be is overmounted, it mounts on top what's overmounting it. It's not only wrong (we want to go into what's overmounting the automount point and quietly discard what we planned to mount there), it introduces the possibility of original parent mount getting dropped. That's what 8aef18845266 (VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount) deals with, but it can't do anything about the reliability of conflict detection - if something had been overmounted the other thread's automount (e.g. that other thread having stepped into automount in mount(2)), we don't get that -EBUSY and the result is referral point under automounted NFS under explicit overmount under another copy of automounted NFS What we need is finish_automount() *NOT* digging into overmounts - if it finds one, it should just quietly discard the thing it was asked to mount. And don't bother with actually crossing into the results of finish_automount() - the same loop that calls follow_automount() will do that just fine on the next iteration. IOW, instead of calling lock_mount() have finish_automount() do it manually, _without_ the "move into overmount and retry" part. And leave crossing into the results to the caller of follow_automount(), which simplifies it a lot. Moral: if you end up with a lot of glue working around the calling conventions of something, perhaps these calling conventions are simply wrong... Fixes: 8aef18845266 (VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount) Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2020-01-11 10:44:29 -05:00
fix automount/automount race properly Protection against automount/automount races (two threads hitting the same referral point at the same time) is based upon do_add_mount() prevention of identical overmounts - trying to overmount the root of mounted tree with the same tree fails with -EBUSY. It's unreliable (the other thread might've mounted something on top of the automount it has triggered) *and* causes no end of headache for follow_automount() and its caller, since finish_automount() behaves like do_new_mount() - if the mountpoint to be is overmounted, it mounts on top what's overmounting it. It's not only wrong (we want to go into what's overmounting the automount point and quietly discard what we planned to mount there), it introduces the possibility of original parent mount getting dropped. That's what 8aef18845266 (VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount) deals with, but it can't do anything about the reliability of conflict detection - if something had been overmounted the other thread's automount (e.g. that other thread having stepped into automount in mount(2)), we don't get that -EBUSY and the result is referral point under automounted NFS under explicit overmount under another copy of automounted NFS What we need is finish_automount() *NOT* digging into overmounts - if it finds one, it should just quietly discard the thing it was asked to mount. And don't bother with actually crossing into the results of finish_automount() - the same loop that calls follow_automount() will do that just fine on the next iteration. IOW, instead of calling lock_mount() have finish_automount() do it manually, _without_ the "move into overmount and retry" part. And leave crossing into the results to the caller of follow_automount(), which simplifies it a lot. Moral: if you end up with a lot of glue working around the calling conventions of something, perhaps these calling conventions are simply wrong... Fixes: 8aef18845266 (VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount) Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2020-01-11 10:44:29 -05:00
fix automount/automount race properly Protection against automount/automount races (two threads hitting the same referral point at the same time) is based upon do_add_mount() prevention of identical overmounts - trying to overmount the root of mounted tree with the same tree fails with -EBUSY. It's unreliable (the other thread might've mounted something on top of the automount it has triggered) *and* causes no end of headache for follow_automount() and its caller, since finish_automount() behaves like do_new_mount() - if the mountpoint to be is overmounted, it mounts on top what's overmounting it. It's not only wrong (we want to go into what's overmounting the automount point and quietly discard what we planned to mount there), it introduces the possibility of original parent mount getting dropped. That's what 8aef18845266 (VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount) deals with, but it can't do anything about the reliability of conflict detection - if something had been overmounted the other thread's automount (e.g. that other thread having stepped into automount in mount(2)), we don't get that -EBUSY and the result is referral point under automounted NFS under explicit overmount under another copy of automounted NFS What we need is finish_automount() *NOT* digging into overmounts - if it finds one, it should just quietly discard the thing it was asked to mount. And don't bother with actually crossing into the results of finish_automount() - the same loop that calls follow_automount() will do that just fine on the next iteration. IOW, instead of calling lock_mount() have finish_automount() do it manually, _without_ the "move into overmount and retry" part. And leave crossing into the results to the caller of follow_automount(), which simplifies it a lot. Moral: if you end up with a lot of glue working around the calling conventions of something, perhaps these calling conventions are simply wrong... Fixes: 8aef18845266 (VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount) Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2020-01-11 10:44:29 -05:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
namespace: allow creating empty mount namespaces Add support for creating a mount namespace that contains only a copy of the root mount from the caller's mount namespace, with none of the child mounts. This is useful for containers and sandboxes that want to start with a minimal mount table and populate it from scratch rather than inheriting and then tearing down the full mount tree. Two new flags are introduced: - CLONE_EMPTY_MNTNS for clone3(), using the 64-bit flag space. - UNSHARE_EMPTY_MNTNS for unshare(), reusing the CLONE_PARENT_SETTID bit which has no meaning for unshare. Both flags imply CLONE_NEWNS. For the unshare path, UNSHARE_EMPTY_MNTNS is converted to CLONE_EMPTY_MNTNS in unshare_nsproxy_namespaces() before it reaches copy_mnt_ns(), so the mount namespace code only needs to handle a single flag. In copy_mnt_ns(), when CLONE_EMPTY_MNTNS is set, clone_mnt() is used instead of copy_tree() to clone only the root mount. The caller's root and working directory are both reset to the root dentry of the new mount. The cleanup variables are changed from vfsmount pointers with __free(mntput) to struct path with __free(path_put) because the empty mount namespace path needs to release both mount and dentry references when replacing the caller's root and pwd. In the normal (non-empty) path only the mount component is set, and dput(NULL) is a no-op so path_put remains correct there as well. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260306-work-empty-mntns-consolidated-v1-1-6eb30529bbb0@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-03-06 17:28:37 +01:00
namespace: allow creating empty mount namespaces Add support for creating a mount namespace that contains only a copy of the root mount from the caller's mount namespace, with none of the child mounts. This is useful for containers and sandboxes that want to start with a minimal mount table and populate it from scratch rather than inheriting and then tearing down the full mount tree. Two new flags are introduced: - CLONE_EMPTY_MNTNS for clone3(), using the 64-bit flag space. - UNSHARE_EMPTY_MNTNS for unshare(), reusing the CLONE_PARENT_SETTID bit which has no meaning for unshare. Both flags imply CLONE_NEWNS. For the unshare path, UNSHARE_EMPTY_MNTNS is converted to CLONE_EMPTY_MNTNS in unshare_nsproxy_namespaces() before it reaches copy_mnt_ns(), so the mount namespace code only needs to handle a single flag. In copy_mnt_ns(), when CLONE_EMPTY_MNTNS is set, clone_mnt() is used instead of copy_tree() to clone only the root mount. The caller's root and working directory are both reset to the root dentry of the new mount. The cleanup variables are changed from vfsmount pointers with __free(mntput) to struct path with __free(path_put) because the empty mount namespace path needs to release both mount and dentry references when replacing the caller's root and pwd. In the normal (non-empty) path only the mount component is set, and dput(NULL) is a no-op so path_put remains correct there as well. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260306-work-empty-mntns-consolidated-v1-1-6eb30529bbb0@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-03-06 17:28:37 +01:00
namespace: allow creating empty mount namespaces Add support for creating a mount namespace that contains only a copy of the root mount from the caller's mount namespace, with none of the child mounts. This is useful for containers and sandboxes that want to start with a minimal mount table and populate it from scratch rather than inheriting and then tearing down the full mount tree. Two new flags are introduced: - CLONE_EMPTY_MNTNS for clone3(), using the 64-bit flag space. - UNSHARE_EMPTY_MNTNS for unshare(), reusing the CLONE_PARENT_SETTID bit which has no meaning for unshare. Both flags imply CLONE_NEWNS. For the unshare path, UNSHARE_EMPTY_MNTNS is converted to CLONE_EMPTY_MNTNS in unshare_nsproxy_namespaces() before it reaches copy_mnt_ns(), so the mount namespace code only needs to handle a single flag. In copy_mnt_ns(), when CLONE_EMPTY_MNTNS is set, clone_mnt() is used instead of copy_tree() to clone only the root mount. The caller's root and working directory are both reset to the root dentry of the new mount. The cleanup variables are changed from vfsmount pointers with __free(mntput) to struct path with __free(path_put) because the empty mount namespace path needs to release both mount and dentry references when replacing the caller's root and pwd. In the normal (non-empty) path only the mount component is set, and dput(NULL) is a no-op so path_put remains correct there as well. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260306-work-empty-mntns-consolidated-v1-1-6eb30529bbb0@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-03-06 17:28:37 +01:00
namespace: allow creating empty mount namespaces Add support for creating a mount namespace that contains only a copy of the root mount from the caller's mount namespace, with none of the child mounts. This is useful for containers and sandboxes that want to start with a minimal mount table and populate it from scratch rather than inheriting and then tearing down the full mount tree. Two new flags are introduced: - CLONE_EMPTY_MNTNS for clone3(), using the 64-bit flag space. - UNSHARE_EMPTY_MNTNS for unshare(), reusing the CLONE_PARENT_SETTID bit which has no meaning for unshare. Both flags imply CLONE_NEWNS. For the unshare path, UNSHARE_EMPTY_MNTNS is converted to CLONE_EMPTY_MNTNS in unshare_nsproxy_namespaces() before it reaches copy_mnt_ns(), so the mount namespace code only needs to handle a single flag. In copy_mnt_ns(), when CLONE_EMPTY_MNTNS is set, clone_mnt() is used instead of copy_tree() to clone only the root mount. The caller's root and working directory are both reset to the root dentry of the new mount. The cleanup variables are changed from vfsmount pointers with __free(mntput) to struct path with __free(path_put) because the empty mount namespace path needs to release both mount and dentry references when replacing the caller's root and pwd. In the normal (non-empty) path only the mount component is set, and dput(NULL) is a no-op so path_put remains correct there as well. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260306-work-empty-mntns-consolidated-v1-1-6eb30529bbb0@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-03-06 17:28:37 +01:00
namespace: allow creating empty mount namespaces Add support for creating a mount namespace that contains only a copy of the root mount from the caller's mount namespace, with none of the child mounts. This is useful for containers and sandboxes that want to start with a minimal mount table and populate it from scratch rather than inheriting and then tearing down the full mount tree. Two new flags are introduced: - CLONE_EMPTY_MNTNS for clone3(), using the 64-bit flag space. - UNSHARE_EMPTY_MNTNS for unshare(), reusing the CLONE_PARENT_SETTID bit which has no meaning for unshare. Both flags imply CLONE_NEWNS. For the unshare path, UNSHARE_EMPTY_MNTNS is converted to CLONE_EMPTY_MNTNS in unshare_nsproxy_namespaces() before it reaches copy_mnt_ns(), so the mount namespace code only needs to handle a single flag. In copy_mnt_ns(), when CLONE_EMPTY_MNTNS is set, clone_mnt() is used instead of copy_tree() to clone only the root mount. The caller's root and working directory are both reset to the root dentry of the new mount. The cleanup variables are changed from vfsmount pointers with __free(mntput) to struct path with __free(path_put) because the empty mount namespace path needs to release both mount and dentry references when replacing the caller's root and pwd. In the normal (non-empty) path only the mount component is set, and dput(NULL) is a no-op so path_put remains correct there as well. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260306-work-empty-mntns-consolidated-v1-1-6eb30529bbb0@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-03-06 17:28:37 +01:00
namespace: allow creating empty mount namespaces Add support for creating a mount namespace that contains only a copy of the root mount from the caller's mount namespace, with none of the child mounts. This is useful for containers and sandboxes that want to start with a minimal mount table and populate it from scratch rather than inheriting and then tearing down the full mount tree. Two new flags are introduced: - CLONE_EMPTY_MNTNS for clone3(), using the 64-bit flag space. - UNSHARE_EMPTY_MNTNS for unshare(), reusing the CLONE_PARENT_SETTID bit which has no meaning for unshare. Both flags imply CLONE_NEWNS. For the unshare path, UNSHARE_EMPTY_MNTNS is converted to CLONE_EMPTY_MNTNS in unshare_nsproxy_namespaces() before it reaches copy_mnt_ns(), so the mount namespace code only needs to handle a single flag. In copy_mnt_ns(), when CLONE_EMPTY_MNTNS is set, clone_mnt() is used instead of copy_tree() to clone only the root mount. The caller's root and working directory are both reset to the root dentry of the new mount. The cleanup variables are changed from vfsmount pointers with __free(mntput) to struct path with __free(path_put) because the empty mount namespace path needs to release both mount and dentry references when replacing the caller's root and pwd. In the normal (non-empty) path only the mount component is set, and dput(NULL) is a no-op so path_put remains correct there as well. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260306-work-empty-mntns-consolidated-v1-1-6eb30529bbb0@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-03-06 17:28:37 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: allow to mount beneath top mount Various distributions are adding or are in the process of adding support for system extensions and in the future configuration extensions through various tools. A more detailed explanation on system and configuration extensions can be found on the manpage which is listed below at [1]. System extension images may – dynamically at runtime — extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies with additional files. This is particularly useful on immutable system images where a /usr/ and/or /opt/ hierarchy residing on a read-only file system shall be extended temporarily at runtime without making any persistent modifications. When one or more system extension images are activated, their /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies are combined via overlayfs with the same hierarchies of the host OS, and the host /usr/ and /opt/ overmounted with it ("merging"). When they are deactivated, the mount point is disassembled — again revealing the unmodified original host version of the hierarchy ("unmerging"). Merging thus makes the extension's resources suddenly appear below the /usr/ and /opt/ hierarchies as if they were included in the base OS image itself. Unmerging makes them disappear again, leaving in place only the files that were shipped with the base OS image itself. System configuration images are similar but operate on directories containing system or service configuration. On nearly all modern distributions mount propagation plays a crucial role and the rootfs of the OS is a shared mount in a peer group (usually with peer group id 1): TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:1 29 1 On such systems all services and containers run in a separate mount namespace and are pivot_root()ed into their rootfs. A separate mount namespace is almost always used as it is the minimal isolation mechanism services have. But usually they are even much more isolated up to the point where they almost become indistinguishable from containers. Mount propagation again plays a crucial role here. The rootfs of all these services is a slave mount to the peer group of the host rootfs. This is done so the service will receive mount propagation events from the host when certain files or directories are updated. In addition, the rootfs of each service, container, and sandbox is also a shared mount in its separate peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID / / ext4 shared:24 master:1 71 47 For people not too familiar with mount propagation, the master:1 means that this is a slave mount to peer group 1. Which as one can see is the host rootfs as indicated by shared:1 above. The shared:24 indicates that the service rootfs is a shared mount in a separate peer group with peer group id 24. A service may run other services. Such nested services will also have a rootfs mount that is a slave to the peer group of the outer service rootfs mount. For containers things are just slighly different. A container's rootfs isn't a slave to the service's or host rootfs' peer group. The rootfs mount of a container is simply a shared mount in its own peer group: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /home/ubuntu/debian-tree / ext4 shared:99 61 60 So whereas services are isolated OS components a container is treated like a separate world and mount propagation into it is restricted to a single well known mount that is a slave to the peer group of the shared mount /run on the host: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION MNT_ID PARENT_ID /propagate/debian-tree /run/host/incoming tmpfs master:5 71 68 Here, the master:5 indicates that this mount is a slave to the peer group with peer group id 5. This allows to propagate mounts into the container and served as a workaround for not being able to insert mounts into mount namespaces directly. But the new mount api does support inserting mounts directly. For the interested reader the blogpost in [2] might be worth reading where I explain the old and the new approach to inserting mounts into mount namespaces. Containers of course, can themselves be run as services. They often run full systems themselves which means they again run services and containers with the exact same propagation settings explained above. The whole system is designed so that it can be easily updated, including all services in various fine-grained ways without having to enter every single service's mount namespace which would be prohibitively expensive. The mount propagation layout has been carefully chosen so it is possible to propagate updates for system extensions and configurations from the host into all services. The simplest model to update the whole system is to mount on top of /usr, /opt, or /etc on the host. The new mount on /usr, /opt, or /etc will then propagate into every service. This works cleanly the first time. However, when the system is updated multiple times it becomes necessary to unmount the first update on /opt, /usr, /etc and then propagate the new update. But this means, there's an interval where the old base system is accessible. This has to be avoided to protect against downgrade attacks. The vfs already exposes a mechanism to userspace whereby mounts can be mounted beneath an existing mount. Such mounts are internally referred to as "tucked". The patch series exposes the ability to mount beneath a top mount through the new MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH flag for the move_mount() system call. This allows userspace to seamlessly upgrade mounts. After this series the only thing that will have changed is that mounting beneath an existing mount can be done explicitly instead of just implicitly. Today, there are two scenarios where a mount can be mounted beneath an existing mount instead of on top of it: (1) When a service or container is started in a new mount namespace and pivot_root()s into its new rootfs. The way this is done is by mounting the new rootfs beneath the old rootfs: fd_newroot = open("/var/lib/machines/fedora", ...); fd_oldroot = open("/", ...); fchdir(fd_newroot); pivot_root(".", "."); After the pivot_root(".", ".") call the new rootfs is mounted beneath the old rootfs which can then be unmounted to reveal the underlying mount: fchdir(fd_oldroot); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); Since pivot_root() moves the caller into a new rootfs no mounts must be propagated out of the new rootfs as a consequence of the pivot_root() call. Thus, the mounts cannot be shared. (2) When a mount is propagated to a mount that already has another mount mounted on the same dentry. The easiest example for this is to create a new mount namespace. The following commands will create a mount namespace where the rootfs mount / will be a slave to the peer group of the host rootfs / mount's peer group. IOW, it will receive propagation from the host: mount --make-shared / unshare --mount --propagation=slave Now a new mount on the /mnt dentry in that mount namespace is created. (As it can be confusing it should be spelled out that the tmpfs mount on the /mnt dentry that was just created doesn't propagate back to the host because the rootfs mount / of the mount namespace isn't a peer of the host rootfs.): mount -t tmpfs tmpfs /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs Now another terminal in the host mount namespace can observe that the mount indeed hasn't propagated back to into the host mount namespace. A new mount can now be created on top of the /mnt dentry with the rootfs mount / as its parent: mount --bind /opt /mnt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 shared:1 The mount namespace that was created earlier can now observe that the bind mount created on the host has propagated into it: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE PROPAGATION └─/mnt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 master:1 └─/mnt tmpfs tmpfs But instead of having been mounted on top of the tmpfs mount at the /mnt dentry the /opt mount has been mounted on top of the rootfs mount at the /mnt dentry. And the tmpfs mount has been remounted on top of the propagated /opt mount at the /opt dentry. So in other words, the propagated mount has been mounted beneath the preexisting mount in that mount namespace. Mount namespaces make this easy to illustrate but it's also easy to mount beneath an existing mount in the same mount namespace (The following example assumes a shared rootfs mount / with peer group id 1): mount --bind /opt /opt TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 29 shared:1 If another mount is mounted on top of the /opt mount at the /opt dentry: mount --bind /tmp /opt The following clunky mount tree will result: TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MNT_ID PARENT_ID PROPAGATION └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 405 29 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/opt] ext4 188 405 shared:1 └─/opt /dev/sda2[/tmp] ext4 404 188 shared:1 The /tmp mount is mounted beneath the /opt mount and another copy is mounted on top of the /opt mount. This happens because the rootfs / and the /opt mount are shared mounts in the same peer group. When the new /tmp mount is supposed to be mounted at the /opt dentry then the /tmp mount first propagates to the root mount at the /opt dentry. But there already is the /opt mount mounted at the /opt dentry. So the old /opt mount at the /opt dentry will be mounted on top of the new /tmp mount at the /tmp dentry, i.e. @opt->mnt_parent is @tmp and @opt->mnt_mountpoint is /tmp (Note that @opt->mnt_root is /opt which is what shows up as /opt under SOURCE). So again, a mount will be mounted beneath a preexisting mount. (Fwiw, a few iterations of mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop on a shared rootfs is a good example of what could be referred to as mount explosion.) The main point is that such mounts allows userspace to umount a top mount and reveal an underlying mount. So for example, umounting the tmpfs mount on /mnt that was created in example (1) using mount namespaces reveals the /opt mount which was mounted beneath it. In (2) where a mount was mounted beneath the top mount in the same mount namespace unmounting the top mount would unmount both the top mount and the mount beneath. In the process the original mount would be remounted on top of the rootfs mount / at the /opt dentry again. This again, is a result of mount propagation only this time it's umount propagation. However, this can be avoided by simply making the parent mount / of the @opt mount a private or slave mount. Then the top mount and the original mount can be unmounted to reveal the mount beneath. These two examples are fairly arcane and are merely added to make it clear how mount propagation has effects on current and future features. More common use-cases will just be things like: mount -t btrfs /dev/sdA /mnt mount -t xfs /dev/sdB --beneath /mnt umount /mnt after which we'll have updated from a btrfs filesystem to a xfs filesystem without ever revealing the underlying mountpoint. The crux is that the proposed mechanism already exists and that it is so powerful as to cover cases where mounts are supposed to be updated with new versions. Crucially, it offers an important flexibility. Namely that updates to a system may either be forced or can be delayed and the umount of the top mount be left to a service if it is a cooperative one. This adds a new flag to move_mount() that allows to explicitly move a beneath the top mount adhering to the following semantics: * Mounts cannot be mounted beneath the rootfs. This restriction encompasses the rootfs but also chroots via chroot() and pivot_root(). To mount a mount beneath the rootfs or a chroot, pivot_root() can be used as illustrated above. * The source mount must be a private mount to force the kernel to allocate a new, unused peer group id. This isn't a required restriction but a voluntary one. It avoids repeating a semantical quirk that already exists today. If bind mounts which already have a peer group id are inserted into mount trees that have the same peer group id this can cause a lot of mount propagation events to be generated (For example, consider running mount --bind /opt /opt in a loop where the parent mount is a shared mount.). * Avoid getting rid of the top mount in the kernel. Cooperative services need to be able to unmount the top mount themselves. This also avoids a good deal of additional complexity. The umount would have to be propagated which would be another rather expensive operation. So namespace_lock() and lock_mount_hash() would potentially have to be held for a long time for both a mount and umount propagation. That should be avoided. * The path to mount beneath must be mounted and attached. * The top mount and its parent must be in the caller's mount namespace and the caller must be able to mount in that mount namespace. * The caller must be able to unmount the top mount to prove that they could reveal the underlying mount. * The propagation tree is calculated based on the destination mount's parent mount and the destination mount's mountpoint on the parent mount. Of course, if the parent of the destination mount and the destination mount are shared mounts in the same peer group and the mountpoint of the new mount to be mounted is a subdir of their ->mnt_root then both will receive a mount of /opt. That's probably easier to understand with an example. Assuming a standard shared rootfs /: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --bind /tmp /opt will cause the same mount tree as: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --beneath /tmp /opt because both / and /opt are shared mounts/peers in the same peer group and the /opt dentry is a subdirectory of both the parent's and the child's ->mnt_root. If a mount tree like that is created it almost always is an accident or abuse of mount propagation. Realistically what most people probably mean in this scenarios is: mount --bind /opt /opt mount --make-private /opt mount --make-shared /opt This forces the allocation of a new separate peer group for the /opt mount. Aferwards a mount --bind or mount --beneath actually makes sense as the / and /opt mount belong to different peer groups. Before that it's likely just confusion about what the user wanted to achieve. * Refuse MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH if: (1) the @mnt_from has been overmounted in between path resolution and acquiring @namespace_sem when locking @mnt_to. This avoids the proliferation of shadow mounts. (2) if @to_mnt is moved to a different mountpoint while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (3) if @to_mnt is unmounted while acquiring @namespace_sem to lock @to_mnt. (4) if the parent of the target mount propagates to the target mount at the same mountpoint. This would mean mounting @mnt_from on @mnt_to->mnt_parent and then propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from onto @mnt_to. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. (5) if the parent mount @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from at the same mountpoint. If @mnt_to->mnt_parent propagates to @mnt_from this would mean propagating a copy @c of @mnt_from on top of @mnt_from. Afterwards @mnt_from would be mounted on top of @mnt_to->mnt_parent and @mnt_to would be unmounted from @mnt->mnt_parent and remounted on @mnt_from. But since @c is already mounted on @mnt_from, @mnt_to would ultimately be remounted on top of @c. Afterwards, @mnt_from would be covered by a copy @c of @mnt_from and @c would be covered by @mnt_from itself. This defeats the whole purpose of mounting @mnt_from beneath @mnt_to. Cases (1) to (3) are required as they deal with races that would cause bugs or unexpected behavior for users. Cases (4) and (5) refuse semantical quirks that would not be a bug but would cause weird mount trees to be created. While they can already be created via other means (mount --bind /opt /opt x n) there's no reason to repeat past mistakes in new features. Link: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/systemd-sysext.8.html [1] Link: https://brauner.io/2023/02/28/mounting-into-mount-namespaces.html [2] Link: https://github.com/flatcar/sysext-bakery Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_1 Link: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/Unified_Kernel_Support_Phase_2 Link: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/pull/26013 Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230202-fs-move-mount-replace-v4-4-98f3d80d7eaa@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-05-03 13:18:42 +02:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: support mapped mounts of mapped filesystems In previous patches we added new and modified existing helpers to handle idmapped mounts of filesystems mounted with an idmapping. In this final patch we convert all relevant places in the vfs to actually pass the filesystem's idmapping into these helpers. With this the vfs is in shape to handle idmapped mounts of filesystems mounted with an idmapping. Note that this is just the generic infrastructure. Actually adding support for idmapped mounts to a filesystem mountable with an idmapping is follow-up work. In this patch we extend the definition of an idmapped mount from a mount that that has the initial idmapping attached to it to a mount that has an idmapping attached to it which is not the same as the idmapping the filesystem was mounted with. As before we do not allow the initial idmapping to be attached to a mount. In addition this patch prevents that the idmapping the filesystem was mounted with can be attached to a mount created based on this filesystem. This has multiple reasons and advantages. First, attaching the initial idmapping or the filesystem's idmapping doesn't make much sense as in both cases the values of the i_{g,u}id and other places where k{g,u}ids are used do not change. Second, a user that really wants to do this for whatever reason can just create a separate dedicated identical idmapping to attach to the mount. Third, we can continue to use the initial idmapping as an indicator that a mount is not idmapped allowing us to continue to keep passing the initial idmapping into the mapping helpers to tell them that something isn't an idmapped mount even if the filesystem is mounted with an idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211123114227.3124056-11-brauner@kernel.org (v1) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211130121032.3753852-11-brauner@kernel.org (v2) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211203111707.3901969-11-brauner@kernel.org Cc: Seth Forshee <sforshee@digitalocean.com> Cc: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> CC: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee <sforshee@digitalocean.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-12-03 12:17:07 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: introduce dedicated idmap type for mounts Last cycle we've already made the interaction with idmapped mounts more robust and type safe by introducing the vfs{g,u}id_t type. This cycle we concluded the conversion and removed the legacy helpers. Currently we still pass around the plain namespace that was attached to a mount. This is in general pretty convenient but it makes it easy to conflate filesystem and mount namespaces and what different roles they have to play. Especially for filesystem developers without much experience in this area this is an easy source for bugs. Instead of passing the plain namespace we introduce a dedicated type struct mnt_idmap and replace the pointer with a pointer to a struct mnt_idmap. There are no semantic or size changes for the mount struct caused by this. We then start converting all places aware of idmapped mounts to rely on struct mnt_idmap. Once the conversion is done all helpers down to the really low-level make_vfs{g,u}id() and from_vfs{g,u}id() will take a struct mnt_idmap argument instead of two namespace arguments. This way it becomes impossible to conflate the two, removing and thus eliminating the possibility of any bugs. Fwiw, I fixed some issues in that area a while ago in ntfs3 and ksmbd in the past. Afterwards, only low-level code can ultimately use the associated namespace for any permission checks. Even most of the vfs can be ultimately completely oblivious about this and filesystems will never interact with it directly in any form in the future. A struct mnt_idmap currently encompasses a simple refcount and a pointer to the relevant namespace the mount is idmapped to. If a mount isn't idmapped then it will point to a static nop_mnt_idmap. If it is an idmapped mount it will point to a new struct mnt_idmap. As usual there are no allocations or anything happening for non-idmapped mounts. Everthing is carefully written to be a nop for non-idmapped mounts as has always been the case. If an idmapped mount or mount tree is created a new struct mnt_idmap is allocated and a reference taken on the relevant namespace. For each mount in a mount tree that gets idmapped or a mount that inherits the idmap when it is cloned the reference count on the associated struct mnt_idmap is bumped. Just a reminder that we only allow a mount to change it's idmapping a single time and only if it hasn't already been attached to the filesystems and has no active writers. The actual changes are fairly straightforward. This will have huge benefits for maintenance and security in the long run even if it causes some churn. I'm aware that there's some cost for all of you. And I'll commit to doing this work and make this as painless as I can. Note that this also makes it possible to extend struct mount_idmap in the future. For example, it would be possible to place the namespace pointer in an anonymous union together with an idmapping struct. This would allow us to expose an api to userspace that would let it specify idmappings directly instead of having to go through the detour of setting up namespaces at all. This just adds the infrastructure and doesn't do any conversions. Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-10-26 12:51:27 +02:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: support mapped mounts of mapped filesystems In previous patches we added new and modified existing helpers to handle idmapped mounts of filesystems mounted with an idmapping. In this final patch we convert all relevant places in the vfs to actually pass the filesystem's idmapping into these helpers. With this the vfs is in shape to handle idmapped mounts of filesystems mounted with an idmapping. Note that this is just the generic infrastructure. Actually adding support for idmapped mounts to a filesystem mountable with an idmapping is follow-up work. In this patch we extend the definition of an idmapped mount from a mount that that has the initial idmapping attached to it to a mount that has an idmapping attached to it which is not the same as the idmapping the filesystem was mounted with. As before we do not allow the initial idmapping to be attached to a mount. In addition this patch prevents that the idmapping the filesystem was mounted with can be attached to a mount created based on this filesystem. This has multiple reasons and advantages. First, attaching the initial idmapping or the filesystem's idmapping doesn't make much sense as in both cases the values of the i_{g,u}id and other places where k{g,u}ids are used do not change. Second, a user that really wants to do this for whatever reason can just create a separate dedicated identical idmapping to attach to the mount. Third, we can continue to use the initial idmapping as an indicator that a mount is not idmapped allowing us to continue to keep passing the initial idmapping into the mapping helpers to tell them that something isn't an idmapped mount even if the filesystem is mounted with an idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211123114227.3124056-11-brauner@kernel.org (v1) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211130121032.3753852-11-brauner@kernel.org (v2) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211203111707.3901969-11-brauner@kernel.org Cc: Seth Forshee <sforshee@digitalocean.com> Cc: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> CC: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee <sforshee@digitalocean.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-12-03 12:17:07 +01:00
fs: support mapped mounts of mapped filesystems In previous patches we added new and modified existing helpers to handle idmapped mounts of filesystems mounted with an idmapping. In this final patch we convert all relevant places in the vfs to actually pass the filesystem's idmapping into these helpers. With this the vfs is in shape to handle idmapped mounts of filesystems mounted with an idmapping. Note that this is just the generic infrastructure. Actually adding support for idmapped mounts to a filesystem mountable with an idmapping is follow-up work. In this patch we extend the definition of an idmapped mount from a mount that that has the initial idmapping attached to it to a mount that has an idmapping attached to it which is not the same as the idmapping the filesystem was mounted with. As before we do not allow the initial idmapping to be attached to a mount. In addition this patch prevents that the idmapping the filesystem was mounted with can be attached to a mount created based on this filesystem. This has multiple reasons and advantages. First, attaching the initial idmapping or the filesystem's idmapping doesn't make much sense as in both cases the values of the i_{g,u}id and other places where k{g,u}ids are used do not change. Second, a user that really wants to do this for whatever reason can just create a separate dedicated identical idmapping to attach to the mount. Third, we can continue to use the initial idmapping as an indicator that a mount is not idmapped allowing us to continue to keep passing the initial idmapping into the mapping helpers to tell them that something isn't an idmapped mount even if the filesystem is mounted with an idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211123114227.3124056-11-brauner@kernel.org (v1) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211130121032.3753852-11-brauner@kernel.org (v2) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211203111707.3901969-11-brauner@kernel.org Cc: Seth Forshee <sforshee@digitalocean.com> Cc: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> CC: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee <sforshee@digitalocean.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-12-03 12:17:07 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: support mapped mounts of mapped filesystems In previous patches we added new and modified existing helpers to handle idmapped mounts of filesystems mounted with an idmapping. In this final patch we convert all relevant places in the vfs to actually pass the filesystem's idmapping into these helpers. With this the vfs is in shape to handle idmapped mounts of filesystems mounted with an idmapping. Note that this is just the generic infrastructure. Actually adding support for idmapped mounts to a filesystem mountable with an idmapping is follow-up work. In this patch we extend the definition of an idmapped mount from a mount that that has the initial idmapping attached to it to a mount that has an idmapping attached to it which is not the same as the idmapping the filesystem was mounted with. As before we do not allow the initial idmapping to be attached to a mount. In addition this patch prevents that the idmapping the filesystem was mounted with can be attached to a mount created based on this filesystem. This has multiple reasons and advantages. First, attaching the initial idmapping or the filesystem's idmapping doesn't make much sense as in both cases the values of the i_{g,u}id and other places where k{g,u}ids are used do not change. Second, a user that really wants to do this for whatever reason can just create a separate dedicated identical idmapping to attach to the mount. Third, we can continue to use the initial idmapping as an indicator that a mount is not idmapped allowing us to continue to keep passing the initial idmapping into the mapping helpers to tell them that something isn't an idmapped mount even if the filesystem is mounted with an idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211123114227.3124056-11-brauner@kernel.org (v1) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211130121032.3753852-11-brauner@kernel.org (v2) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211203111707.3901969-11-brauner@kernel.org Cc: Seth Forshee <sforshee@digitalocean.com> Cc: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> CC: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee <sforshee@digitalocean.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-12-03 12:17:07 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: hold writers when changing mount's idmapping Hold writers when changing a mount's idmapping to make it more robust. The vfs layer takes care to retrieve the idmapping of a mount once ensuring that the idmapping used for vfs permission checking is identical to the idmapping passed down to the filesystem. For ioctl codepaths the filesystem itself is responsible for taking the idmapping into account if they need to. While all filesystems with FS_ALLOW_IDMAP raised take the same precautions as the vfs we should enforce it explicitly by making sure there are no active writers on the relevant mount while changing the idmapping. This is similar to turning a mount ro with the difference that in contrast to turning a mount ro changing the idmapping can only ever be done once while a mount can transition between ro and rw as much as it wants. This is a minor user-visible change. But it is extremely unlikely to matter. The caller must've created a detached mount via OPEN_TREE_CLONE and then handed that O_PATH fd to another process or thread which then must've gotten a writable fd for that mount and started creating files in there while the caller is still changing mount properties. While not impossible it will be an extremely rare corner-case and should in general be considered a bug in the application. Consider making a mount MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC or MOUNT_ATTR_NODEV while allowing someone else to perform lookups or exec'ing in parallel by handing them a copy of the OPEN_TREE_CLONE fd or another fd beneath that mount. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220510095840.152264-1-brauner@kernel.org Cc: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@digitalocean.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-05-10 11:58:40 +02:00
fs: introduce dedicated idmap type for mounts Last cycle we've already made the interaction with idmapped mounts more robust and type safe by introducing the vfs{g,u}id_t type. This cycle we concluded the conversion and removed the legacy helpers. Currently we still pass around the plain namespace that was attached to a mount. This is in general pretty convenient but it makes it easy to conflate filesystem and mount namespaces and what different roles they have to play. Especially for filesystem developers without much experience in this area this is an easy source for bugs. Instead of passing the plain namespace we introduce a dedicated type struct mnt_idmap and replace the pointer with a pointer to a struct mnt_idmap. There are no semantic or size changes for the mount struct caused by this. We then start converting all places aware of idmapped mounts to rely on struct mnt_idmap. Once the conversion is done all helpers down to the really low-level make_vfs{g,u}id() and from_vfs{g,u}id() will take a struct mnt_idmap argument instead of two namespace arguments. This way it becomes impossible to conflate the two, removing and thus eliminating the possibility of any bugs. Fwiw, I fixed some issues in that area a while ago in ntfs3 and ksmbd in the past. Afterwards, only low-level code can ultimately use the associated namespace for any permission checks. Even most of the vfs can be ultimately completely oblivious about this and filesystems will never interact with it directly in any form in the future. A struct mnt_idmap currently encompasses a simple refcount and a pointer to the relevant namespace the mount is idmapped to. If a mount isn't idmapped then it will point to a static nop_mnt_idmap. If it is an idmapped mount it will point to a new struct mnt_idmap. As usual there are no allocations or anything happening for non-idmapped mounts. Everthing is carefully written to be a nop for non-idmapped mounts as has always been the case. If an idmapped mount or mount tree is created a new struct mnt_idmap is allocated and a reference taken on the relevant namespace. For each mount in a mount tree that gets idmapped or a mount that inherits the idmap when it is cloned the reference count on the associated struct mnt_idmap is bumped. Just a reminder that we only allow a mount to change it's idmapping a single time and only if it hasn't already been attached to the filesystems and has no active writers. The actual changes are fairly straightforward. This will have huge benefits for maintenance and security in the long run even if it causes some churn. I'm aware that there's some cost for all of you. And I'll commit to doing this work and make this as painless as I can. Note that this also makes it possible to extend struct mount_idmap in the future. For example, it would be possible to place the namespace pointer in an anonymous union together with an idmapping struct. This would allow us to expose an api to userspace that would let it specify idmappings directly instead of having to go through the detour of setting up namespaces at all. This just adds the infrastructure and doesn't do any conversions. Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-10-26 12:51:27 +02:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: introduce dedicated idmap type for mounts Last cycle we've already made the interaction with idmapped mounts more robust and type safe by introducing the vfs{g,u}id_t type. This cycle we concluded the conversion and removed the legacy helpers. Currently we still pass around the plain namespace that was attached to a mount. This is in general pretty convenient but it makes it easy to conflate filesystem and mount namespaces and what different roles they have to play. Especially for filesystem developers without much experience in this area this is an easy source for bugs. Instead of passing the plain namespace we introduce a dedicated type struct mnt_idmap and replace the pointer with a pointer to a struct mnt_idmap. There are no semantic or size changes for the mount struct caused by this. We then start converting all places aware of idmapped mounts to rely on struct mnt_idmap. Once the conversion is done all helpers down to the really low-level make_vfs{g,u}id() and from_vfs{g,u}id() will take a struct mnt_idmap argument instead of two namespace arguments. This way it becomes impossible to conflate the two, removing and thus eliminating the possibility of any bugs. Fwiw, I fixed some issues in that area a while ago in ntfs3 and ksmbd in the past. Afterwards, only low-level code can ultimately use the associated namespace for any permission checks. Even most of the vfs can be ultimately completely oblivious about this and filesystems will never interact with it directly in any form in the future. A struct mnt_idmap currently encompasses a simple refcount and a pointer to the relevant namespace the mount is idmapped to. If a mount isn't idmapped then it will point to a static nop_mnt_idmap. If it is an idmapped mount it will point to a new struct mnt_idmap. As usual there are no allocations or anything happening for non-idmapped mounts. Everthing is carefully written to be a nop for non-idmapped mounts as has always been the case. If an idmapped mount or mount tree is created a new struct mnt_idmap is allocated and a reference taken on the relevant namespace. For each mount in a mount tree that gets idmapped or a mount that inherits the idmap when it is cloned the reference count on the associated struct mnt_idmap is bumped. Just a reminder that we only allow a mount to change it's idmapping a single time and only if it hasn't already been attached to the filesystems and has no active writers. The actual changes are fairly straightforward. This will have huge benefits for maintenance and security in the long run even if it causes some churn. I'm aware that there's some cost for all of you. And I'll commit to doing this work and make this as painless as I can. Note that this also makes it possible to extend struct mount_idmap in the future. For example, it would be possible to place the namespace pointer in an anonymous union together with an idmapping struct. This would allow us to expose an api to userspace that would let it specify idmappings directly instead of having to go through the detour of setting up namespaces at all. This just adds the infrastructure and doesn't do any conversions. Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-10-26 12:51:27 +02:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: introduce dedicated idmap type for mounts Last cycle we've already made the interaction with idmapped mounts more robust and type safe by introducing the vfs{g,u}id_t type. This cycle we concluded the conversion and removed the legacy helpers. Currently we still pass around the plain namespace that was attached to a mount. This is in general pretty convenient but it makes it easy to conflate filesystem and mount namespaces and what different roles they have to play. Especially for filesystem developers without much experience in this area this is an easy source for bugs. Instead of passing the plain namespace we introduce a dedicated type struct mnt_idmap and replace the pointer with a pointer to a struct mnt_idmap. There are no semantic or size changes for the mount struct caused by this. We then start converting all places aware of idmapped mounts to rely on struct mnt_idmap. Once the conversion is done all helpers down to the really low-level make_vfs{g,u}id() and from_vfs{g,u}id() will take a struct mnt_idmap argument instead of two namespace arguments. This way it becomes impossible to conflate the two, removing and thus eliminating the possibility of any bugs. Fwiw, I fixed some issues in that area a while ago in ntfs3 and ksmbd in the past. Afterwards, only low-level code can ultimately use the associated namespace for any permission checks. Even most of the vfs can be ultimately completely oblivious about this and filesystems will never interact with it directly in any form in the future. A struct mnt_idmap currently encompasses a simple refcount and a pointer to the relevant namespace the mount is idmapped to. If a mount isn't idmapped then it will point to a static nop_mnt_idmap. If it is an idmapped mount it will point to a new struct mnt_idmap. As usual there are no allocations or anything happening for non-idmapped mounts. Everthing is carefully written to be a nop for non-idmapped mounts as has always been the case. If an idmapped mount or mount tree is created a new struct mnt_idmap is allocated and a reference taken on the relevant namespace. For each mount in a mount tree that gets idmapped or a mount that inherits the idmap when it is cloned the reference count on the associated struct mnt_idmap is bumped. Just a reminder that we only allow a mount to change it's idmapping a single time and only if it hasn't already been attached to the filesystems and has no active writers. The actual changes are fairly straightforward. This will have huge benefits for maintenance and security in the long run even if it causes some churn. I'm aware that there's some cost for all of you. And I'll commit to doing this work and make this as painless as I can. Note that this also makes it possible to extend struct mount_idmap in the future. For example, it would be possible to place the namespace pointer in an anonymous union together with an idmapping struct. This would allow us to expose an api to userspace that would let it specify idmappings directly instead of having to go through the detour of setting up namespaces at all. This just adds the infrastructure and doesn't do any conversions. Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-10-26 12:51:27 +02:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: introduce dedicated idmap type for mounts Last cycle we've already made the interaction with idmapped mounts more robust and type safe by introducing the vfs{g,u}id_t type. This cycle we concluded the conversion and removed the legacy helpers. Currently we still pass around the plain namespace that was attached to a mount. This is in general pretty convenient but it makes it easy to conflate filesystem and mount namespaces and what different roles they have to play. Especially for filesystem developers without much experience in this area this is an easy source for bugs. Instead of passing the plain namespace we introduce a dedicated type struct mnt_idmap and replace the pointer with a pointer to a struct mnt_idmap. There are no semantic or size changes for the mount struct caused by this. We then start converting all places aware of idmapped mounts to rely on struct mnt_idmap. Once the conversion is done all helpers down to the really low-level make_vfs{g,u}id() and from_vfs{g,u}id() will take a struct mnt_idmap argument instead of two namespace arguments. This way it becomes impossible to conflate the two, removing and thus eliminating the possibility of any bugs. Fwiw, I fixed some issues in that area a while ago in ntfs3 and ksmbd in the past. Afterwards, only low-level code can ultimately use the associated namespace for any permission checks. Even most of the vfs can be ultimately completely oblivious about this and filesystems will never interact with it directly in any form in the future. A struct mnt_idmap currently encompasses a simple refcount and a pointer to the relevant namespace the mount is idmapped to. If a mount isn't idmapped then it will point to a static nop_mnt_idmap. If it is an idmapped mount it will point to a new struct mnt_idmap. As usual there are no allocations or anything happening for non-idmapped mounts. Everthing is carefully written to be a nop for non-idmapped mounts as has always been the case. If an idmapped mount or mount tree is created a new struct mnt_idmap is allocated and a reference taken on the relevant namespace. For each mount in a mount tree that gets idmapped or a mount that inherits the idmap when it is cloned the reference count on the associated struct mnt_idmap is bumped. Just a reminder that we only allow a mount to change it's idmapping a single time and only if it hasn't already been attached to the filesystems and has no active writers. The actual changes are fairly straightforward. This will have huge benefits for maintenance and security in the long run even if it causes some churn. I'm aware that there's some cost for all of you. And I'll commit to doing this work and make this as painless as I can. Note that this also makes it possible to extend struct mount_idmap in the future. For example, it would be possible to place the namespace pointer in an anonymous union together with an idmapping struct. This would allow us to expose an api to userspace that would let it specify idmappings directly instead of having to go through the detour of setting up namespaces at all. This just adds the infrastructure and doesn't do any conversions. Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-10-26 12:51:27 +02:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: support mapped mounts of mapped filesystems In previous patches we added new and modified existing helpers to handle idmapped mounts of filesystems mounted with an idmapping. In this final patch we convert all relevant places in the vfs to actually pass the filesystem's idmapping into these helpers. With this the vfs is in shape to handle idmapped mounts of filesystems mounted with an idmapping. Note that this is just the generic infrastructure. Actually adding support for idmapped mounts to a filesystem mountable with an idmapping is follow-up work. In this patch we extend the definition of an idmapped mount from a mount that that has the initial idmapping attached to it to a mount that has an idmapping attached to it which is not the same as the idmapping the filesystem was mounted with. As before we do not allow the initial idmapping to be attached to a mount. In addition this patch prevents that the idmapping the filesystem was mounted with can be attached to a mount created based on this filesystem. This has multiple reasons and advantages. First, attaching the initial idmapping or the filesystem's idmapping doesn't make much sense as in both cases the values of the i_{g,u}id and other places where k{g,u}ids are used do not change. Second, a user that really wants to do this for whatever reason can just create a separate dedicated identical idmapping to attach to the mount. Third, we can continue to use the initial idmapping as an indicator that a mount is not idmapped allowing us to continue to keep passing the initial idmapping into the mapping helpers to tell them that something isn't an idmapped mount even if the filesystem is mounted with an idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211123114227.3124056-11-brauner@kernel.org (v1) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211130121032.3753852-11-brauner@kernel.org (v2) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211203111707.3901969-11-brauner@kernel.org Cc: Seth Forshee <sforshee@digitalocean.com> Cc: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> CC: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee <sforshee@digitalocean.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-12-03 12:17:07 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: introduce dedicated idmap type for mounts Last cycle we've already made the interaction with idmapped mounts more robust and type safe by introducing the vfs{g,u}id_t type. This cycle we concluded the conversion and removed the legacy helpers. Currently we still pass around the plain namespace that was attached to a mount. This is in general pretty convenient but it makes it easy to conflate filesystem and mount namespaces and what different roles they have to play. Especially for filesystem developers without much experience in this area this is an easy source for bugs. Instead of passing the plain namespace we introduce a dedicated type struct mnt_idmap and replace the pointer with a pointer to a struct mnt_idmap. There are no semantic or size changes for the mount struct caused by this. We then start converting all places aware of idmapped mounts to rely on struct mnt_idmap. Once the conversion is done all helpers down to the really low-level make_vfs{g,u}id() and from_vfs{g,u}id() will take a struct mnt_idmap argument instead of two namespace arguments. This way it becomes impossible to conflate the two, removing and thus eliminating the possibility of any bugs. Fwiw, I fixed some issues in that area a while ago in ntfs3 and ksmbd in the past. Afterwards, only low-level code can ultimately use the associated namespace for any permission checks. Even most of the vfs can be ultimately completely oblivious about this and filesystems will never interact with it directly in any form in the future. A struct mnt_idmap currently encompasses a simple refcount and a pointer to the relevant namespace the mount is idmapped to. If a mount isn't idmapped then it will point to a static nop_mnt_idmap. If it is an idmapped mount it will point to a new struct mnt_idmap. As usual there are no allocations or anything happening for non-idmapped mounts. Everthing is carefully written to be a nop for non-idmapped mounts as has always been the case. If an idmapped mount or mount tree is created a new struct mnt_idmap is allocated and a reference taken on the relevant namespace. For each mount in a mount tree that gets idmapped or a mount that inherits the idmap when it is cloned the reference count on the associated struct mnt_idmap is bumped. Just a reminder that we only allow a mount to change it's idmapping a single time and only if it hasn't already been attached to the filesystems and has no active writers. The actual changes are fairly straightforward. This will have huge benefits for maintenance and security in the long run even if it causes some churn. I'm aware that there's some cost for all of you. And I'll commit to doing this work and make this as painless as I can. Note that this also makes it possible to extend struct mount_idmap in the future. For example, it would be possible to place the namespace pointer in an anonymous union together with an idmapping struct. This would allow us to expose an api to userspace that would let it specify idmappings directly instead of having to go through the detour of setting up namespaces at all. This just adds the infrastructure and doesn't do any conversions. Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee (DigitalOcean) <sforshee@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
2022-10-26 12:51:27 +02:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
fs: introduce MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP Introduce a new mount bind mount property to allow idmapping mounts. The MOUNT_ATTR_IDMAP flag can be set via the new mount_setattr() syscall together with a file descriptor referring to a user namespace. The user namespace referenced by the namespace file descriptor will be attached to the bind mount. All interactions with the filesystem going through that mount will be mapped according to the mapping specified in the user namespace attached to it. Using user namespaces to mark mounts means we can reuse all the existing infrastructure in the kernel that already exists to handle idmappings and can also use this for permission checking to allow unprivileged user to create idmapped mounts in the future. Idmapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user and mount namespace. This means idmapped mounts can be created in the initial user namespace which is an important use-case for systemd-homed, portable usb-sticks between systems, sharing data between the initial user namespace and unprivileged containers, and other use-cases that have been brought up. For example, assume a home directory where all files are owned by uid and gid 1000 and the home directory is brought to a new laptop where the user has id 12345. The system administrator can simply create a mount of this home directory with a mapping of 1000:12345:1 and other mappings to indicate the ids should be kept. (With this it is e.g. also possible to create idmapped mounts on the host with an identity mapping 1:1:100000 where the root user is not mapped. A user with root access that e.g. has been pivot rooted into such a mount on the host will be not be able to execute, read, write, or create files as root.) Given that mapping a mount is decoupled from the caller's user namespace a sufficiently privileged process such as a container manager can set up an idmapped mount for the container and the container can simply pivot root to it. There's no need for the container to do anything. The mount will appear correctly mapped independent of the user namespace the container uses. This means we don't need to mark a mount as idmappable. In order to create an idmapped mount the caller must currently be privileged in the user namespace of the superblock the mount belongs to. Once a mount has been idmapped we don't allow it to change its mapping. This keeps permission checking and life-cycle management simple. Users wanting to change the idmapped can always create a new detached mount with a different idmapping. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-36-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mauricio Vásquez Bernal <mauricio@kinvolk.io> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:54 +01:00
fs: add mount_setattr() This implements the missing mount_setattr() syscall. While the new mount api allows to change the properties of a superblock there is currently no way to change the properties of a mount or a mount tree using file descriptors which the new mount api is based on. In addition the old mount api has the restriction that mount options cannot be applied recursively. This hasn't changed since changing mount options on a per-mount basis was implemented in [1] and has been a frequent request not just for convenience but also for security reasons. The legacy mount syscall is unable to accommodate this behavior without introducing a whole new set of flags because MS_REC | MS_REMOUNT | MS_BIND | MS_RDONLY | MS_NOEXEC | [...] only apply the mount option to the topmost mount. Changing MS_REC to apply to the whole mount tree would mean introducing a significant uapi change and would likely cause significant regressions. The new mount_setattr() syscall allows to recursively clear and set mount options in one shot. Multiple calls to change mount options requesting the same changes are idempotent: int mount_setattr(int dfd, const char *path, unsigned flags, struct mount_attr *uattr, size_t usize); Flags to modify path resolution behavior are specified in the @flags argument. Currently, AT_EMPTY_PATH, AT_RECURSIVE, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT are supported. If useful, additional lookup flags to restrict path resolution as introduced with openat2() might be supported in the future. The mount_setattr() syscall can be expected to grow over time and is designed with extensibility in mind. It follows the extensible syscall pattern we have used with other syscalls such as openat2(), clone3(), sched_{set,get}attr(), and others. The set of mount options is passed in the uapi struct mount_attr which currently has the following layout: struct mount_attr { __u64 attr_set; __u64 attr_clr; __u64 propagation; __u64 userns_fd; }; The @attr_set and @attr_clr members are used to clear and set mount options. This way a user can e.g. request that a set of flags is to be raised such as turning mounts readonly by raising MOUNT_ATTR_RDONLY in @attr_set while at the same time requesting that another set of flags is to be lowered such as removing noexec from a mount tree by specifying MOUNT_ATTR_NOEXEC in @attr_clr. Note, since the MOUNT_ATTR_<atime> values are an enum starting from 0, not a bitmap, users wanting to transition to a different atime setting cannot simply specify the atime setting in @attr_set, but must also specify MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME in the @attr_clr field. So we ensure that MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME can't be partially set in @attr_clr and that @attr_set can't have any atime bits set if MOUNT_ATTR__ATIME isn't set in @attr_clr. The @propagation field lets callers specify the propagation type of a mount tree. Propagation is a single property that has four different settings and as such is not really a flag argument but an enum. Specifically, it would be unclear what setting and clearing propagation settings in combination would amount to. The legacy mount() syscall thus forbids the combination of multiple propagation settings too. The goal is to keep the semantics of mount propagation somewhat simple as they are overly complex as it is. The @userns_fd field lets user specify a user namespace whose idmapping becomes the idmapping of the mount. This is implemented and explained in detail in the next patch. [1]: commit 2e4b7fcd9260 ("[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: honor mount writer counts at remount") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-35-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-api@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
2021-01-21 14:19:53 +01:00
statmount: allow to retrieve idmappings This adds the STATMOUNT_MNT_UIDMAP and STATMOUNT_MNT_GIDMAP options. It allows the retrieval of idmappings via statmount(). Currently it isn't possible to figure out what idmappings are applied to an idmapped mount. This information is often crucial. Before statmount() the only realistic options for an interface like this would have been to add it to /proc/<pid>/fdinfo/<nr> or to expose it in /proc/<pid>/mountinfo. Both solution would have been pretty ugly and would've shown information that is of strong interest to some application but not all. statmount() is perfect for this. The idmappings applied to an idmapped mount are shown relative to the caller's user namespace. This is the most useful solution that doesn't risk leaking information or confuse the caller. For example, an idmapped mount might have been created with the following idmappings: mount --bind -o X-mount.idmap="0:10000:1000 2000:2000:1 3000:3000:1" /srv /opt Listing the idmappings through statmount() in the same context shows: mnt_id: 2147485088 mnt_parent_id: 2147484816 fs_type: btrfs mnt_root: /srv mnt_point: /opt mnt_opts: ssd,discard=async,space_cache=v2,subvolid=5,subvol=/ mnt_uidmap[0]: 0 10000 1000 mnt_uidmap[1]: 2000 2000 1 mnt_uidmap[2]: 3000 3000 1 mnt_gidmap[0]: 0 10000 1000 mnt_gidmap[1]: 2000 2000 1 mnt_gidmap[2]: 3000 3000 1 But the idmappings might not always be resolvable in the caller's user namespace. For example: unshare --user --map-root In this case statmount() will skip any mappings that fil to resolve in the caller's idmapping: mnt_id: 2147485087 mnt_parent_id: 2147484016 fs_type: btrfs mnt_root: /srv mnt_point: /opt mnt_opts: ssd,discard=async,space_cache=v2,subvolid=5,subvol=/ The caller can differentiate between a mount not being idmapped and a mount that is idmapped but where all mappings fail to resolve in the caller's idmapping by check for the STATMOUNT_MNT_{G,U}IDMAP flag being raised but the number of mappings in ->mnt_{g,u}idmap_num being zero. Note that statmount() requires that the whole range must be resolvable in the caller's user namespace. If a subrange fails to map it will still list the map as not resolvable. This is a practical compromise to avoid having to find which subranges are resovable and wich aren't. Idmappings are listed as a string array with each mapping separated by zero bytes. This allows to retrieve the idmappings and immediately use them for writing to e.g., /proc/<pid>/{g,u}id_map and it also allow for simple iteration like: if (stmnt->mask & STATMOUNT_MNT_UIDMAP) { const char *idmap = stmnt->str + stmnt->mnt_uidmap; for (size_t idx = 0; idx < stmnt->mnt_uidmap_nr; idx++) { printf("mnt_uidmap[%lu]: %s\n", idx, idmap); idmap += strlen(idmap) + 1; } } Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250204-work-mnt_idmap-statmount-v2-2-007720f39f2e@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-04 12:27:47 +01:00
statmount: allow to retrieve idmappings This adds the STATMOUNT_MNT_UIDMAP and STATMOUNT_MNT_GIDMAP options. It allows the retrieval of idmappings via statmount(). Currently it isn't possible to figure out what idmappings are applied to an idmapped mount. This information is often crucial. Before statmount() the only realistic options for an interface like this would have been to add it to /proc/<pid>/fdinfo/<nr> or to expose it in /proc/<pid>/mountinfo. Both solution would have been pretty ugly and would've shown information that is of strong interest to some application but not all. statmount() is perfect for this. The idmappings applied to an idmapped mount are shown relative to the caller's user namespace. This is the most useful solution that doesn't risk leaking information or confuse the caller. For example, an idmapped mount might have been created with the following idmappings: mount --bind -o X-mount.idmap="0:10000:1000 2000:2000:1 3000:3000:1" /srv /opt Listing the idmappings through statmount() in the same context shows: mnt_id: 2147485088 mnt_parent_id: 2147484816 fs_type: btrfs mnt_root: /srv mnt_point: /opt mnt_opts: ssd,discard=async,space_cache=v2,subvolid=5,subvol=/ mnt_uidmap[0]: 0 10000 1000 mnt_uidmap[1]: 2000 2000 1 mnt_uidmap[2]: 3000 3000 1 mnt_gidmap[0]: 0 10000 1000 mnt_gidmap[1]: 2000 2000 1 mnt_gidmap[2]: 3000 3000 1 But the idmappings might not always be resolvable in the caller's user namespace. For example: unshare --user --map-root In this case statmount() will skip any mappings that fil to resolve in the caller's idmapping: mnt_id: 2147485087 mnt_parent_id: 2147484016 fs_type: btrfs mnt_root: /srv mnt_point: /opt mnt_opts: ssd,discard=async,space_cache=v2,subvolid=5,subvol=/ The caller can differentiate between a mount not being idmapped and a mount that is idmapped but where all mappings fail to resolve in the caller's idmapping by check for the STATMOUNT_MNT_{G,U}IDMAP flag being raised but the number of mappings in ->mnt_{g,u}idmap_num being zero. Note that statmount() requires that the whole range must be resolvable in the caller's user namespace. If a subrange fails to map it will still list the map as not resolvable. This is a practical compromise to avoid having to find which subranges are resovable and wich aren't. Idmappings are listed as a string array with each mapping separated by zero bytes. This allows to retrieve the idmappings and immediately use them for writing to e.g., /proc/<pid>/{g,u}id_map and it also allow for simple iteration like: if (stmnt->mask & STATMOUNT_MNT_UIDMAP) { const char *idmap = stmnt->str + stmnt->mnt_uidmap; for (size_t idx = 0; idx < stmnt->mnt_uidmap_nr; idx++) { printf("mnt_uidmap[%lu]: %s\n", idx, idmap); idmap += strlen(idmap) + 1; } } Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250204-work-mnt_idmap-statmount-v2-2-007720f39f2e@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-04 12:27:47 +01:00
statmount: allow to retrieve idmappings This adds the STATMOUNT_MNT_UIDMAP and STATMOUNT_MNT_GIDMAP options. It allows the retrieval of idmappings via statmount(). Currently it isn't possible to figure out what idmappings are applied to an idmapped mount. This information is often crucial. Before statmount() the only realistic options for an interface like this would have been to add it to /proc/<pid>/fdinfo/<nr> or to expose it in /proc/<pid>/mountinfo. Both solution would have been pretty ugly and would've shown information that is of strong interest to some application but not all. statmount() is perfect for this. The idmappings applied to an idmapped mount are shown relative to the caller's user namespace. This is the most useful solution that doesn't risk leaking information or confuse the caller. For example, an idmapped mount might have been created with the following idmappings: mount --bind -o X-mount.idmap="0:10000:1000 2000:2000:1 3000:3000:1" /srv /opt Listing the idmappings through statmount() in the same context shows: mnt_id: 2147485088 mnt_parent_id: 2147484816 fs_type: btrfs mnt_root: /srv mnt_point: /opt mnt_opts: ssd,discard=async,space_cache=v2,subvolid=5,subvol=/ mnt_uidmap[0]: 0 10000 1000 mnt_uidmap[1]: 2000 2000 1 mnt_uidmap[2]: 3000 3000 1 mnt_gidmap[0]: 0 10000 1000 mnt_gidmap[1]: 2000 2000 1 mnt_gidmap[2]: 3000 3000 1 But the idmappings might not always be resolvable in the caller's user namespace. For example: unshare --user --map-root In this case statmount() will skip any mappings that fil to resolve in the caller's idmapping: mnt_id: 2147485087 mnt_parent_id: 2147484016 fs_type: btrfs mnt_root: /srv mnt_point: /opt mnt_opts: ssd,discard=async,space_cache=v2,subvolid=5,subvol=/ The caller can differentiate between a mount not being idmapped and a mount that is idmapped but where all mappings fail to resolve in the caller's idmapping by check for the STATMOUNT_MNT_{G,U}IDMAP flag being raised but the number of mappings in ->mnt_{g,u}idmap_num being zero. Note that statmount() requires that the whole range must be resolvable in the caller's user namespace. If a subrange fails to map it will still list the map as not resolvable. This is a practical compromise to avoid having to find which subranges are resovable and wich aren't. Idmappings are listed as a string array with each mapping separated by zero bytes. This allows to retrieve the idmappings and immediately use them for writing to e.g., /proc/<pid>/{g,u}id_map and it also allow for simple iteration like: if (stmnt->mask & STATMOUNT_MNT_UIDMAP) { const char *idmap = stmnt->str + stmnt->mnt_uidmap; for (size_t idx = 0; idx < stmnt->mnt_uidmap_nr; idx++) { printf("mnt_uidmap[%lu]: %s\n", idx, idmap); idmap += strlen(idmap) + 1; } } Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250204-work-mnt_idmap-statmount-v2-2-007720f39f2e@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-04 12:27:47 +01:00
statmount: allow to retrieve idmappings This adds the STATMOUNT_MNT_UIDMAP and STATMOUNT_MNT_GIDMAP options. It allows the retrieval of idmappings via statmount(). Currently it isn't possible to figure out what idmappings are applied to an idmapped mount. This information is often crucial. Before statmount() the only realistic options for an interface like this would have been to add it to /proc/<pid>/fdinfo/<nr> or to expose it in /proc/<pid>/mountinfo. Both solution would have been pretty ugly and would've shown information that is of strong interest to some application but not all. statmount() is perfect for this. The idmappings applied to an idmapped mount are shown relative to the caller's user namespace. This is the most useful solution that doesn't risk leaking information or confuse the caller. For example, an idmapped mount might have been created with the following idmappings: mount --bind -o X-mount.idmap="0:10000:1000 2000:2000:1 3000:3000:1" /srv /opt Listing the idmappings through statmount() in the same context shows: mnt_id: 2147485088 mnt_parent_id: 2147484816 fs_type: btrfs mnt_root: /srv mnt_point: /opt mnt_opts: ssd,discard=async,space_cache=v2,subvolid=5,subvol=/ mnt_uidmap[0]: 0 10000 1000 mnt_uidmap[1]: 2000 2000 1 mnt_uidmap[2]: 3000 3000 1 mnt_gidmap[0]: 0 10000 1000 mnt_gidmap[1]: 2000 2000 1 mnt_gidmap[2]: 3000 3000 1 But the idmappings might not always be resolvable in the caller's user namespace. For example: unshare --user --map-root In this case statmount() will skip any mappings that fil to resolve in the caller's idmapping: mnt_id: 2147485087 mnt_parent_id: 2147484016 fs_type: btrfs mnt_root: /srv mnt_point: /opt mnt_opts: ssd,discard=async,space_cache=v2,subvolid=5,subvol=/ The caller can differentiate between a mount not being idmapped and a mount that is idmapped but where all mappings fail to resolve in the caller's idmapping by check for the STATMOUNT_MNT_{G,U}IDMAP flag being raised but the number of mappings in ->mnt_{g,u}idmap_num being zero. Note that statmount() requires that the whole range must be resolvable in the caller's user namespace. If a subrange fails to map it will still list the map as not resolvable. This is a practical compromise to avoid having to find which subranges are resovable and wich aren't. Idmappings are listed as a string array with each mapping separated by zero bytes. This allows to retrieve the idmappings and immediately use them for writing to e.g., /proc/<pid>/{g,u}id_map and it also allow for simple iteration like: if (stmnt->mask & STATMOUNT_MNT_UIDMAP) { const char *idmap = stmnt->str + stmnt->mnt_uidmap; for (size_t idx = 0; idx < stmnt->mnt_uidmap_nr; idx++) { printf("mnt_uidmap[%lu]: %s\n", idx, idmap); idmap += strlen(idmap) + 1; } } Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250204-work-mnt_idmap-statmount-v2-2-007720f39f2e@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-04 12:27:47 +01:00
statmount: allow to retrieve idmappings This adds the STATMOUNT_MNT_UIDMAP and STATMOUNT_MNT_GIDMAP options. It allows the retrieval of idmappings via statmount(). Currently it isn't possible to figure out what idmappings are applied to an idmapped mount. This information is often crucial. Before statmount() the only realistic options for an interface like this would have been to add it to /proc/<pid>/fdinfo/<nr> or to expose it in /proc/<pid>/mountinfo. Both solution would have been pretty ugly and would've shown information that is of strong interest to some application but not all. statmount() is perfect for this. The idmappings applied to an idmapped mount are shown relative to the caller's user namespace. This is the most useful solution that doesn't risk leaking information or confuse the caller. For example, an idmapped mount might have been created with the following idmappings: mount --bind -o X-mount.idmap="0:10000:1000 2000:2000:1 3000:3000:1" /srv /opt Listing the idmappings through statmount() in the same context shows: mnt_id: 2147485088 mnt_parent_id: 2147484816 fs_type: btrfs mnt_root: /srv mnt_point: /opt mnt_opts: ssd,discard=async,space_cache=v2,subvolid=5,subvol=/ mnt_uidmap[0]: 0 10000 1000 mnt_uidmap[1]: 2000 2000 1 mnt_uidmap[2]: 3000 3000 1 mnt_gidmap[0]: 0 10000 1000 mnt_gidmap[1]: 2000 2000 1 mnt_gidmap[2]: 3000 3000 1 But the idmappings might not always be resolvable in the caller's user namespace. For example: unshare --user --map-root In this case statmount() will skip any mappings that fil to resolve in the caller's idmapping: mnt_id: 2147485087 mnt_parent_id: 2147484016 fs_type: btrfs mnt_root: /srv mnt_point: /opt mnt_opts: ssd,discard=async,space_cache=v2,subvolid=5,subvol=/ The caller can differentiate between a mount not being idmapped and a mount that is idmapped but where all mappings fail to resolve in the caller's idmapping by check for the STATMOUNT_MNT_{G,U}IDMAP flag being raised but the number of mappings in ->mnt_{g,u}idmap_num being zero. Note that statmount() requires that the whole range must be resolvable in the caller's user namespace. If a subrange fails to map it will still list the map as not resolvable. This is a practical compromise to avoid having to find which subranges are resovable and wich aren't. Idmappings are listed as a string array with each mapping separated by zero bytes. This allows to retrieve the idmappings and immediately use them for writing to e.g., /proc/<pid>/{g,u}id_map and it also allow for simple iteration like: if (stmnt->mask & STATMOUNT_MNT_UIDMAP) { const char *idmap = stmnt->str + stmnt->mnt_uidmap; for (size_t idx = 0; idx < stmnt->mnt_uidmap_nr; idx++) { printf("mnt_uidmap[%lu]: %s\n", idx, idmap); idmap += strlen(idmap) + 1; } } Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250204-work-mnt_idmap-statmount-v2-2-007720f39f2e@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-04 12:27:47 +01:00
fs: find rootfs mount of the mount namespace The method we used was predicated on the assumption that the mount immediately following the root mount of the mount namespace would be the rootfs mount of the namespace. That's not always the case though. For example: ID PARENT ID 408 412 0:60 /containers/overlay-containers/bc391117192b32071b22ef2083ebe7735d5c390f87a5779e02faf79ba0746ceb/userdata/hosts /etc/hosts rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=954664k,nr_inodes=238666,mode=700,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 409 414 0:61 / /dev/shm rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - tmpfs shm rw,size=64000k,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 410 412 0:60 /containers/overlay-containers/bc391117192b32071b22ef2083ebe7735d5c390f87a5779e02faf79ba0746ceb/userdata/.containerenv /run/.containerenv rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=954664k,nr_inodes=238666,mode=700,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 411 412 0:60 /containers/overlay-containers/bc391117192b32071b22ef2083ebe7735d5c390f87a5779e02faf79ba0746ceb/userdata/hostname /etc/hostname rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=954664k,nr_inodes=238666,mode=700,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 412 363 0:65 / / rw,relatime - overlay overlay rw,lowerdir=/home/user1/.local/share/containers/storage/overlay/l/JS65SUCGTPCP2EEBHLRP4UCFI5:/home/user1/.local/share/containers/storage/overlay/l/DLW22KVDWUNI4242D6SDJ5GKCL [...] 413 412 0:68 / /proc rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw 414 412 0:69 / /dev rw,nosuid - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=65536k,mode=755,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 415 412 0:70 / /sys ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - sysfs sysfs rw 416 414 0:71 / /dev/pts rw,nosuid,noexec,relatime - devpts devpts rw,gid=100004,mode=620,ptmxmode=666 417 414 0:67 / /dev/mqueue rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - mqueue mqueue rw 418 415 0:27 / /sys/fs/cgroup ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - cgroup2 cgroup2 rw,nsdelegate,memory_recursiveprot 419 414 0:6 /null /dev/null rw,nosuid,noexec - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 420 414 0:6 /zero /dev/zero rw,nosuid,noexec - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 422 414 0:6 /full /dev/full rw,nosuid,noexec - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 423 414 0:6 /tty /dev/tty rw,nosuid,noexec - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 430 414 0:6 /random /dev/random rw,nosuid,noexec - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 431 414 0:6 /urandom /dev/urandom rw,nosuid,noexec - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 433 413 0:72 / /proc/acpi ro,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=0k,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 440 413 0:6 /null /proc/kcore ro,nosuid - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 441 413 0:6 /null /proc/keys ro,nosuid - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 442 413 0:6 /null /proc/timer_list ro,nosuid - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 443 413 0:73 / /proc/scsi ro,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=0k,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 444 415 0:74 / /sys/firmware ro,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=0k,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 445 415 0:75 / /sys/dev/block ro,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=0k,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 446 413 0:68 /bus /proc/bus ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw 447 413 0:68 /fs /proc/fs ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw 448 413 0:68 /irq /proc/irq ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw 449 413 0:68 /sys /proc/sys ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw 450 413 0:68 /sysrq-trigger /proc/sysrq-trigger ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw 364 414 0:71 /0 /dev/console rw,relatime - devpts devpts rw,gid=100004,mode=620,ptmxmode=666 In this mount table the root mount of the mount namespace is the mount with id 363 (It isn't visible because it's literally just what the rootfs mount is mounted upon and usually it's just a copy of the real rootfs). The rootfs mount that's mounted on the root mount of the mount namespace is the mount with id 412. But the mount namespace contains mounts that were created before the rootfs mount and thus have earlier mount ids. So the first call to listmnt_next() would return the mount with the mount id 408 and not the rootfs mount. So we need to find the actual rootfs mount mounted on the root mount of the mount namespace. This logic is also present in mntns_install() where vfs_path_lookup() is used. We can't use this though as we're holding the namespace semaphore. We could look at the children of the root mount of the mount namespace directly but that also seems a bit out of place while we have the rbtree. So let's just iterate through the rbtree starting from the root mount of the mount namespace and find the mount whose parent is the root mount of the mount namespace. That mount will usually appear very early in the rbtree and afaik there can only be one. IOW, it would be very strange if we ended up with a root mount of a mount namespace that has shadow mounts. Fixes: 0a3deb11858a ("fs: Allow listmount() in foreign mount namespace") # mainline only Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2024-07-05 13:08:54 +02:00
fs: find rootfs mount of the mount namespace The method we used was predicated on the assumption that the mount immediately following the root mount of the mount namespace would be the rootfs mount of the namespace. That's not always the case though. For example: ID PARENT ID 408 412 0:60 /containers/overlay-containers/bc391117192b32071b22ef2083ebe7735d5c390f87a5779e02faf79ba0746ceb/userdata/hosts /etc/hosts rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=954664k,nr_inodes=238666,mode=700,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 409 414 0:61 / /dev/shm rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - tmpfs shm rw,size=64000k,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 410 412 0:60 /containers/overlay-containers/bc391117192b32071b22ef2083ebe7735d5c390f87a5779e02faf79ba0746ceb/userdata/.containerenv /run/.containerenv rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=954664k,nr_inodes=238666,mode=700,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 411 412 0:60 /containers/overlay-containers/bc391117192b32071b22ef2083ebe7735d5c390f87a5779e02faf79ba0746ceb/userdata/hostname /etc/hostname rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=954664k,nr_inodes=238666,mode=700,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 412 363 0:65 / / rw,relatime - overlay overlay rw,lowerdir=/home/user1/.local/share/containers/storage/overlay/l/JS65SUCGTPCP2EEBHLRP4UCFI5:/home/user1/.local/share/containers/storage/overlay/l/DLW22KVDWUNI4242D6SDJ5GKCL [...] 413 412 0:68 / /proc rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw 414 412 0:69 / /dev rw,nosuid - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=65536k,mode=755,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 415 412 0:70 / /sys ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - sysfs sysfs rw 416 414 0:71 / /dev/pts rw,nosuid,noexec,relatime - devpts devpts rw,gid=100004,mode=620,ptmxmode=666 417 414 0:67 / /dev/mqueue rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - mqueue mqueue rw 418 415 0:27 / /sys/fs/cgroup ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - cgroup2 cgroup2 rw,nsdelegate,memory_recursiveprot 419 414 0:6 /null /dev/null rw,nosuid,noexec - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 420 414 0:6 /zero /dev/zero rw,nosuid,noexec - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 422 414 0:6 /full /dev/full rw,nosuid,noexec - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 423 414 0:6 /tty /dev/tty rw,nosuid,noexec - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 430 414 0:6 /random /dev/random rw,nosuid,noexec - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 431 414 0:6 /urandom /dev/urandom rw,nosuid,noexec - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 433 413 0:72 / /proc/acpi ro,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=0k,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 440 413 0:6 /null /proc/kcore ro,nosuid - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 441 413 0:6 /null /proc/keys ro,nosuid - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 442 413 0:6 /null /proc/timer_list ro,nosuid - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 443 413 0:73 / /proc/scsi ro,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=0k,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 444 415 0:74 / /sys/firmware ro,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=0k,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 445 415 0:75 / /sys/dev/block ro,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=0k,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 446 413 0:68 /bus /proc/bus ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw 447 413 0:68 /fs /proc/fs ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw 448 413 0:68 /irq /proc/irq ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw 449 413 0:68 /sys /proc/sys ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw 450 413 0:68 /sysrq-trigger /proc/sysrq-trigger ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw 364 414 0:71 /0 /dev/console rw,relatime - devpts devpts rw,gid=100004,mode=620,ptmxmode=666 In this mount table the root mount of the mount namespace is the mount with id 363 (It isn't visible because it's literally just what the rootfs mount is mounted upon and usually it's just a copy of the real rootfs). The rootfs mount that's mounted on the root mount of the mount namespace is the mount with id 412. But the mount namespace contains mounts that were created before the rootfs mount and thus have earlier mount ids. So the first call to listmnt_next() would return the mount with the mount id 408 and not the rootfs mount. So we need to find the actual rootfs mount mounted on the root mount of the mount namespace. This logic is also present in mntns_install() where vfs_path_lookup() is used. We can't use this though as we're holding the namespace semaphore. We could look at the children of the root mount of the mount namespace directly but that also seems a bit out of place while we have the rbtree. So let's just iterate through the rbtree starting from the root mount of the mount namespace and find the mount whose parent is the root mount of the mount namespace. That mount will usually appear very early in the rbtree and afaik there can only be one. IOW, it would be very strange if we ended up with a root mount of a mount namespace that has shadow mounts. Fixes: 0a3deb11858a ("fs: Allow listmount() in foreign mount namespace") # mainline only Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2024-07-05 13:08:54 +02:00
fs: find rootfs mount of the mount namespace The method we used was predicated on the assumption that the mount immediately following the root mount of the mount namespace would be the rootfs mount of the namespace. That's not always the case though. For example: ID PARENT ID 408 412 0:60 /containers/overlay-containers/bc391117192b32071b22ef2083ebe7735d5c390f87a5779e02faf79ba0746ceb/userdata/hosts /etc/hosts rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=954664k,nr_inodes=238666,mode=700,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 409 414 0:61 / /dev/shm rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - tmpfs shm rw,size=64000k,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 410 412 0:60 /containers/overlay-containers/bc391117192b32071b22ef2083ebe7735d5c390f87a5779e02faf79ba0746ceb/userdata/.containerenv /run/.containerenv rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=954664k,nr_inodes=238666,mode=700,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 411 412 0:60 /containers/overlay-containers/bc391117192b32071b22ef2083ebe7735d5c390f87a5779e02faf79ba0746ceb/userdata/hostname /etc/hostname rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=954664k,nr_inodes=238666,mode=700,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 412 363 0:65 / / rw,relatime - overlay overlay rw,lowerdir=/home/user1/.local/share/containers/storage/overlay/l/JS65SUCGTPCP2EEBHLRP4UCFI5:/home/user1/.local/share/containers/storage/overlay/l/DLW22KVDWUNI4242D6SDJ5GKCL [...] 413 412 0:68 / /proc rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw 414 412 0:69 / /dev rw,nosuid - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=65536k,mode=755,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 415 412 0:70 / /sys ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - sysfs sysfs rw 416 414 0:71 / /dev/pts rw,nosuid,noexec,relatime - devpts devpts rw,gid=100004,mode=620,ptmxmode=666 417 414 0:67 / /dev/mqueue rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - mqueue mqueue rw 418 415 0:27 / /sys/fs/cgroup ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - cgroup2 cgroup2 rw,nsdelegate,memory_recursiveprot 419 414 0:6 /null /dev/null rw,nosuid,noexec - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 420 414 0:6 /zero /dev/zero rw,nosuid,noexec - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 422 414 0:6 /full /dev/full rw,nosuid,noexec - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 423 414 0:6 /tty /dev/tty rw,nosuid,noexec - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 430 414 0:6 /random /dev/random rw,nosuid,noexec - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 431 414 0:6 /urandom /dev/urandom rw,nosuid,noexec - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 433 413 0:72 / /proc/acpi ro,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=0k,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 440 413 0:6 /null /proc/kcore ro,nosuid - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 441 413 0:6 /null /proc/keys ro,nosuid - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 442 413 0:6 /null /proc/timer_list ro,nosuid - devtmpfs devtmpfs rw,size=4096k,nr_inodes=1179282,mode=755,inode64 443 413 0:73 / /proc/scsi ro,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=0k,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 444 415 0:74 / /sys/firmware ro,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=0k,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 445 415 0:75 / /sys/dev/block ro,relatime - tmpfs tmpfs rw,size=0k,uid=1000,gid=1000,inode64 446 413 0:68 /bus /proc/bus ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw 447 413 0:68 /fs /proc/fs ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw 448 413 0:68 /irq /proc/irq ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw 449 413 0:68 /sys /proc/sys ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw 450 413 0:68 /sysrq-trigger /proc/sysrq-trigger ro,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime - proc proc rw 364 414 0:71 /0 /dev/console rw,relatime - devpts devpts rw,gid=100004,mode=620,ptmxmode=666 In this mount table the root mount of the mount namespace is the mount with id 363 (It isn't visible because it's literally just what the rootfs mount is mounted upon and usually it's just a copy of the real rootfs). The rootfs mount that's mounted on the root mount of the mount namespace is the mount with id 412. But the mount namespace contains mounts that were created before the rootfs mount and thus have earlier mount ids. So the first call to listmnt_next() would return the mount with the mount id 408 and not the rootfs mount. So we need to find the actual rootfs mount mounted on the root mount of the mount namespace. This logic is also present in mntns_install() where vfs_path_lookup() is used. We can't use this though as we're holding the namespace semaphore. We could look at the children of the root mount of the mount namespace directly but that also seems a bit out of place while we have the rbtree. So let's just iterate through the rbtree starting from the root mount of the mount namespace and find the mount whose parent is the root mount of the mount namespace. That mount will usually appear very early in the rbtree and afaik there can only be one. IOW, it would be very strange if we ended up with a root mount of a mount namespace that has shadow mounts. Fixes: 0a3deb11858a ("fs: Allow listmount() in foreign mount namespace") # mainline only Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2024-07-05 13:08:54 +02:00
2025-11-29 14:41:21 +05:30
2025-11-29 14:41:21 +05:30
2025-11-29 14:41:21 +05:30
2025-11-29 14:41:21 +05:30
2025-11-29 14:41:21 +05:30
2025-11-29 14:41:21 +05:30
statmount: allow to retrieve idmappings This adds the STATMOUNT_MNT_UIDMAP and STATMOUNT_MNT_GIDMAP options. It allows the retrieval of idmappings via statmount(). Currently it isn't possible to figure out what idmappings are applied to an idmapped mount. This information is often crucial. Before statmount() the only realistic options for an interface like this would have been to add it to /proc/<pid>/fdinfo/<nr> or to expose it in /proc/<pid>/mountinfo. Both solution would have been pretty ugly and would've shown information that is of strong interest to some application but not all. statmount() is perfect for this. The idmappings applied to an idmapped mount are shown relative to the caller's user namespace. This is the most useful solution that doesn't risk leaking information or confuse the caller. For example, an idmapped mount might have been created with the following idmappings: mount --bind -o X-mount.idmap="0:10000:1000 2000:2000:1 3000:3000:1" /srv /opt Listing the idmappings through statmount() in the same context shows: mnt_id: 2147485088 mnt_parent_id: 2147484816 fs_type: btrfs mnt_root: /srv mnt_point: /opt mnt_opts: ssd,discard=async,space_cache=v2,subvolid=5,subvol=/ mnt_uidmap[0]: 0 10000 1000 mnt_uidmap[1]: 2000 2000 1 mnt_uidmap[2]: 3000 3000 1 mnt_gidmap[0]: 0 10000 1000 mnt_gidmap[1]: 2000 2000 1 mnt_gidmap[2]: 3000 3000 1 But the idmappings might not always be resolvable in the caller's user namespace. For example: unshare --user --map-root In this case statmount() will skip any mappings that fil to resolve in the caller's idmapping: mnt_id: 2147485087 mnt_parent_id: 2147484016 fs_type: btrfs mnt_root: /srv mnt_point: /opt mnt_opts: ssd,discard=async,space_cache=v2,subvolid=5,subvol=/ The caller can differentiate between a mount not being idmapped and a mount that is idmapped but where all mappings fail to resolve in the caller's idmapping by check for the STATMOUNT_MNT_{G,U}IDMAP flag being raised but the number of mappings in ->mnt_{g,u}idmap_num being zero. Note that statmount() requires that the whole range must be resolvable in the caller's user namespace. If a subrange fails to map it will still list the map as not resolvable. This is a practical compromise to avoid having to find which subranges are resovable and wich aren't. Idmappings are listed as a string array with each mapping separated by zero bytes. This allows to retrieve the idmappings and immediately use them for writing to e.g., /proc/<pid>/{g,u}id_map and it also allow for simple iteration like: if (stmnt->mask & STATMOUNT_MNT_UIDMAP) { const char *idmap = stmnt->str + stmnt->mnt_uidmap; for (size_t idx = 0; idx < stmnt->mnt_uidmap_nr; idx++) { printf("mnt_uidmap[%lu]: %s\n", idx, idmap); idmap += strlen(idmap) + 1; } } Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250204-work-mnt_idmap-statmount-v2-2-007720f39f2e@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-04 12:27:47 +01:00
statmount: allow to retrieve idmappings This adds the STATMOUNT_MNT_UIDMAP and STATMOUNT_MNT_GIDMAP options. It allows the retrieval of idmappings via statmount(). Currently it isn't possible to figure out what idmappings are applied to an idmapped mount. This information is often crucial. Before statmount() the only realistic options for an interface like this would have been to add it to /proc/<pid>/fdinfo/<nr> or to expose it in /proc/<pid>/mountinfo. Both solution would have been pretty ugly and would've shown information that is of strong interest to some application but not all. statmount() is perfect for this. The idmappings applied to an idmapped mount are shown relative to the caller's user namespace. This is the most useful solution that doesn't risk leaking information or confuse the caller. For example, an idmapped mount might have been created with the following idmappings: mount --bind -o X-mount.idmap="0:10000:1000 2000:2000:1 3000:3000:1" /srv /opt Listing the idmappings through statmount() in the same context shows: mnt_id: 2147485088 mnt_parent_id: 2147484816 fs_type: btrfs mnt_root: /srv mnt_point: /opt mnt_opts: ssd,discard=async,space_cache=v2,subvolid=5,subvol=/ mnt_uidmap[0]: 0 10000 1000 mnt_uidmap[1]: 2000 2000 1 mnt_uidmap[2]: 3000 3000 1 mnt_gidmap[0]: 0 10000 1000 mnt_gidmap[1]: 2000 2000 1 mnt_gidmap[2]: 3000 3000 1 But the idmappings might not always be resolvable in the caller's user namespace. For example: unshare --user --map-root In this case statmount() will skip any mappings that fil to resolve in the caller's idmapping: mnt_id: 2147485087 mnt_parent_id: 2147484016 fs_type: btrfs mnt_root: /srv mnt_point: /opt mnt_opts: ssd,discard=async,space_cache=v2,subvolid=5,subvol=/ The caller can differentiate between a mount not being idmapped and a mount that is idmapped but where all mappings fail to resolve in the caller's idmapping by check for the STATMOUNT_MNT_{G,U}IDMAP flag being raised but the number of mappings in ->mnt_{g,u}idmap_num being zero. Note that statmount() requires that the whole range must be resolvable in the caller's user namespace. If a subrange fails to map it will still list the map as not resolvable. This is a practical compromise to avoid having to find which subranges are resovable and wich aren't. Idmappings are listed as a string array with each mapping separated by zero bytes. This allows to retrieve the idmappings and immediately use them for writing to e.g., /proc/<pid>/{g,u}id_map and it also allow for simple iteration like: if (stmnt->mask & STATMOUNT_MNT_UIDMAP) { const char *idmap = stmnt->str + stmnt->mnt_uidmap; for (size_t idx = 0; idx < stmnt->mnt_uidmap_nr; idx++) { printf("mnt_uidmap[%lu]: %s\n", idx, idmap); idmap += strlen(idmap) + 1; } } Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250204-work-mnt_idmap-statmount-v2-2-007720f39f2e@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-02-04 12:27:47 +01:00
add listmount(2) syscall Add way to query the children of a particular mount. This is a more flexible way to iterate the mount tree than having to parse /proc/self/mountinfo. Lookup the mount by the new 64bit mount ID. If a mount needs to be queried based on path, then statx(2) can be used to first query the mount ID belonging to the path. Return an array of new (64bit) mount ID's. Without privileges only mounts are listed which are reachable from the task's root. Folded into this patch are several later improvements. Keeping them separate would make the history pointlessly confusing: * Recursive listing of mounts is the default now (cf. [1]). * Remove explicit LISTMOUNT_UNREACHABLE flag (cf. [1]) and fail if mount is unreachable from current root. This also makes permission checking consistent with statmount() (cf. [3]). * Start listing mounts in unique mount ID order (cf. [2]) to allow continuing listmount() from a midpoint. * Allow to continue listmount(). The @request_mask parameter is renamed and to @param to be usable by both statmount() and listmount(). If @param is set to a mount id then listmount() will continue listing mounts from that id on. This allows listing mounts in multiple listmount invocations without having to resize the buffer. If @param is zero then the listing starts from the beginning (cf. [4]). * Don't return EOVERFLOW, instead return the buffer size which allows to detect a full buffer as well (cf. [4]). Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025140205.3586473-6-mszeredi@redhat.com Reviewed-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-2-mszeredi@redhat.com [1] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-3-mszeredi@redhat.com [2] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-4-mszeredi@redhat.com [3] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-5-mszeredi@redhat.com [4] (folded) [Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>: various smaller fixes] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-10-25 16:02:03 +02:00
2025-11-29 14:41:21 +05:30
2025-11-29 14:41:21 +05:30
2025-11-29 14:41:21 +05:30
2025-11-29 14:41:21 +05:30
2025-11-29 14:41:21 +05:30
2025-11-29 14:41:21 +05:30
2025-11-29 14:41:21 +05:30
2025-11-29 14:41:21 +05:30
add listmount(2) syscall Add way to query the children of a particular mount. This is a more flexible way to iterate the mount tree than having to parse /proc/self/mountinfo. Lookup the mount by the new 64bit mount ID. If a mount needs to be queried based on path, then statx(2) can be used to first query the mount ID belonging to the path. Return an array of new (64bit) mount ID's. Without privileges only mounts are listed which are reachable from the task's root. Folded into this patch are several later improvements. Keeping them separate would make the history pointlessly confusing: * Recursive listing of mounts is the default now (cf. [1]). * Remove explicit LISTMOUNT_UNREACHABLE flag (cf. [1]) and fail if mount is unreachable from current root. This also makes permission checking consistent with statmount() (cf. [3]). * Start listing mounts in unique mount ID order (cf. [2]) to allow continuing listmount() from a midpoint. * Allow to continue listmount(). The @request_mask parameter is renamed and to @param to be usable by both statmount() and listmount(). If @param is set to a mount id then listmount() will continue listing mounts from that id on. This allows listing mounts in multiple listmount invocations without having to resize the buffer. If @param is zero then the listing starts from the beginning (cf. [4]). * Don't return EOVERFLOW, instead return the buffer size which allows to detect a full buffer as well (cf. [4]). Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025140205.3586473-6-mszeredi@redhat.com Reviewed-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-2-mszeredi@redhat.com [1] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-3-mszeredi@redhat.com [2] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-4-mszeredi@redhat.com [3] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-5-mszeredi@redhat.com [4] (folded) [Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>: various smaller fixes] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-10-25 16:02:03 +02:00
add listmount(2) syscall Add way to query the children of a particular mount. This is a more flexible way to iterate the mount tree than having to parse /proc/self/mountinfo. Lookup the mount by the new 64bit mount ID. If a mount needs to be queried based on path, then statx(2) can be used to first query the mount ID belonging to the path. Return an array of new (64bit) mount ID's. Without privileges only mounts are listed which are reachable from the task's root. Folded into this patch are several later improvements. Keeping them separate would make the history pointlessly confusing: * Recursive listing of mounts is the default now (cf. [1]). * Remove explicit LISTMOUNT_UNREACHABLE flag (cf. [1]) and fail if mount is unreachable from current root. This also makes permission checking consistent with statmount() (cf. [3]). * Start listing mounts in unique mount ID order (cf. [2]) to allow continuing listmount() from a midpoint. * Allow to continue listmount(). The @request_mask parameter is renamed and to @param to be usable by both statmount() and listmount(). If @param is set to a mount id then listmount() will continue listing mounts from that id on. This allows listing mounts in multiple listmount invocations without having to resize the buffer. If @param is zero then the listing starts from the beginning (cf. [4]). * Don't return EOVERFLOW, instead return the buffer size which allows to detect a full buffer as well (cf. [4]). Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025140205.3586473-6-mszeredi@redhat.com Reviewed-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-2-mszeredi@redhat.com [1] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-3-mszeredi@redhat.com [2] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-4-mszeredi@redhat.com [3] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-5-mszeredi@redhat.com [4] (folded) [Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>: various smaller fixes] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-10-25 16:02:03 +02:00
add listmount(2) syscall Add way to query the children of a particular mount. This is a more flexible way to iterate the mount tree than having to parse /proc/self/mountinfo. Lookup the mount by the new 64bit mount ID. If a mount needs to be queried based on path, then statx(2) can be used to first query the mount ID belonging to the path. Return an array of new (64bit) mount ID's. Without privileges only mounts are listed which are reachable from the task's root. Folded into this patch are several later improvements. Keeping them separate would make the history pointlessly confusing: * Recursive listing of mounts is the default now (cf. [1]). * Remove explicit LISTMOUNT_UNREACHABLE flag (cf. [1]) and fail if mount is unreachable from current root. This also makes permission checking consistent with statmount() (cf. [3]). * Start listing mounts in unique mount ID order (cf. [2]) to allow continuing listmount() from a midpoint. * Allow to continue listmount(). The @request_mask parameter is renamed and to @param to be usable by both statmount() and listmount(). If @param is set to a mount id then listmount() will continue listing mounts from that id on. This allows listing mounts in multiple listmount invocations without having to resize the buffer. If @param is zero then the listing starts from the beginning (cf. [4]). * Don't return EOVERFLOW, instead return the buffer size which allows to detect a full buffer as well (cf. [4]). Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025140205.3586473-6-mszeredi@redhat.com Reviewed-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-2-mszeredi@redhat.com [1] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-3-mszeredi@redhat.com [2] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-4-mszeredi@redhat.com [3] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-5-mszeredi@redhat.com [4] (folded) [Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>: various smaller fixes] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-10-25 16:02:03 +02:00
add listmount(2) syscall Add way to query the children of a particular mount. This is a more flexible way to iterate the mount tree than having to parse /proc/self/mountinfo. Lookup the mount by the new 64bit mount ID. If a mount needs to be queried based on path, then statx(2) can be used to first query the mount ID belonging to the path. Return an array of new (64bit) mount ID's. Without privileges only mounts are listed which are reachable from the task's root. Folded into this patch are several later improvements. Keeping them separate would make the history pointlessly confusing: * Recursive listing of mounts is the default now (cf. [1]). * Remove explicit LISTMOUNT_UNREACHABLE flag (cf. [1]) and fail if mount is unreachable from current root. This also makes permission checking consistent with statmount() (cf. [3]). * Start listing mounts in unique mount ID order (cf. [2]) to allow continuing listmount() from a midpoint. * Allow to continue listmount(). The @request_mask parameter is renamed and to @param to be usable by both statmount() and listmount(). If @param is set to a mount id then listmount() will continue listing mounts from that id on. This allows listing mounts in multiple listmount invocations without having to resize the buffer. If @param is zero then the listing starts from the beginning (cf. [4]). * Don't return EOVERFLOW, instead return the buffer size which allows to detect a full buffer as well (cf. [4]). Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025140205.3586473-6-mszeredi@redhat.com Reviewed-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-2-mszeredi@redhat.com [1] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-3-mszeredi@redhat.com [2] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-4-mszeredi@redhat.com [3] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-5-mszeredi@redhat.com [4] (folded) [Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>: various smaller fixes] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-10-25 16:02:03 +02:00
add listmount(2) syscall Add way to query the children of a particular mount. This is a more flexible way to iterate the mount tree than having to parse /proc/self/mountinfo. Lookup the mount by the new 64bit mount ID. If a mount needs to be queried based on path, then statx(2) can be used to first query the mount ID belonging to the path. Return an array of new (64bit) mount ID's. Without privileges only mounts are listed which are reachable from the task's root. Folded into this patch are several later improvements. Keeping them separate would make the history pointlessly confusing: * Recursive listing of mounts is the default now (cf. [1]). * Remove explicit LISTMOUNT_UNREACHABLE flag (cf. [1]) and fail if mount is unreachable from current root. This also makes permission checking consistent with statmount() (cf. [3]). * Start listing mounts in unique mount ID order (cf. [2]) to allow continuing listmount() from a midpoint. * Allow to continue listmount(). The @request_mask parameter is renamed and to @param to be usable by both statmount() and listmount(). If @param is set to a mount id then listmount() will continue listing mounts from that id on. This allows listing mounts in multiple listmount invocations without having to resize the buffer. If @param is zero then the listing starts from the beginning (cf. [4]). * Don't return EOVERFLOW, instead return the buffer size which allows to detect a full buffer as well (cf. [4]). Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025140205.3586473-6-mszeredi@redhat.com Reviewed-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-2-mszeredi@redhat.com [1] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-3-mszeredi@redhat.com [2] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-4-mszeredi@redhat.com [3] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-5-mszeredi@redhat.com [4] (folded) [Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>: various smaller fixes] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-10-25 16:02:03 +02:00
add listmount(2) syscall Add way to query the children of a particular mount. This is a more flexible way to iterate the mount tree than having to parse /proc/self/mountinfo. Lookup the mount by the new 64bit mount ID. If a mount needs to be queried based on path, then statx(2) can be used to first query the mount ID belonging to the path. Return an array of new (64bit) mount ID's. Without privileges only mounts are listed which are reachable from the task's root. Folded into this patch are several later improvements. Keeping them separate would make the history pointlessly confusing: * Recursive listing of mounts is the default now (cf. [1]). * Remove explicit LISTMOUNT_UNREACHABLE flag (cf. [1]) and fail if mount is unreachable from current root. This also makes permission checking consistent with statmount() (cf. [3]). * Start listing mounts in unique mount ID order (cf. [2]) to allow continuing listmount() from a midpoint. * Allow to continue listmount(). The @request_mask parameter is renamed and to @param to be usable by both statmount() and listmount(). If @param is set to a mount id then listmount() will continue listing mounts from that id on. This allows listing mounts in multiple listmount invocations without having to resize the buffer. If @param is zero then the listing starts from the beginning (cf. [4]). * Don't return EOVERFLOW, instead return the buffer size which allows to detect a full buffer as well (cf. [4]). Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025140205.3586473-6-mszeredi@redhat.com Reviewed-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-2-mszeredi@redhat.com [1] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-3-mszeredi@redhat.com [2] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-4-mszeredi@redhat.com [3] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-5-mszeredi@redhat.com [4] (folded) [Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>: various smaller fixes] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-10-25 16:02:03 +02:00
add listmount(2) syscall Add way to query the children of a particular mount. This is a more flexible way to iterate the mount tree than having to parse /proc/self/mountinfo. Lookup the mount by the new 64bit mount ID. If a mount needs to be queried based on path, then statx(2) can be used to first query the mount ID belonging to the path. Return an array of new (64bit) mount ID's. Without privileges only mounts are listed which are reachable from the task's root. Folded into this patch are several later improvements. Keeping them separate would make the history pointlessly confusing: * Recursive listing of mounts is the default now (cf. [1]). * Remove explicit LISTMOUNT_UNREACHABLE flag (cf. [1]) and fail if mount is unreachable from current root. This also makes permission checking consistent with statmount() (cf. [3]). * Start listing mounts in unique mount ID order (cf. [2]) to allow continuing listmount() from a midpoint. * Allow to continue listmount(). The @request_mask parameter is renamed and to @param to be usable by both statmount() and listmount(). If @param is set to a mount id then listmount() will continue listing mounts from that id on. This allows listing mounts in multiple listmount invocations without having to resize the buffer. If @param is zero then the listing starts from the beginning (cf. [4]). * Don't return EOVERFLOW, instead return the buffer size which allows to detect a full buffer as well (cf. [4]). Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025140205.3586473-6-mszeredi@redhat.com Reviewed-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-2-mszeredi@redhat.com [1] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-3-mszeredi@redhat.com [2] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-4-mszeredi@redhat.com [3] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-5-mszeredi@redhat.com [4] (folded) [Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>: various smaller fixes] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-10-25 16:02:03 +02:00
add listmount(2) syscall Add way to query the children of a particular mount. This is a more flexible way to iterate the mount tree than having to parse /proc/self/mountinfo. Lookup the mount by the new 64bit mount ID. If a mount needs to be queried based on path, then statx(2) can be used to first query the mount ID belonging to the path. Return an array of new (64bit) mount ID's. Without privileges only mounts are listed which are reachable from the task's root. Folded into this patch are several later improvements. Keeping them separate would make the history pointlessly confusing: * Recursive listing of mounts is the default now (cf. [1]). * Remove explicit LISTMOUNT_UNREACHABLE flag (cf. [1]) and fail if mount is unreachable from current root. This also makes permission checking consistent with statmount() (cf. [3]). * Start listing mounts in unique mount ID order (cf. [2]) to allow continuing listmount() from a midpoint. * Allow to continue listmount(). The @request_mask parameter is renamed and to @param to be usable by both statmount() and listmount(). If @param is set to a mount id then listmount() will continue listing mounts from that id on. This allows listing mounts in multiple listmount invocations without having to resize the buffer. If @param is zero then the listing starts from the beginning (cf. [4]). * Don't return EOVERFLOW, instead return the buffer size which allows to detect a full buffer as well (cf. [4]). Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025140205.3586473-6-mszeredi@redhat.com Reviewed-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-2-mszeredi@redhat.com [1] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-3-mszeredi@redhat.com [2] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-4-mszeredi@redhat.com [3] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-5-mszeredi@redhat.com [4] (folded) [Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>: various smaller fixes] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-10-25 16:02:03 +02:00
add listmount(2) syscall Add way to query the children of a particular mount. This is a more flexible way to iterate the mount tree than having to parse /proc/self/mountinfo. Lookup the mount by the new 64bit mount ID. If a mount needs to be queried based on path, then statx(2) can be used to first query the mount ID belonging to the path. Return an array of new (64bit) mount ID's. Without privileges only mounts are listed which are reachable from the task's root. Folded into this patch are several later improvements. Keeping them separate would make the history pointlessly confusing: * Recursive listing of mounts is the default now (cf. [1]). * Remove explicit LISTMOUNT_UNREACHABLE flag (cf. [1]) and fail if mount is unreachable from current root. This also makes permission checking consistent with statmount() (cf. [3]). * Start listing mounts in unique mount ID order (cf. [2]) to allow continuing listmount() from a midpoint. * Allow to continue listmount(). The @request_mask parameter is renamed and to @param to be usable by both statmount() and listmount(). If @param is set to a mount id then listmount() will continue listing mounts from that id on. This allows listing mounts in multiple listmount invocations without having to resize the buffer. If @param is zero then the listing starts from the beginning (cf. [4]). * Don't return EOVERFLOW, instead return the buffer size which allows to detect a full buffer as well (cf. [4]). Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025140205.3586473-6-mszeredi@redhat.com Reviewed-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-2-mszeredi@redhat.com [1] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-3-mszeredi@redhat.com [2] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-4-mszeredi@redhat.com [3] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-5-mszeredi@redhat.com [4] (folded) [Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>: various smaller fixes] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-10-25 16:02:03 +02:00
add listmount(2) syscall Add way to query the children of a particular mount. This is a more flexible way to iterate the mount tree than having to parse /proc/self/mountinfo. Lookup the mount by the new 64bit mount ID. If a mount needs to be queried based on path, then statx(2) can be used to first query the mount ID belonging to the path. Return an array of new (64bit) mount ID's. Without privileges only mounts are listed which are reachable from the task's root. Folded into this patch are several later improvements. Keeping them separate would make the history pointlessly confusing: * Recursive listing of mounts is the default now (cf. [1]). * Remove explicit LISTMOUNT_UNREACHABLE flag (cf. [1]) and fail if mount is unreachable from current root. This also makes permission checking consistent with statmount() (cf. [3]). * Start listing mounts in unique mount ID order (cf. [2]) to allow continuing listmount() from a midpoint. * Allow to continue listmount(). The @request_mask parameter is renamed and to @param to be usable by both statmount() and listmount(). If @param is set to a mount id then listmount() will continue listing mounts from that id on. This allows listing mounts in multiple listmount invocations without having to resize the buffer. If @param is zero then the listing starts from the beginning (cf. [4]). * Don't return EOVERFLOW, instead return the buffer size which allows to detect a full buffer as well (cf. [4]). Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025140205.3586473-6-mszeredi@redhat.com Reviewed-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-2-mszeredi@redhat.com [1] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-3-mszeredi@redhat.com [2] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-4-mszeredi@redhat.com [3] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-5-mszeredi@redhat.com [4] (folded) [Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>: various smaller fixes] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-10-25 16:02:03 +02:00
add listmount(2) syscall Add way to query the children of a particular mount. This is a more flexible way to iterate the mount tree than having to parse /proc/self/mountinfo. Lookup the mount by the new 64bit mount ID. If a mount needs to be queried based on path, then statx(2) can be used to first query the mount ID belonging to the path. Return an array of new (64bit) mount ID's. Without privileges only mounts are listed which are reachable from the task's root. Folded into this patch are several later improvements. Keeping them separate would make the history pointlessly confusing: * Recursive listing of mounts is the default now (cf. [1]). * Remove explicit LISTMOUNT_UNREACHABLE flag (cf. [1]) and fail if mount is unreachable from current root. This also makes permission checking consistent with statmount() (cf. [3]). * Start listing mounts in unique mount ID order (cf. [2]) to allow continuing listmount() from a midpoint. * Allow to continue listmount(). The @request_mask parameter is renamed and to @param to be usable by both statmount() and listmount(). If @param is set to a mount id then listmount() will continue listing mounts from that id on. This allows listing mounts in multiple listmount invocations without having to resize the buffer. If @param is zero then the listing starts from the beginning (cf. [4]). * Don't return EOVERFLOW, instead return the buffer size which allows to detect a full buffer as well (cf. [4]). Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025140205.3586473-6-mszeredi@redhat.com Reviewed-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-2-mszeredi@redhat.com [1] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-3-mszeredi@redhat.com [2] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-4-mszeredi@redhat.com [3] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-5-mszeredi@redhat.com [4] (folded) [Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>: various smaller fixes] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-10-25 16:02:03 +02:00
add listmount(2) syscall Add way to query the children of a particular mount. This is a more flexible way to iterate the mount tree than having to parse /proc/self/mountinfo. Lookup the mount by the new 64bit mount ID. If a mount needs to be queried based on path, then statx(2) can be used to first query the mount ID belonging to the path. Return an array of new (64bit) mount ID's. Without privileges only mounts are listed which are reachable from the task's root. Folded into this patch are several later improvements. Keeping them separate would make the history pointlessly confusing: * Recursive listing of mounts is the default now (cf. [1]). * Remove explicit LISTMOUNT_UNREACHABLE flag (cf. [1]) and fail if mount is unreachable from current root. This also makes permission checking consistent with statmount() (cf. [3]). * Start listing mounts in unique mount ID order (cf. [2]) to allow continuing listmount() from a midpoint. * Allow to continue listmount(). The @request_mask parameter is renamed and to @param to be usable by both statmount() and listmount(). If @param is set to a mount id then listmount() will continue listing mounts from that id on. This allows listing mounts in multiple listmount invocations without having to resize the buffer. If @param is zero then the listing starts from the beginning (cf. [4]). * Don't return EOVERFLOW, instead return the buffer size which allows to detect a full buffer as well (cf. [4]). Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025140205.3586473-6-mszeredi@redhat.com Reviewed-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-2-mszeredi@redhat.com [1] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-3-mszeredi@redhat.com [2] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-4-mszeredi@redhat.com [3] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-5-mszeredi@redhat.com [4] (folded) [Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>: various smaller fixes] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-10-25 16:02:03 +02:00
add listmount(2) syscall Add way to query the children of a particular mount. This is a more flexible way to iterate the mount tree than having to parse /proc/self/mountinfo. Lookup the mount by the new 64bit mount ID. If a mount needs to be queried based on path, then statx(2) can be used to first query the mount ID belonging to the path. Return an array of new (64bit) mount ID's. Without privileges only mounts are listed which are reachable from the task's root. Folded into this patch are several later improvements. Keeping them separate would make the history pointlessly confusing: * Recursive listing of mounts is the default now (cf. [1]). * Remove explicit LISTMOUNT_UNREACHABLE flag (cf. [1]) and fail if mount is unreachable from current root. This also makes permission checking consistent with statmount() (cf. [3]). * Start listing mounts in unique mount ID order (cf. [2]) to allow continuing listmount() from a midpoint. * Allow to continue listmount(). The @request_mask parameter is renamed and to @param to be usable by both statmount() and listmount(). If @param is set to a mount id then listmount() will continue listing mounts from that id on. This allows listing mounts in multiple listmount invocations without having to resize the buffer. If @param is zero then the listing starts from the beginning (cf. [4]). * Don't return EOVERFLOW, instead return the buffer size which allows to detect a full buffer as well (cf. [4]). Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025140205.3586473-6-mszeredi@redhat.com Reviewed-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-2-mszeredi@redhat.com [1] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-3-mszeredi@redhat.com [2] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-4-mszeredi@redhat.com [3] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-5-mszeredi@redhat.com [4] (folded) [Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>: various smaller fixes] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-10-25 16:02:03 +02:00
2025-11-29 14:41:21 +05:30
add listmount(2) syscall Add way to query the children of a particular mount. This is a more flexible way to iterate the mount tree than having to parse /proc/self/mountinfo. Lookup the mount by the new 64bit mount ID. If a mount needs to be queried based on path, then statx(2) can be used to first query the mount ID belonging to the path. Return an array of new (64bit) mount ID's. Without privileges only mounts are listed which are reachable from the task's root. Folded into this patch are several later improvements. Keeping them separate would make the history pointlessly confusing: * Recursive listing of mounts is the default now (cf. [1]). * Remove explicit LISTMOUNT_UNREACHABLE flag (cf. [1]) and fail if mount is unreachable from current root. This also makes permission checking consistent with statmount() (cf. [3]). * Start listing mounts in unique mount ID order (cf. [2]) to allow continuing listmount() from a midpoint. * Allow to continue listmount(). The @request_mask parameter is renamed and to @param to be usable by both statmount() and listmount(). If @param is set to a mount id then listmount() will continue listing mounts from that id on. This allows listing mounts in multiple listmount invocations without having to resize the buffer. If @param is zero then the listing starts from the beginning (cf. [4]). * Don't return EOVERFLOW, instead return the buffer size which allows to detect a full buffer as well (cf. [4]). Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025140205.3586473-6-mszeredi@redhat.com Reviewed-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-2-mszeredi@redhat.com [1] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-3-mszeredi@redhat.com [2] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-4-mszeredi@redhat.com [3] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-5-mszeredi@redhat.com [4] (folded) [Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>: various smaller fixes] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-10-25 16:02:03 +02:00
add listmount(2) syscall Add way to query the children of a particular mount. This is a more flexible way to iterate the mount tree than having to parse /proc/self/mountinfo. Lookup the mount by the new 64bit mount ID. If a mount needs to be queried based on path, then statx(2) can be used to first query the mount ID belonging to the path. Return an array of new (64bit) mount ID's. Without privileges only mounts are listed which are reachable from the task's root. Folded into this patch are several later improvements. Keeping them separate would make the history pointlessly confusing: * Recursive listing of mounts is the default now (cf. [1]). * Remove explicit LISTMOUNT_UNREACHABLE flag (cf. [1]) and fail if mount is unreachable from current root. This also makes permission checking consistent with statmount() (cf. [3]). * Start listing mounts in unique mount ID order (cf. [2]) to allow continuing listmount() from a midpoint. * Allow to continue listmount(). The @request_mask parameter is renamed and to @param to be usable by both statmount() and listmount(). If @param is set to a mount id then listmount() will continue listing mounts from that id on. This allows listing mounts in multiple listmount invocations without having to resize the buffer. If @param is zero then the listing starts from the beginning (cf. [4]). * Don't return EOVERFLOW, instead return the buffer size which allows to detect a full buffer as well (cf. [4]). Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025140205.3586473-6-mszeredi@redhat.com Reviewed-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-2-mszeredi@redhat.com [1] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-3-mszeredi@redhat.com [2] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-4-mszeredi@redhat.com [3] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-5-mszeredi@redhat.com [4] (folded) [Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>: various smaller fixes] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-10-25 16:02:03 +02:00
add listmount(2) syscall Add way to query the children of a particular mount. This is a more flexible way to iterate the mount tree than having to parse /proc/self/mountinfo. Lookup the mount by the new 64bit mount ID. If a mount needs to be queried based on path, then statx(2) can be used to first query the mount ID belonging to the path. Return an array of new (64bit) mount ID's. Without privileges only mounts are listed which are reachable from the task's root. Folded into this patch are several later improvements. Keeping them separate would make the history pointlessly confusing: * Recursive listing of mounts is the default now (cf. [1]). * Remove explicit LISTMOUNT_UNREACHABLE flag (cf. [1]) and fail if mount is unreachable from current root. This also makes permission checking consistent with statmount() (cf. [3]). * Start listing mounts in unique mount ID order (cf. [2]) to allow continuing listmount() from a midpoint. * Allow to continue listmount(). The @request_mask parameter is renamed and to @param to be usable by both statmount() and listmount(). If @param is set to a mount id then listmount() will continue listing mounts from that id on. This allows listing mounts in multiple listmount invocations without having to resize the buffer. If @param is zero then the listing starts from the beginning (cf. [4]). * Don't return EOVERFLOW, instead return the buffer size which allows to detect a full buffer as well (cf. [4]). Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025140205.3586473-6-mszeredi@redhat.com Reviewed-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-2-mszeredi@redhat.com [1] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-3-mszeredi@redhat.com [2] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-4-mszeredi@redhat.com [3] (folded) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231128160337.29094-5-mszeredi@redhat.com [4] (folded) [Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>: various smaller fixes] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2023-10-25 16:02:03 +02:00
fs: add immutable rootfs Currently pivot_root() doesn't work on the real rootfs because it cannot be unmounted. Userspace has to do a recursive removal of the initramfs contents manually before continuing the boot. Really all we want from the real rootfs is to serve as the parent mount for anything that is actually useful such as the tmpfs or ramfs for initramfs unpacking or the rootfs itself. There's no need for the real rootfs to actually be anything meaningful or useful. Add a immutable rootfs called "nullfs" that can be selected via the "nullfs_rootfs" kernel command line option. The kernel will mount a tmpfs/ramfs on top of it, unpack the initramfs and fire up userspace which mounts the rootfs and can then just do: chdir(rootfs); pivot_root(".", "."); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); and be done with it. (Ofc, userspace can also choose to retain the initramfs contents by using something like pivot_root(".", "/initramfs") without unmounting it.) Technically this also means that the rootfs mount in unprivileged namespaces doesn't need to become MNT_LOCKED anymore as it's guaranteed that the immutable rootfs remains permanently empty so there cannot be anything revealed by unmounting the covering mount. In the future this will also allow us to create completely empty mount namespaces without risking to leak anything. systemd already handles this all correctly as it tries to pivot_root() first and falls back to MS_MOVE only when that fails. This goes back to various discussion in previous years and a LPC 2024 presentation about this very topic. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260112-work-immutable-rootfs-v2-3-88dd1c34a204@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-01-12 16:47:10 +01:00
fs: add immutable rootfs Currently pivot_root() doesn't work on the real rootfs because it cannot be unmounted. Userspace has to do a recursive removal of the initramfs contents manually before continuing the boot. Really all we want from the real rootfs is to serve as the parent mount for anything that is actually useful such as the tmpfs or ramfs for initramfs unpacking or the rootfs itself. There's no need for the real rootfs to actually be anything meaningful or useful. Add a immutable rootfs called "nullfs" that can be selected via the "nullfs_rootfs" kernel command line option. The kernel will mount a tmpfs/ramfs on top of it, unpack the initramfs and fire up userspace which mounts the rootfs and can then just do: chdir(rootfs); pivot_root(".", "."); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); and be done with it. (Ofc, userspace can also choose to retain the initramfs contents by using something like pivot_root(".", "/initramfs") without unmounting it.) Technically this also means that the rootfs mount in unprivileged namespaces doesn't need to become MNT_LOCKED anymore as it's guaranteed that the immutable rootfs remains permanently empty so there cannot be anything revealed by unmounting the covering mount. In the future this will also allow us to create completely empty mount namespaces without risking to leak anything. systemd already handles this all correctly as it tries to pivot_root() first and falls back to MS_MOVE only when that fails. This goes back to various discussion in previous years and a LPC 2024 presentation about this very topic. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260112-work-immutable-rootfs-v2-3-88dd1c34a204@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-01-12 16:47:10 +01:00
fs: add immutable rootfs Currently pivot_root() doesn't work on the real rootfs because it cannot be unmounted. Userspace has to do a recursive removal of the initramfs contents manually before continuing the boot. Really all we want from the real rootfs is to serve as the parent mount for anything that is actually useful such as the tmpfs or ramfs for initramfs unpacking or the rootfs itself. There's no need for the real rootfs to actually be anything meaningful or useful. Add a immutable rootfs called "nullfs" that can be selected via the "nullfs_rootfs" kernel command line option. The kernel will mount a tmpfs/ramfs on top of it, unpack the initramfs and fire up userspace which mounts the rootfs and can then just do: chdir(rootfs); pivot_root(".", "."); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); and be done with it. (Ofc, userspace can also choose to retain the initramfs contents by using something like pivot_root(".", "/initramfs") without unmounting it.) Technically this also means that the rootfs mount in unprivileged namespaces doesn't need to become MNT_LOCKED anymore as it's guaranteed that the immutable rootfs remains permanently empty so there cannot be anything revealed by unmounting the covering mount. In the future this will also allow us to create completely empty mount namespaces without risking to leak anything. systemd already handles this all correctly as it tries to pivot_root() first and falls back to MS_MOVE only when that fails. This goes back to various discussion in previous years and a LPC 2024 presentation about this very topic. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260112-work-immutable-rootfs-v2-3-88dd1c34a204@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-01-12 16:47:10 +01:00
fs: add immutable rootfs Currently pivot_root() doesn't work on the real rootfs because it cannot be unmounted. Userspace has to do a recursive removal of the initramfs contents manually before continuing the boot. Really all we want from the real rootfs is to serve as the parent mount for anything that is actually useful such as the tmpfs or ramfs for initramfs unpacking or the rootfs itself. There's no need for the real rootfs to actually be anything meaningful or useful. Add a immutable rootfs called "nullfs" that can be selected via the "nullfs_rootfs" kernel command line option. The kernel will mount a tmpfs/ramfs on top of it, unpack the initramfs and fire up userspace which mounts the rootfs and can then just do: chdir(rootfs); pivot_root(".", "."); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); and be done with it. (Ofc, userspace can also choose to retain the initramfs contents by using something like pivot_root(".", "/initramfs") without unmounting it.) Technically this also means that the rootfs mount in unprivileged namespaces doesn't need to become MNT_LOCKED anymore as it's guaranteed that the immutable rootfs remains permanently empty so there cannot be anything revealed by unmounting the covering mount. In the future this will also allow us to create completely empty mount namespaces without risking to leak anything. systemd already handles this all correctly as it tries to pivot_root() first and falls back to MS_MOVE only when that fails. This goes back to various discussion in previous years and a LPC 2024 presentation about this very topic. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260112-work-immutable-rootfs-v2-3-88dd1c34a204@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-01-12 16:47:10 +01:00
fs: Add 'initramfs_options' to set initramfs mount options When CONFIG_TMPFS is enabled, the initial root filesystem is a tmpfs. By default, a tmpfs mount is limited to using 50% of the available RAM for its content. This can be problematic in memory-constrained environments, particularly during a kdump capture. In a kdump scenario, the capture kernel boots with a limited amount of memory specified by the 'crashkernel' parameter. If the initramfs is large, it may fail to unpack into the tmpfs rootfs due to insufficient space. This is because to get X MB of usable space in tmpfs, 2*X MB of memory must be available for the mount. This leads to an OOM failure during the early boot process, preventing a successful crash dump. This patch introduces a new kernel command-line parameter, initramfs_options, which allows passing specific mount options directly to the rootfs when it is first mounted. This gives users control over the rootfs behavior. For example, a user can now specify initramfs_options=size=75% to allow the tmpfs to use up to 75% of the available memory. This can significantly reduce the memory pressure for kdump. Consider a practical example: To unpack a 48MB initramfs, the tmpfs needs 48MB of usable space. With the default 50% limit, this requires a memory pool of 96MB to be available for the tmpfs mount. The total memory requirement is therefore approximately: 16MB (vmlinuz) + 48MB (loaded initramfs) + 48MB (unpacked kernel) + 96MB (for tmpfs) + 12MB (runtime overhead) ≈ 220MB. By using initramfs_options=size=75%, the memory pool required for the 48MB tmpfs is reduced to 48MB / 0.75 = 64MB. This reduces the total memory requirement by 32MB (96MB - 64MB), allowing the kdump to succeed with a smaller crashkernel size, such as 192MB. An alternative approach of reusing the existing rootflags parameter was considered. However, a new, dedicated initramfs_options parameter was chosen to avoid altering the current behavior of rootflags (which applies to the final root filesystem) and to prevent any potential regressions. Also add documentation for the new kernel parameter "initramfs_options" This approach is inspired by prior discussions and patches on the topic. Ref: https://www.lightofdawn.org/blog/?viewDetailed=00128 Ref: https://landley.net/notes-2015.html#01-01-2015 Ref: https://lkml.org/lkml/2021/6/29/783 Ref: https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.html#what-is-rootfs Signed-off-by: Lichen Liu <lichliu@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/20250815121459.3391223-1-lichliu@redhat.com Tested-by: Rob Landley <rob@landley.net> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2025-08-15 20:14:59 +08:00
fs: scale mntget/mntput The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability. We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup, which often go to the same mount point. The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs that may have taken a reference count. We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less frequently. - check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts). - keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a particular CPU which requires more locking). - keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then, keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references, and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0. This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is a short reference. This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running in them. This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 17:50:11 +11:00
fs: add immutable rootfs Currently pivot_root() doesn't work on the real rootfs because it cannot be unmounted. Userspace has to do a recursive removal of the initramfs contents manually before continuing the boot. Really all we want from the real rootfs is to serve as the parent mount for anything that is actually useful such as the tmpfs or ramfs for initramfs unpacking or the rootfs itself. There's no need for the real rootfs to actually be anything meaningful or useful. Add a immutable rootfs called "nullfs" that can be selected via the "nullfs_rootfs" kernel command line option. The kernel will mount a tmpfs/ramfs on top of it, unpack the initramfs and fire up userspace which mounts the rootfs and can then just do: chdir(rootfs); pivot_root(".", "."); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); and be done with it. (Ofc, userspace can also choose to retain the initramfs contents by using something like pivot_root(".", "/initramfs") without unmounting it.) Technically this also means that the rootfs mount in unprivileged namespaces doesn't need to become MNT_LOCKED anymore as it's guaranteed that the immutable rootfs remains permanently empty so there cannot be anything revealed by unmounting the covering mount. In the future this will also allow us to create completely empty mount namespaces without risking to leak anything. systemd already handles this all correctly as it tries to pivot_root() first and falls back to MS_MOVE only when that fails. This goes back to various discussion in previous years and a LPC 2024 presentation about this very topic. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260112-work-immutable-rootfs-v2-3-88dd1c34a204@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-01-12 16:47:10 +01:00
fs: add immutable rootfs Currently pivot_root() doesn't work on the real rootfs because it cannot be unmounted. Userspace has to do a recursive removal of the initramfs contents manually before continuing the boot. Really all we want from the real rootfs is to serve as the parent mount for anything that is actually useful such as the tmpfs or ramfs for initramfs unpacking or the rootfs itself. There's no need for the real rootfs to actually be anything meaningful or useful. Add a immutable rootfs called "nullfs" that can be selected via the "nullfs_rootfs" kernel command line option. The kernel will mount a tmpfs/ramfs on top of it, unpack the initramfs and fire up userspace which mounts the rootfs and can then just do: chdir(rootfs); pivot_root(".", "."); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); and be done with it. (Ofc, userspace can also choose to retain the initramfs contents by using something like pivot_root(".", "/initramfs") without unmounting it.) Technically this also means that the rootfs mount in unprivileged namespaces doesn't need to become MNT_LOCKED anymore as it's guaranteed that the immutable rootfs remains permanently empty so there cannot be anything revealed by unmounting the covering mount. In the future this will also allow us to create completely empty mount namespaces without risking to leak anything. systemd already handles this all correctly as it tries to pivot_root() first and falls back to MS_MOVE only when that fails. This goes back to various discussion in previous years and a LPC 2024 presentation about this very topic. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260112-work-immutable-rootfs-v2-3-88dd1c34a204@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-01-12 16:47:10 +01:00
fs: add immutable rootfs Currently pivot_root() doesn't work on the real rootfs because it cannot be unmounted. Userspace has to do a recursive removal of the initramfs contents manually before continuing the boot. Really all we want from the real rootfs is to serve as the parent mount for anything that is actually useful such as the tmpfs or ramfs for initramfs unpacking or the rootfs itself. There's no need for the real rootfs to actually be anything meaningful or useful. Add a immutable rootfs called "nullfs" that can be selected via the "nullfs_rootfs" kernel command line option. The kernel will mount a tmpfs/ramfs on top of it, unpack the initramfs and fire up userspace which mounts the rootfs and can then just do: chdir(rootfs); pivot_root(".", "."); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); and be done with it. (Ofc, userspace can also choose to retain the initramfs contents by using something like pivot_root(".", "/initramfs") without unmounting it.) Technically this also means that the rootfs mount in unprivileged namespaces doesn't need to become MNT_LOCKED anymore as it's guaranteed that the immutable rootfs remains permanently empty so there cannot be anything revealed by unmounting the covering mount. In the future this will also allow us to create completely empty mount namespaces without risking to leak anything. systemd already handles this all correctly as it tries to pivot_root() first and falls back to MS_MOVE only when that fails. This goes back to various discussion in previous years and a LPC 2024 presentation about this very topic. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260112-work-immutable-rootfs-v2-3-88dd1c34a204@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-01-12 16:47:10 +01:00
fs: add immutable rootfs Currently pivot_root() doesn't work on the real rootfs because it cannot be unmounted. Userspace has to do a recursive removal of the initramfs contents manually before continuing the boot. Really all we want from the real rootfs is to serve as the parent mount for anything that is actually useful such as the tmpfs or ramfs for initramfs unpacking or the rootfs itself. There's no need for the real rootfs to actually be anything meaningful or useful. Add a immutable rootfs called "nullfs" that can be selected via the "nullfs_rootfs" kernel command line option. The kernel will mount a tmpfs/ramfs on top of it, unpack the initramfs and fire up userspace which mounts the rootfs and can then just do: chdir(rootfs); pivot_root(".", "."); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); and be done with it. (Ofc, userspace can also choose to retain the initramfs contents by using something like pivot_root(".", "/initramfs") without unmounting it.) Technically this also means that the rootfs mount in unprivileged namespaces doesn't need to become MNT_LOCKED anymore as it's guaranteed that the immutable rootfs remains permanently empty so there cannot be anything revealed by unmounting the covering mount. In the future this will also allow us to create completely empty mount namespaces without risking to leak anything. systemd already handles this all correctly as it tries to pivot_root() first and falls back to MS_MOVE only when that fails. This goes back to various discussion in previous years and a LPC 2024 presentation about this very topic. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260112-work-immutable-rootfs-v2-3-88dd1c34a204@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-01-12 16:47:10 +01:00
fs: add immutable rootfs Currently pivot_root() doesn't work on the real rootfs because it cannot be unmounted. Userspace has to do a recursive removal of the initramfs contents manually before continuing the boot. Really all we want from the real rootfs is to serve as the parent mount for anything that is actually useful such as the tmpfs or ramfs for initramfs unpacking or the rootfs itself. There's no need for the real rootfs to actually be anything meaningful or useful. Add a immutable rootfs called "nullfs" that can be selected via the "nullfs_rootfs" kernel command line option. The kernel will mount a tmpfs/ramfs on top of it, unpack the initramfs and fire up userspace which mounts the rootfs and can then just do: chdir(rootfs); pivot_root(".", "."); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); and be done with it. (Ofc, userspace can also choose to retain the initramfs contents by using something like pivot_root(".", "/initramfs") without unmounting it.) Technically this also means that the rootfs mount in unprivileged namespaces doesn't need to become MNT_LOCKED anymore as it's guaranteed that the immutable rootfs remains permanently empty so there cannot be anything revealed by unmounting the covering mount. In the future this will also allow us to create completely empty mount namespaces without risking to leak anything. systemd already handles this all correctly as it tries to pivot_root() first and falls back to MS_MOVE only when that fails. This goes back to various discussion in previous years and a LPC 2024 presentation about this very topic. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260112-work-immutable-rootfs-v2-3-88dd1c34a204@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-01-12 16:47:10 +01:00
fs: add immutable rootfs Currently pivot_root() doesn't work on the real rootfs because it cannot be unmounted. Userspace has to do a recursive removal of the initramfs contents manually before continuing the boot. Really all we want from the real rootfs is to serve as the parent mount for anything that is actually useful such as the tmpfs or ramfs for initramfs unpacking or the rootfs itself. There's no need for the real rootfs to actually be anything meaningful or useful. Add a immutable rootfs called "nullfs" that can be selected via the "nullfs_rootfs" kernel command line option. The kernel will mount a tmpfs/ramfs on top of it, unpack the initramfs and fire up userspace which mounts the rootfs and can then just do: chdir(rootfs); pivot_root(".", "."); umount2(".", MNT_DETACH); and be done with it. (Ofc, userspace can also choose to retain the initramfs contents by using something like pivot_root(".", "/initramfs") without unmounting it.) Technically this also means that the rootfs mount in unprivileged namespaces doesn't need to become MNT_LOCKED anymore as it's guaranteed that the immutable rootfs remains permanently empty so there cannot be anything revealed by unmounting the covering mount. In the future this will also allow us to create completely empty mount namespaces without risking to leak anything. systemd already handles this all correctly as it tries to pivot_root() first and falls back to MS_MOVE only when that fails. This goes back to various discussion in previous years and a LPC 2024 presentation about this very topic. Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260112-work-immutable-rootfs-v2-3-88dd1c34a204@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
2026-01-12 16:47:10 +01:00
memcg: enable accounting for mnt_cache entries Patch series "memcg accounting from OpenVZ", v7. OpenVZ uses memory accounting 20+ years since v2.2.x linux kernels. Initially we used our own accounting subsystem, then partially committed it to upstream, and a few years ago switched to cgroups v1. Now we're rebasing again, revising our old patches and trying to push them upstream. We try to protect the host system from any misuse of kernel memory allocation triggered by untrusted users inside the containers. Patch-set is addressed mostly to cgroups maintainers and cgroups@ mailing list, though I would be very grateful for any comments from maintainersi of affected subsystems or other people added in cc: Compared to the upstream, we additionally account the following kernel objects: - network devices and its Tx/Rx queues - ipv4/v6 addresses and routing-related objects - inet_bind_bucket cache objects - VLAN group arrays - ipv6/sit: ip_tunnel_prl - scm_fp_list objects used by SCM_RIGHTS messages of Unix sockets - nsproxy and namespace objects itself - IPC objects: semaphores, message queues and share memory segments - mounts - pollfd and select bits arrays - signals and posix timers - file lock - fasync_struct used by the file lease code and driver's fasync queues - tty objects - per-mm LDT We have an incorrect/incomplete/obsoleted accounting for few other kernel objects: sk_filter, af_packets, netlink and xt_counters for iptables. They require rework and probably will be dropped at all. Also we're going to add an accounting for nft, however it is not ready yet. We have not tested performance on upstream, however, our performance team compares our current RHEL7-based production kernel and reports that they are at least not worse as the according original RHEL7 kernel. This patch (of 10): The kernel allocates ~400 bytes of 'struct mount' for any new mount. Creating a new mount namespace clones most of the parent mounts, and this can be repeated many times. Additionally, each mount allocates up to PATH_MAX=4096 bytes for mnt->mnt_devname. It makes sense to account for these allocations to restrict the host's memory consumption from inside the memcg-limited container. Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/045db11f-4a45-7c9b-2664-5b32c2b44943@virtuozzo.com Signed-off-by: Vasily Averin <vvs@virtuozzo.com> Reviewed-by: Shakeel Butt <shakeelb@google.com> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@kernel.org> Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org> Cc: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com> Cc: Roman Gushchin <guro@fb.com> Cc: Yutian Yang <nglaive@gmail.com> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com> Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@alien8.de> Cc: Dmitry Safonov <0x7f454c46@gmail.com> Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: "J. Bruce Fields" <bfields@fieldses.org> Cc: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@kernel.org> Cc: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com> Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com> Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: Zefan Li <lizefan.x@bytedance.com> Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2021-09-02 14:55:10 -07:00
mm: update callers to use HASH_ZERO flag Update dcache, inode, pid, mountpoint, and mount hash tables to use HASH_ZERO, and remove initialization after allocations. In case of places where HASH_EARLY was used such as in __pv_init_lock_hash the zeroed hash table was already assumed, because memblock zeroes the memory. CPU: SPARC M6, Memory: 7T Before fix: Dentry cache hash table entries: 1073741824 Inode-cache hash table entries: 536870912 Mount-cache hash table entries: 16777216 Mountpoint-cache hash table entries: 16777216 ftrace: allocating 20414 entries in 40 pages Total time: 11.798s After fix: Dentry cache hash table entries: 1073741824 Inode-cache hash table entries: 536870912 Mount-cache hash table entries: 16777216 Mountpoint-cache hash table entries: 16777216 ftrace: allocating 20414 entries in 40 pages Total time: 3.198s CPU: Intel Xeon E5-2630, Memory: 2.2T: Before fix: Dentry cache hash table entries: 536870912 Inode-cache hash table entries: 268435456 Mount-cache hash table entries: 8388608 Mountpoint-cache hash table entries: 8388608 CPU: Physical Processor ID: 0 Total time: 3.245s After fix: Dentry cache hash table entries: 536870912 Inode-cache hash table entries: 268435456 Mount-cache hash table entries: 8388608 Mountpoint-cache hash table entries: 8388608 CPU: Physical Processor ID: 0 Total time: 3.244s Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1488432825-92126-4-git-send-email-pasha.tatashin@oracle.com Signed-off-by: Pavel Tatashin <pasha.tatashin@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Babu Moger <babu.moger@oracle.com> Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2017-07-06 15:39:11 -07:00
mm: update callers to use HASH_ZERO flag Update dcache, inode, pid, mountpoint, and mount hash tables to use HASH_ZERO, and remove initialization after allocations. In case of places where HASH_EARLY was used such as in __pv_init_lock_hash the zeroed hash table was already assumed, because memblock zeroes the memory. CPU: SPARC M6, Memory: 7T Before fix: Dentry cache hash table entries: 1073741824 Inode-cache hash table entries: 536870912 Mount-cache hash table entries: 16777216 Mountpoint-cache hash table entries: 16777216 ftrace: allocating 20414 entries in 40 pages Total time: 11.798s After fix: Dentry cache hash table entries: 1073741824 Inode-cache hash table entries: 536870912 Mount-cache hash table entries: 16777216 Mountpoint-cache hash table entries: 16777216 ftrace: allocating 20414 entries in 40 pages Total time: 3.198s CPU: Intel Xeon E5-2630, Memory: 2.2T: Before fix: Dentry cache hash table entries: 536870912 Inode-cache hash table entries: 268435456 Mount-cache hash table entries: 8388608 Mountpoint-cache hash table entries: 8388608 CPU: Physical Processor ID: 0 Total time: 3.245s After fix: Dentry cache hash table entries: 536870912 Inode-cache hash table entries: 268435456 Mount-cache hash table entries: 8388608 Mountpoint-cache hash table entries: 8388608 CPU: Physical Processor ID: 0 Total time: 3.244s Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1488432825-92126-4-git-send-email-pasha.tatashin@oracle.com Signed-off-by: Pavel Tatashin <pasha.tatashin@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Babu Moger <babu.moger@oracle.com> Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2017-07-06 15:39:11 -07:00
replace collect_mounts()/drop_collected_mounts() with a safer variant collect_mounts() has several problems - one can't iterate over the results directly, so it has to be done with callback passed to iterate_mounts(); it has an oopsable race with d_invalidate(); it creates temporary clones of mounts invisibly for sync umount (IOW, you can have non-lazy umount succeed leaving filesystem not mounted anywhere and yet still busy). A saner approach is to give caller an array of struct path that would pin every mount in a subtree, without cloning any mounts. * collect_mounts()/drop_collected_mounts()/iterate_mounts() is gone * collect_paths(where, preallocated, size) gives either ERR_PTR(-E...) or a pointer to array of struct path, one for each chunk of tree visible under 'where' (i.e. the first element is a copy of where, followed by (mount,root) for everything mounted under it - the same set collect_mounts() would give). Unlike collect_mounts(), the mounts are *not* cloned - we just get pinning references to the roots of subtrees in the caller's namespace. Array is terminated by {NULL, NULL} struct path. If it fits into preallocated array (on-stack, normally), that's where it goes; otherwise it's allocated by kmalloc_array(). Passing 0 as size means that 'preallocated' is ignored (and expected to be NULL). * drop_collected_paths(paths, preallocated) is given the array returned by an earlier call of collect_paths() and the preallocated array passed to that call. All mount/dentry references are dropped and array is kfree'd if it's not equal to 'preallocated'. * instead of iterate_mounts(), users should just iterate over array of struct path - nothing exotic is needed for that. Existing users (all in audit_tree.c) are converted. [folded a fix for braino reported by Venkat Rao Bagalkote <venkat88@linux.ibm.com>] Fixes: 80b5dce8c59b0 ("vfs: Add a function to lazily unmount all mounts from any dentry") Tested-by: Venkat Rao Bagalkote <venkat88@linux.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2025-06-17 00:09:51 -04:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-29 22:06:07 -04:00
fix apparmor dereferencing potentially freed dentry, sanitize __d_path() API __d_path() API is asking for trouble and in case of apparmor d_namespace_path() getting just that. The root cause is that when __d_path() misses the root it had been told to look for, it stores the location of the most remote ancestor in *root. Without grabbing references. Sure, at the moment of call it had been pinned down by what we have in *path. And if we raced with umount -l, we could have very well stopped at vfsmount/dentry that got freed as soon as prepend_path() dropped vfsmount_lock. It is safe to compare these pointers with pre-existing (and known to be still alive) vfsmount and dentry, as long as all we are asking is "is it the same address?". Dereferencing is not safe and apparmor ended up stepping into that. d_namespace_path() really wants to examine the place where we stopped, even if it's not connected to our namespace. As the result, it looked at ->d_sb->s_magic of a dentry that might've been already freed by that point. All other callers had been careful enough to avoid that, but it's really a bad interface - it invites that kind of trouble. The fix is fairly straightforward, even though it's bigger than I'd like: * prepend_path() root argument becomes const. * __d_path() is never called with NULL/NULL root. It was a kludge to start with. Instead, we have an explicit function - d_absolute_root(). Same as __d_path(), except that it doesn't get root passed and stops where it stops. apparmor and tomoyo are using it. * __d_path() returns NULL on path outside of root. The main caller is show_mountinfo() and that's precisely what we pass root for - to skip those outside chroot jail. Those who don't want that can (and do) use d_path(). * __d_path() root argument becomes const. Everyone agrees, I hope. * apparmor does *NOT* try to use __d_path() or any of its variants when it sees that path->mnt is an internal vfsmount. In that case it's definitely not mounted anywhere and dentry_path() is exactly what we want there. Handling of sysctl()-triggered weirdness is moved to that place. * if apparmor is asked to do pathname relative to chroot jail and __d_path() tells it we it's not in that jail, the sucker just calls d_absolute_path() instead. That's the other remaining caller of __d_path(), BTW. * seq_path_root() does _NOT_ return -ENAMETOOLONG (it's stupid anyway - the normal seq_file logics will take care of growing the buffer and redoing the call of ->show() just fine). However, if it gets path not reachable from root, it returns SEQ_SKIP. The only caller adjusted (i.e. stopped ignoring the return value as it used to do). Reviewed-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> ACKed-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
2011-12-05 08:43:34 -05:00
fix apparmor dereferencing potentially freed dentry, sanitize __d_path() API __d_path() API is asking for trouble and in case of apparmor d_namespace_path() getting just that. The root cause is that when __d_path() misses the root it had been told to look for, it stores the location of the most remote ancestor in *root. Without grabbing references. Sure, at the moment of call it had been pinned down by what we have in *path. And if we raced with umount -l, we could have very well stopped at vfsmount/dentry that got freed as soon as prepend_path() dropped vfsmount_lock. It is safe to compare these pointers with pre-existing (and known to be still alive) vfsmount and dentry, as long as all we are asking is "is it the same address?". Dereferencing is not safe and apparmor ended up stepping into that. d_namespace_path() really wants to examine the place where we stopped, even if it's not connected to our namespace. As the result, it looked at ->d_sb->s_magic of a dentry that might've been already freed by that point. All other callers had been careful enough to avoid that, but it's really a bad interface - it invites that kind of trouble. The fix is fairly straightforward, even though it's bigger than I'd like: * prepend_path() root argument becomes const. * __d_path() is never called with NULL/NULL root. It was a kludge to start with. Instead, we have an explicit function - d_absolute_root(). Same as __d_path(), except that it doesn't get root passed and stops where it stops. apparmor and tomoyo are using it. * __d_path() returns NULL on path outside of root. The main caller is show_mountinfo() and that's precisely what we pass root for - to skip those outside chroot jail. Those who don't want that can (and do) use d_path(). * __d_path() root argument becomes const. Everyone agrees, I hope. * apparmor does *NOT* try to use __d_path() or any of its variants when it sees that path->mnt is an internal vfsmount. In that case it's definitely not mounted anywhere and dentry_path() is exactly what we want there. Handling of sysctl()-triggered weirdness is moved to that place. * if apparmor is asked to do pathname relative to chroot jail and __d_path() tells it we it's not in that jail, the sucker just calls d_absolute_path() instead. That's the other remaining caller of __d_path(), BTW. * seq_path_root() does _NOT_ return -ENAMETOOLONG (it's stupid anyway - the normal seq_file logics will take care of growing the buffer and redoing the call of ->show() just fine). However, if it gets path not reachable from root, it returns SEQ_SKIP. The only caller adjusted (i.e. stopped ignoring the return value as it used to do). Reviewed-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> ACKed-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
2011-12-05 08:43:34 -05:00
fix apparmor dereferencing potentially freed dentry, sanitize __d_path() API __d_path() API is asking for trouble and in case of apparmor d_namespace_path() getting just that. The root cause is that when __d_path() misses the root it had been told to look for, it stores the location of the most remote ancestor in *root. Without grabbing references. Sure, at the moment of call it had been pinned down by what we have in *path. And if we raced with umount -l, we could have very well stopped at vfsmount/dentry that got freed as soon as prepend_path() dropped vfsmount_lock. It is safe to compare these pointers with pre-existing (and known to be still alive) vfsmount and dentry, as long as all we are asking is "is it the same address?". Dereferencing is not safe and apparmor ended up stepping into that. d_namespace_path() really wants to examine the place where we stopped, even if it's not connected to our namespace. As the result, it looked at ->d_sb->s_magic of a dentry that might've been already freed by that point. All other callers had been careful enough to avoid that, but it's really a bad interface - it invites that kind of trouble. The fix is fairly straightforward, even though it's bigger than I'd like: * prepend_path() root argument becomes const. * __d_path() is never called with NULL/NULL root. It was a kludge to start with. Instead, we have an explicit function - d_absolute_root(). Same as __d_path(), except that it doesn't get root passed and stops where it stops. apparmor and tomoyo are using it. * __d_path() returns NULL on path outside of root. The main caller is show_mountinfo() and that's precisely what we pass root for - to skip those outside chroot jail. Those who don't want that can (and do) use d_path(). * __d_path() root argument becomes const. Everyone agrees, I hope. * apparmor does *NOT* try to use __d_path() or any of its variants when it sees that path->mnt is an internal vfsmount. In that case it's definitely not mounted anywhere and dentry_path() is exactly what we want there. Handling of sysctl()-triggered weirdness is moved to that place. * if apparmor is asked to do pathname relative to chroot jail and __d_path() tells it we it's not in that jail, the sucker just calls d_absolute_path() instead. That's the other remaining caller of __d_path(), BTW. * seq_path_root() does _NOT_ return -ENAMETOOLONG (it's stupid anyway - the normal seq_file logics will take care of growing the buffer and redoing the call of ->show() just fine). However, if it gets path not reachable from root, it returns SEQ_SKIP. The only caller adjusted (i.e. stopped ignoring the return value as it used to do). Reviewed-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> ACKed-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
2011-12-05 08:43:34 -05:00
fs: Treat foreign mounts as nosuid If a process gets access to a mount from a different user namespace, that process should not be able to take advantage of setuid files or selinux entrypoints from that filesystem. Prevent this by treating mounts from other mount namespaces and those not owned by current_user_ns() or an ancestor as nosuid. This will make it safer to allow more complex filesystems to be mounted in non-root user namespaces. This does not remove the need for MNT_LOCK_NOSUID. The setuid, setgid, and file capability bits can no longer be abused if code in a user namespace were to clear nosuid on an untrusted filesystem, but this patch, by itself, is insufficient to protect the system from abuse of files that, when execed, would increase MAC privilege. As a more concrete explanation, any task that can manipulate a vfsmount associated with a given user namespace already has capabilities in that namespace and all of its descendents. If they can cause a malicious setuid, setgid, or file-caps executable to appear in that mount, then that executable will only allow them to elevate privileges in exactly the set of namespaces in which they are already privileges. On the other hand, if they can cause a malicious executable to appear with a dangerous MAC label, running it could change the caller's security context in a way that should not have been possible, even inside the namespace in which the task is confined. As a hardening measure, this would have made CVE-2014-5207 much more difficult to exploit. Signed-off-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net> Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Acked-by: James Morris <james.l.morris@oracle.com> Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-06-23 16:41:05 -05:00
nsproxy: add struct nsset Add a simple struct nsset. It holds all necessary pieces to switch to a new set of namespaces without leaving a task in a half-switched state which we will make use of in the next patch. This patch switches the existing setns logic over without causing a change in setns() behavior. This brings setns() closer to how unshare() works(). The prepare_ns() function is responsible to prepare all necessary information. This has two reasons. First it minimizes dependencies between individual namespaces, i.e. all install handler can expect that all fields are properly initialized independent in what order they are called in. Second, this makes the code easier to maintain and easier to follow if it needs to be changed. The prepare_ns() helper will only be switched over to use a flags argument in the next patch. Here it will still use nstype as a simple integer argument which was argued would be clearer. I'm not particularly opinionated about this if it really helps or not. The struct nsset itself already contains the flags field since its name already indicates that it can contain information required by different namespaces. None of this should have functional consequences. Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Reviewed-by: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Cc: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200505140432.181565-2-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com
2020-05-05 16:04:30 +02:00
nsproxy: add struct nsset Add a simple struct nsset. It holds all necessary pieces to switch to a new set of namespaces without leaving a task in a half-switched state which we will make use of in the next patch. This patch switches the existing setns logic over without causing a change in setns() behavior. This brings setns() closer to how unshare() works(). The prepare_ns() function is responsible to prepare all necessary information. This has two reasons. First it minimizes dependencies between individual namespaces, i.e. all install handler can expect that all fields are properly initialized independent in what order they are called in. Second, this makes the code easier to maintain and easier to follow if it needs to be changed. The prepare_ns() helper will only be switched over to use a flags argument in the next patch. Here it will still use nstype as a simple integer argument which was argued would be clearer. I'm not particularly opinionated about this if it really helps or not. The struct nsset itself already contains the flags field since its name already indicates that it can contain information required by different namespaces. None of this should have functional consequences. Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Reviewed-by: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Cc: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200505140432.181565-2-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com
2020-05-05 16:04:30 +02:00
nsproxy: add struct nsset Add a simple struct nsset. It holds all necessary pieces to switch to a new set of namespaces without leaving a task in a half-switched state which we will make use of in the next patch. This patch switches the existing setns logic over without causing a change in setns() behavior. This brings setns() closer to how unshare() works(). The prepare_ns() function is responsible to prepare all necessary information. This has two reasons. First it minimizes dependencies between individual namespaces, i.e. all install handler can expect that all fields are properly initialized independent in what order they are called in. Second, this makes the code easier to maintain and easier to follow if it needs to be changed. The prepare_ns() helper will only be switched over to use a flags argument in the next patch. Here it will still use nstype as a simple integer argument which was argued would be clearer. I'm not particularly opinionated about this if it really helps or not. The struct nsset itself already contains the flags field since its name already indicates that it can contain information required by different namespaces. None of this should have functional consequences. Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Reviewed-by: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Cc: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200505140432.181565-2-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com
2020-05-05 16:04:30 +02:00
nsproxy: add struct nsset Add a simple struct nsset. It holds all necessary pieces to switch to a new set of namespaces without leaving a task in a half-switched state which we will make use of in the next patch. This patch switches the existing setns logic over without causing a change in setns() behavior. This brings setns() closer to how unshare() works(). The prepare_ns() function is responsible to prepare all necessary information. This has two reasons. First it minimizes dependencies between individual namespaces, i.e. all install handler can expect that all fields are properly initialized independent in what order they are called in. Second, this makes the code easier to maintain and easier to follow if it needs to be changed. The prepare_ns() helper will only be switched over to use a flags argument in the next patch. Here it will still use nstype as a simple integer argument which was argued would be clearer. I'm not particularly opinionated about this if it really helps or not. The struct nsset itself already contains the flags field since its name already indicates that it can contain information required by different namespaces. None of this should have functional consequences. Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Reviewed-by: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Cc: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com> Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200505140432.181565-2-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com
2020-05-05 16:04:30 +02:00
fs: move namespace sysctls and declare fs base directory This moves the namespace sysctls to its own file as part of the kernel/sysctl.c spring cleaning Since we have now removed all sysctls for "fs", we now have to declare it on the filesystem code, we do that using the new helper, which reduces boiler plate code. We rename init_fs_shared_sysctls() to init_fs_sysctls() to reflect that now fs/sysctls.c is taking on the burden of being the first to register the base directory as well. Lastly, since init code will load in the order in which we link it we have to move the sysctl code to be linked in early, so that its early init routine runs prior to other fs code. This way, other filesystem code can register their own sysctls using the helpers after this: * register_sysctl_init() * register_sysctl() Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20211129211943.640266-3-mcgrof@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Luis Chamberlain <mcgrof@kernel.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Anil S Keshavamurthy <anil.s.keshavamurthy@intel.com> Cc: Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi> Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com> Cc: Iurii Zaikin <yzaikin@google.com> Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Lukas Middendorf <kernel@tuxforce.de> Cc: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@kernel.org> Cc: "Naveen N. Rao" <naveen.n.rao@linux.ibm.com> Cc: Stephen Kitt <steve@sk2.org> Cc: Xiaoming Ni <nixiaoming@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2022-01-21 22:13:27 -08:00
treewide: const qualify ctl_tables where applicable Add the const qualifier to all the ctl_tables in the tree except for watchdog_hardlockup_sysctl, memory_allocation_profiling_sysctls, loadpin_sysctl_table and the ones calling register_net_sysctl (./net, drivers/inifiniband dirs). These are special cases as they use a registration function with a non-const qualified ctl_table argument or modify the arrays before passing them on to the registration function. Constifying ctl_table structs will prevent the modification of proc_handler function pointers as the arrays would reside in .rodata. This is made possible after commit 78eb4ea25cd5 ("sysctl: treewide: constify the ctl_table argument of proc_handlers") constified all the proc_handlers. Created this by running an spatch followed by a sed command: Spatch: virtual patch @ depends on !(file in "net") disable optional_qualifier @ identifier table_name != { watchdog_hardlockup_sysctl, iwcm_ctl_table, ucma_ctl_table, memory_allocation_profiling_sysctls, loadpin_sysctl_table }; @@ + const struct ctl_table table_name [] = { ... }; sed: sed --in-place \ -e "s/struct ctl_table .table = &uts_kern/const struct ctl_table *table = \&uts_kern/" \ kernel/utsname_sysctl.c Reviewed-by: Song Liu <song@kernel.org> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt (Google) <rostedt@goodmis.org> # for kernel/trace/ Reviewed-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> # SCSI Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org> # xfs Acked-by: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@intel.com> Acked-by: Corey Minyard <cminyard@mvista.com> Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu@kernel.org> Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Bill O'Donnell <bodonnel@redhat.com> Acked-by: Baoquan He <bhe@redhat.com> Acked-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com> Acked-by: Anna Schumaker <anna.schumaker@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Joel Granados <joel.granados@kernel.org>
2025-01-28 13:48:37 +01:00
fs: move namespace sysctls and declare fs base directory This moves the namespace sysctls to its own file as part of the kernel/sysctl.c spring cleaning Since we have now removed all sysctls for "fs", we now have to declare it on the filesystem code, we do that using the new helper, which reduces boiler plate code. We rename init_fs_shared_sysctls() to init_fs_sysctls() to reflect that now fs/sysctls.c is taking on the burden of being the first to register the base directory as well. Lastly, since init code will load in the order in which we link it we have to move the sysctl code to be linked in early, so that its early init routine runs prior to other fs code. This way, other filesystem code can register their own sysctls using the helpers after this: * register_sysctl_init() * register_sysctl() Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20211129211943.640266-3-mcgrof@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Luis Chamberlain <mcgrof@kernel.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Anil S Keshavamurthy <anil.s.keshavamurthy@intel.com> Cc: Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi> Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com> Cc: Iurii Zaikin <yzaikin@google.com> Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Lukas Middendorf <kernel@tuxforce.de> Cc: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@kernel.org> Cc: "Naveen N. Rao" <naveen.n.rao@linux.ibm.com> Cc: Stephen Kitt <steve@sk2.org> Cc: Xiaoming Ni <nixiaoming@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2022-01-21 22:13:27 -08:00